# Official Journal L 272/2019

| | ISSN 1977-0677 |
| --- | --- |
| Official Journal
  of the European Union | L 272 |
| | |
| English edition | Legislation | Volume 6225 October 2019 |

ISSN 1977-0677

Official Journal

of the European Union

L 272

English edition

Legislation

Volume 6225 October 2019

---

| Contents | | II   Non-legislative acts | page |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | REGULATIONS |
| | * | Council Regulation (EU) 2019/1777 of 24 October 2019 amending Regulation (EU) 2015/1755 concerning restrictive measures in view of the situation in Burundi | 1 |
| | * | Council Regulation (EU) 2019/1778 of 24 October 2019 amending Regulation (EU) No 1284/2009 imposing certain specific restrictive measures in respect of the Republic of Guinea | 3 |
| | * | Council Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1779 of 24 October 2019 implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/1755 concerning restrictive measures in view of the situation in Burundi | 5 |
| | * | Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1780 of 23 September 2019 establishing standard forms for the publication of notices in the field of public procurement and repealing Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/1986 (eForms) (
  1
  ) | 7 |
| | * | Commission Regulation (EU) 2019/1781 of 1 October 2019 laying down ecodesign requirements for electric motors and variable speed drives pursuant to Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, amending Regulation (EC) No 641/2009 with regard to ecodesign requirements for glandless standalone circulators and glandless circulators integrated in products and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 640/2009 (
  1
  ) | 74 |
| | * | Commission Regulation (EU) 2019/1782 of 1 October 2019 laying down ecodesign requirements for external power supplies pursuant to Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 278/2009 (
  1
  ) | 95 |
| | * | Commission Regulation (EU) 2019/1783 of 1 October 2019 amending Regulation (EU) No 548/2014 on implementing Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to small, medium and large power transformers (
  1
  ) | 107 |
| | * | Commission Regulation (EU) 2019/1784 of 1 October 2019 laying down ecodesign requirements for welding equipment pursuant to Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (
  1
  ) | 121 |
| | * | Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1785 of 18 October 2019 approving non-minor amendments to the specification for a name entered in the register of protected designations of origin and protected geographical indications (Ragusano (PDO)) | 136 |
| | * | Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1786 of 23 October 2019 amending Regulation (EC) No 1484/95 as regards fixing representative prices in the poultrymeat and egg sectors and for egg albumin | 137 |
| | * | Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1787 of 24 October 2019 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 imposing special conditions governing the import of feed and food originating in or consigned from Japan following the accident at the Fukushima nuclear power station (
  1
  ) | 140 |
| | | DECISIONS |
| | * | Council Decision (CFSP) 2019/1788 of 24 October 2019 amending Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763 concerning restrictive measures in view of the situation in Burundi | 147 |
| | * | Council Decision (CFSP) 2019/1789 of 24 October 2019 amending Decision 2010/573/CFSP concerning restrictive measures against the leadership of the Transnistrian region of the Republic of Moldova | 150 |
| | * | Council Decision (CFSP) 2019/1790 of 24 October 2019 amending Decision 2010/638/CFSP concerning restrictive measures against the Republic of Guinea | 152 |
| | | RULES OF PROCEDURE |
| | * | Decision of the European Food Safety Authority of 19 June 2019 on internal rules concerning restrictions of certain rights of data subjects in relation to processing of personal data in the framework of the functioning of EFSA | 154 |

Contents

II   Non-legislative acts

page

REGULATIONS

*

Council Regulation (EU) 2019/1777 of 24 October 2019 amending Regulation (EU) 2015/1755 concerning restrictive measures in view of the situation in Burundi

1

*

Council Regulation (EU) 2019/1778 of 24 October 2019 amending Regulation (EU) No 1284/2009 imposing certain specific restrictive measures in respect of the Republic of Guinea

3

*

Council Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1779 of 24 October 2019 implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/1755 concerning restrictive measures in view of the situation in Burundi

5

*

Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1780 of 23 September 2019 establishing standard forms for the publication of notices in the field of public procurement and repealing Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/1986 (eForms) (
  1
  )

1

7

*

Commission Regulation (EU) 2019/1781 of 1 October 2019 laying down ecodesign requirements for electric motors and variable speed drives pursuant to Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, amending Regulation (EC) No 641/2009 with regard to ecodesign requirements for glandless standalone circulators and glandless circulators integrated in products and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 640/2009 (
  1
  )

1

74

*

Commission Regulation (EU) 2019/1782 of 1 October 2019 laying down ecodesign requirements for external power supplies pursuant to Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 278/2009 (
  1
  )

1

95

*

Commission Regulation (EU) 2019/1783 of 1 October 2019 amending Regulation (EU) No 548/2014 on implementing Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to small, medium and large power transformers (
  1
  )

1

107

*

Commission Regulation (EU) 2019/1784 of 1 October 2019 laying down ecodesign requirements for welding equipment pursuant to Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (
  1
  )

1

121

*

Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1785 of 18 October 2019 approving non-minor amendments to the specification for a name entered in the register of protected designations of origin and protected geographical indications (Ragusano (PDO))

136

*

Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1786 of 23 October 2019 amending Regulation (EC) No 1484/95 as regards fixing representative prices in the poultrymeat and egg sectors and for egg albumin

137

*

Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1787 of 24 October 2019 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 imposing special conditions governing the import of feed and food originating in or consigned from Japan following the accident at the Fukushima nuclear power station (
  1
  )

1

140

DECISIONS

*

Council Decision (CFSP) 2019/1788 of 24 October 2019 amending Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763 concerning restrictive measures in view of the situation in Burundi

147

*

Council Decision (CFSP) 2019/1789 of 24 October 2019 amending Decision 2010/573/CFSP concerning restrictive measures against the leadership of the Transnistrian region of the Republic of Moldova

150

*

Council Decision (CFSP) 2019/1790 of 24 October 2019 amending Decision 2010/638/CFSP concerning restrictive measures against the Republic of Guinea

152

RULES OF PROCEDURE

*

Decision of the European Food Safety Authority of 19 June 2019 on internal rules concerning restrictions of certain rights of data subjects in relation to processing of personal data in the framework of the functioning of EFSA

154

| | |
| --- | --- |
| | (1)   Text with EEA relevance. |

---

(1)   Text with EEA relevance.

1

| EN | Acts whose titles are printed in light type are those relating to day-to-day management of agricultural matters, and are generally valid for a limited period.
  The titles of all other Acts are printed in bold type and preceded by an asterisk. |
| --- | --- |

EN

Acts whose titles are printed in light type are those relating to day-to-day management of agricultural matters, and are generally valid for a limited period.

The titles of all other Acts are printed in bold type and preceded by an asterisk.

---

II Non-legislative acts

REGULATIONS

| 25.10.2019 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 272/1 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

25.10.2019

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 272/1

---

COUNCIL REGULATION (EU) 2019/1777

of 24 October 2019

amending Regulation (EU) 2015/1755 concerning restrictive measures in view of the situation in Burundi

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,

Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular Article 215 thereof,

Having regard to Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763 of 1 October 2015 concerning restrictive measures in view of the situation in Burundi (1),

Having regard to the joint proposal of the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy and of the European Commission,

Whereas:

| (1) | Regulation (EU) 2015/1755 (2) gives effect to certain measures provided for in Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

Regulation (EU) 2015/1755 (2) gives effect to certain measures provided for in Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763.

| (2) | On 24 October 2019, the Council adopted Decision (CFSP) 2019/1788 (3), which amended Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763 by introducing an article on the processing of personal data by the Council and the High Representative. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

On 24 October 2019, the Council adopted Decision (CFSP) 2019/1788 (3), which amended Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763 by introducing an article on the processing of personal data by the Council and the High Representative.

| (3) | For the implementation of Regulation (EU) 2015/1755, and in order to ensure maximum legal certainty within the Union, the names of and other relevant data concerning natural and legal persons, entities and bodies whose funds and economic resources are frozen in accordance with that Regulation should be made public. Any processing of personal data must comply with Regulations (EU) 2016/679 (4) and (EU) 2018/1725 (5) of the European Parliament and of the Council. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

For the implementation of Regulation (EU) 2015/1755, and in order to ensure maximum legal certainty within the Union, the names of and other relevant data concerning natural and legal persons, entities and bodies whose funds and economic resources are frozen in accordance with that Regulation should be made public. Any processing of personal data must comply with Regulations (EU) 2016/679 (4) and (EU) 2018/1725 (5) of the European Parliament and of the Council.

| (4) | Council Regulation (EU) 2015/1755 should be amended accordingly, |
| --- | --- |

(4)

Council Regulation (EU) 2015/1755 should be amended accordingly,

HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:

Article 1

The following article is inserted in Regulation (EU) 2015/1755:

“Article 15a

1.   The Council, the Commission and the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy (the ‘High Representative’) may process personal data in order to carry out their tasks under this Regulation. These tasks include:

| (a) | as regards the Council, preparing and making amendments to Annex I; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

as regards the Council, preparing and making amendments to Annex I;

| (b) | as regards the High Representative, preparing amendments to Annex I; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

as regards the High Representative, preparing amendments to Annex I;

| (c) | as regards the Commission:






  (i) | adding the contents of Annex I to the electronic consolidated list of persons, groups and entities subject to Union financial restrictive measures and in the interactive sanctions map, both publicly available; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(c)

as regards the Commission:

(i)

adding the contents of Annex I to the electronic consolidated list of persons, groups and entities subject to Union financial restrictive measures and in the interactive sanctions map, both publicly available;

| (ii) | processing information on the impact of measures taken under this Regulation, such as the value of frozen funds and information on authorisations granted by the competent authorities. |
| --- | --- |

(ii)

processing information on the impact of measures taken under this Regulation, such as the value of frozen funds and information on authorisations granted by the competent authorities.

2.   The Council, the Commission and the High Representative may process, where applicable, relevant data relating to criminal offences committed by listed natural persons, to criminal convictions of such persons or to security measures concerning such persons, only to the extent that such processing is necessary for the preparation of Annex I.

3.   For the purposes of this Regulation, the Council, the Commission service listed in Annex II to this Regulation and the High Representative are designated as ‘controllers’ within the meaning of point (8) of Article 3 of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725, in order to ensure that the natural persons concerned can exercise their rights under Regulation (EU) 2018/1725.”.

Article 2

This Regulation shall enter into force on the day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.

Done at Luxembourg, 24 October 2019.

For the Council

The President

A.-K. PEKONEN

---

(1)  
  OJ L 257, 2.10.2015, p. 37.

1

(2)  Council Regulation (EU) 2015/1755 of 1 October 2015 concerning restrictive measures in view of the situation in Burundi (OJ L 257 2.10.2015, p. 1).

2

(3)  Council Decision (CFSP) 2019/1788 of 24 October 2019 amending Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763 concerning restrictive measures in view of the situation in Burundi (see page 148 of this Official Journal).

3

(4)  Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation) (OJ L 119, 4.5.2016, p. 1).

4

(5)  Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2018 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data by the Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Regulation (EC) No 45/2001 and Decision No 1247/2002/EC (OJ L 295, 21.11.2018, p. 39).

5

---

| 25.10.2019 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 272/3 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

25.10.2019

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 272/3

---

COUNCIL REGULATION (EU) 2019/1778

of 24 October 2019

amending Regulation (EU) No 1284/2009 imposing certain specific restrictive measures in respect of the Republic of Guinea

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,

Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular Article 215 thereof,

Having regard to Council Decision 2010/638/CFSP of 25 October 2010 concerning restrictive measures against the Republic of Guinea (1),

Having regard to the joint proposal from the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy and the European Commission,

Whereas:

| (1) | Council Regulation (EU) No 1284/2009 (2) gives effect to several restrictive measures provided for in Decision 2010/638/CFSP. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

Council Regulation (EU) No 1284/2009 (2) gives effect to several restrictive measures provided for in Decision 2010/638/CFSP.

| (2) | On 24 October 2019, the Council adopted Decision (CFSP) 2019/1790 (3), which amended Decision 2010/638/CFSP by introducing an article on the processing of personal data by the Council and the High Representative. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

On 24 October 2019, the Council adopted Decision (CFSP) 2019/1790 (3), which amended Decision 2010/638/CFSP by introducing an article on the processing of personal data by the Council and the High Representative.

| (3) | For the implementation of Regulation (EU) No 1284/2009, and in order to ensure maximum legal certainty within the Union, the names of and other relevant data concerning natural and legal persons, entities and bodies whose funds and economic resources are frozen in accordance with that Regulation should be made public. Any processing of personal data must comply with Regulations (EU) 2016/679 (4) and (EU) 2018/1725 (5) of the European Parliament and of the Council. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

For the implementation of Regulation (EU) No 1284/2009, and in order to ensure maximum legal certainty within the Union, the names of and other relevant data concerning natural and legal persons, entities and bodies whose funds and economic resources are frozen in accordance with that Regulation should be made public. Any processing of personal data must comply with Regulations (EU) 2016/679 (4) and (EU) 2018/1725 (5) of the European Parliament and of the Council.

| (4) | Regulation (EU) No 1284/2009 should therefore be amended accordingly, |
| --- | --- |

(4)

Regulation (EU) No 1284/2009 should therefore be amended accordingly,

HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:

Article 1

The following article is inserted in Regulation (EU) No 1284/2009:

‘Article 16a

1.   The Council, the Commission and the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy (the “High Representative”) may process personal data in order to carry out their tasks under this Regulation. These tasks include:

| (a) | as regards the Council, preparing and making amendments to Annex I; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

as regards the Council, preparing and making amendments to Annex I;

| (b) | as regards the High Representative, preparing amendments to Annex I; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

as regards the High Representative, preparing amendments to Annex I;

| (c) | as regards the Commission:






  (i) | adding the contents of Annex I to the electronic consolidated list of persons, groups and entities subject to Union financial restrictive measures and in the interactive sanctions map, both publicly available; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(c)

as regards the Commission:

(i)

adding the contents of Annex I to the electronic consolidated list of persons, groups and entities subject to Union financial restrictive measures and in the interactive sanctions map, both publicly available;

| (ii) | processing information on the impact of measures taken under this Regulation, such as the value of frozen funds and information on authorisations granted by the competent authorities. |
| --- | --- |

(ii)

processing information on the impact of measures taken under this Regulation, such as the value of frozen funds and information on authorisations granted by the competent authorities.

2.   The Council, the Commission and the High Representative may process, where applicable, relevant data relating to criminal offences committed by listed natural persons, to criminal convictions of such persons or to security measures concerning such persons, only to the extent that such processing is necessary for the preparation of Annex I.

3.   For the purposes of this Regulation, the Council, the Commission service listed in Annex II to this Regulation and the High Representative are designated as “controllers” within the meaning of point (8) of Article 3 of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725, in order to ensure that the natural persons concerned can exercise their rights under Regulation (EU) 2018/1725.’.

Article 2

This Regulation shall enter into force on the day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.

Done at Luxembourg, 24 October 2019.

For the Council

The President

A.-K. PEKONEN

---

(1)  
  OJ L 280, 26.10.2010, p. 10.

1

(2)  Council Regulation (EU) No 1284/2009 of 22 December 2009 imposing certain specific restrictive measures in respect of the Republic of Guinea (OJ L 346, 23.12.2009, p. 26).

2

(3)  Council Decision (CFSP) 2019/1790 of 24 October 2019 amending Decision 2010/638/CFSP concerning restrictive measures against the Republic of Guinea (see page 153 of this Official Journal).

3

(4)  Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation) (OJ L 119, 4.5.2016, p. 1).

4

(5)  Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2018 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data by the Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Regulation (EC) No 45/2001 and Decision No 1247/2002/EC (OJ L 295, 21.11.2018, p. 39).

5

---

| 25.10.2019 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 272/5 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

25.10.2019

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 272/5

---

COUNCIL IMPLEMENTING REGULATION (EU) 2019/1779

of 24 October 2019

implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/1755 concerning restrictive measures in view of the situation in Burundi

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,

Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

Having regard to Council Regulation (EU) 2015/1755 of 1 October 2015 concerning restrictive measures in view of the situation in Burundi (1), and in particular Article 13(4) thereof,

Having regard to the proposal from the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy,

Whereas:

| (1) | On 1 October 2015, the Council adopted Regulation (EU) 2015/1755. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

On 1 October 2015, the Council adopted Regulation (EU) 2015/1755.

| (2) | On the basis of a review by the Council, the information concerning one natural person in Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2015/1755 should be amended. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

On the basis of a review by the Council, the information concerning one natural person in Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2015/1755 should be amended.

| (3) | Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2015/1755 should therefore be amended accordingly, |
| --- | --- |

(3)

Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2015/1755 should therefore be amended accordingly,

HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:

Article 1

Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2015/1755 is amended as set out in the Annex to this Regulation.

Article 2

This Regulation shall enter into force on the day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.

Done at Luxembourg, 24 October 2019.

For the Council

The President

A.-K. PEKONEN

---

(1)  
  OJ L 257, 2.10.2015, p. 1.

1

---

ANNEX

In Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2015/1755, entry 1 under the heading ‘List of natural and legal persons, entities and bodies referred to in Article 2’ is replaced by the following:

| | Name | Identifying information | Grounds for designation |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| ‘1. | Godefroid BIZIMANA | Gender: Male
  DOB: 23.4.1968
  POB: NYAGASEKE, MABAYI, CIBITOKE
  Burundian nationality. Passport number: DP0001520 | “Chargé de missions de la Présidence” and former Deputy Director General of the National Police. Responsible for undermining democracy by making operational decisions that have led to a disproportionate use of force and acts of violent repression towards peaceful demonstrations that started on 26 April 2015 following the announcement of the presidential candidacy of President Nkurunziza.’ |

Name

Identifying information

Grounds for designation

‘1.

Godefroid BIZIMANA

Gender: Male

DOB: 23.4.1968

POB: NYAGASEKE, MABAYI, CIBITOKE

Burundian nationality. Passport number: DP0001520

“Chargé de missions de la Présidence” and former Deputy Director General of the National Police. Responsible for undermining democracy by making operational decisions that have led to a disproportionate use of force and acts of violent repression towards peaceful demonstrations that started on 26 April 2015 following the announcement of the presidential candidacy of President Nkurunziza.’

---

| 25.10.2019 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 272/7 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

25.10.2019

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 272/7

---

COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING REGULATION (EU) 2019/1780

of 23 September 2019

establishing standard forms for the publication of notices in the field of public procurement and repealing Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/1986 (‘eForms’)

(Text with EEA relevance)

THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,

Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

Having regard to Council Directive 89/665/EEC of 21 December 1989 on the coordination of the laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to the application of review procedures to the award of public supply and public works contracts (1), and in particular Article 3a thereof,

Having regard to Council Directive 92/13/EEC of 25 February 1992 coordinating the laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to the application of Community rules on the procurement procedures of entities operating in the water, energy, transport and telecommunications sectors (2), and in particular Article 3a thereof,

Having regard to Directive 2009/81/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of procedures for the award of certain works contracts, supply contracts and service contracts by contracting authorities in the field of defence and security, and amending Directives 2004/17/EC and 2004/18/EC (3), and in particular Articles 32(1), 52(2) and 64 thereof,

Having regard to Directive 2014/23/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 February 2014 on the award of concession contracts (4), and in particular Article 33(1) thereof,

Having regard to Directive 2014/24/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 February 2014 on public procurement and repealing Directive 2004/18/EC (5), and in particular Articles 51(1), 75(3) and 79(3) thereof,

Having regard to Directive 2014/25/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 February 2014 on procurement by entities operating in the water, energy, transport and postal services sectors and repealing Directive 2004/17/EC (6), and in particular Articles 71(1), 92(3) and the first subparagraph of Article 96(2) thereof,

After consulting the Advisory Committee on Public Procurement,

Whereas:

| (1) | Directives 89/665/EEC and 2014/24/EU require that certain public works contracts, public supply contracts and public service contracts be advertised in the Official Journal of the European Union. The notices for those publications should include the information set out in those Directives. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

Directives 89/665/EEC and 2014/24/EU require that certain public works contracts, public supply contracts and public service contracts be advertised in the Official Journal of the European Union. The notices for those publications should include the information set out in those Directives.

| (2) | Directives 92/13/EEC and 2014/25/EU require that certain works contracts, supply contracts and service contracts in the water, energy, transport and postal services sectors be advertised in the Official Journal of the European Union. The notices for those publications should include the information set out in those Directives. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

Directives 92/13/EEC and 2014/25/EU require that certain works contracts, supply contracts and service contracts in the water, energy, transport and postal services sectors be advertised in the Official Journal of the European Union. The notices for those publications should include the information set out in those Directives.

| (3) | Directive 2009/81/EC requires that certain works contracts, supply contracts and service contracts in the field of defence and security be advertised in the Official Journal of the European Union. The notices for that publication should include the information set out in that Directive. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

Directive 2009/81/EC requires that certain works contracts, supply contracts and service contracts in the field of defence and security be advertised in the Official Journal of the European Union. The notices for that publication should include the information set out in that Directive.

| (4) | Directives 89/665/EEC, 92/13/EEC and 2014/23/EU require that certain works concessions and service concessions be advertised in the Official Journal of the European Union. The notices for those publications should include the information set out in those Directives. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

Directives 89/665/EEC, 92/13/EEC and 2014/23/EU require that certain works concessions and service concessions be advertised in the Official Journal of the European Union. The notices for those publications should include the information set out in those Directives.

| (5) | Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/1986 (7) sets out the standard forms provided for by Directives 89/665/EEC, 92/13/EEC, 2009/81/EC, 2014/23/EU, 2014/24/EU and 2014/25/EU. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/1986 (7) sets out the standard forms provided for by Directives 89/665/EEC, 92/13/EEC, 2009/81/EC, 2014/23/EU, 2014/24/EU and 2014/25/EU.

| (6) | Public procurement is undergoing a digital transformation, as described in the Communication from the Commission on Upgrading the Single Market (8) as well as in the Communication from the Commission on Making Public Procurement work in and for Europe (9). The standard forms are instrumental in this transformation. |
| --- | --- |

(6)

Public procurement is undergoing a digital transformation, as described in the Communication from the Commission on Upgrading the Single Market (8) as well as in the Communication from the Commission on Making Public Procurement work in and for Europe (9). The standard forms are instrumental in this transformation.

| (7) | In order to ensure the standard forms’ effectiveness in a digital environment, it is necessary to adapt the standard forms set out in Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/1986. Given the number and extent of the necessary adaptations, Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/1986 should be replaced. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

In order to ensure the standard forms’ effectiveness in a digital environment, it is necessary to adapt the standard forms set out in Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/1986. Given the number and extent of the necessary adaptations, Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/1986 should be replaced.

| (8) | As established in Article 33(2) of Directives 2014/23/EU, Article 51(2) of Directive 2014/24/EU, Article 71(2) of Directive 2014/25/EU, notices are electronic files rather than paper documents. In order to comply with the ‘once only’ principle in e-government, and thus reduce administrative burden and increase data reliability, and to facilitate voluntary publication of notices whose value is below the EU threshold or which are based on framework agreements, such standard forms should be established that can be automatically filled-in with information from previous notices, technical specifications, tenders, contracts, national administrative registries and other sources of data. Ultimately, such forms should no longer need to be filled-in manually, but should be automatically generated by software systems. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

As established in Article 33(2) of Directives 2014/23/EU, Article 51(2) of Directive 2014/24/EU, Article 71(2) of Directive 2014/25/EU, notices are electronic files rather than paper documents. In order to comply with the ‘once only’ principle in e-government, and thus reduce administrative burden and increase data reliability, and to facilitate voluntary publication of notices whose value is below the EU threshold or which are based on framework agreements, such standard forms should be established that can be automatically filled-in with information from previous notices, technical specifications, tenders, contracts, national administrative registries and other sources of data. Ultimately, such forms should no longer need to be filled-in manually, but should be automatically generated by software systems.

| (9) | To avoid implementation problems, standard forms should be established with consideration of the software systems in which they will be implemented. This includes data exchange systems, user interfaces that validate manual input, and publishing websites that present information in notices. Information should be presented in a way that attracts economic operators and other users. |
| --- | --- |

(9)

To avoid implementation problems, standard forms should be established with consideration of the software systems in which they will be implemented. This includes data exchange systems, user interfaces that validate manual input, and publishing websites that present information in notices. Information should be presented in a way that attracts economic operators and other users.

| (10) | To enable implementation tailored to national specificities, significant flexibility should be left to Member States and their authorities in setting up their software systems. In particular, it should be possible to display fields established in this Regulation in any order and under any labels, as long as the labels’ meanings correspond with the descriptions established by this Regulation. In order to meet different needs at national, regional or local level, fields that this Regulation establishes as optional at the EU level, do not need to be displayed to end-users at all (e.g. buyers do not need to see them nor fill them in) or, on the contrary, may be required mandatorily at national, regional or local level. |
| --- | --- |

(10)

To enable implementation tailored to national specificities, significant flexibility should be left to Member States and their authorities in setting up their software systems. In particular, it should be possible to display fields established in this Regulation in any order and under any labels, as long as the labels’ meanings correspond with the descriptions established by this Regulation. In order to meet different needs at national, regional or local level, fields that this Regulation establishes as optional at the EU level, do not need to be displayed to end-users at all (e.g. buyers do not need to see them nor fill them in) or, on the contrary, may be required mandatorily at national, regional or local level.

| (11) | The date of application of this Regulation and the date of repeal of Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/1986 should reflect the time required to prepare the electronic versions of the standard forms that are used for actual data exchange. |
| --- | --- |

(11)

The date of application of this Regulation and the date of repeal of Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/1986 should reflect the time required to prepare the electronic versions of the standard forms that are used for actual data exchange.

| (12) | To reflect developments in Member States’ needs and technologies in the area of procurement data, while also ensuring compliance with Article 52(2) of Directive 2014/24/EU, Article 72(2) of Directive 2014/25/EU and Article 32(5) of Directive 2009/81/EC, optional fields should be regularly added to this Regulation. The Commission will closely follow these developments, as well as collect other feedback from users, and annually review the need for an update of this Regulation. Such updates should not, unless unavoidable, imply mandatory changes of software systems in the Member States, |
| --- | --- |

(12)

To reflect developments in Member States’ needs and technologies in the area of procurement data, while also ensuring compliance with Article 52(2) of Directive 2014/24/EU, Article 72(2) of Directive 2014/25/EU and Article 32(5) of Directive 2009/81/EC, optional fields should be regularly added to this Regulation. The Commission will closely follow these developments, as well as collect other feedback from users, and annually review the need for an update of this Regulation. Such updates should not, unless unavoidable, imply mandatory changes of software systems in the Member States,

HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:

Article 1

Subject matter

1.   This Regulation establishes the following standard forms:

| (1) | ‘Planning’ |
| --- | --- |

(1)

‘Planning’

| (2) | ‘Competition’ |
| --- | --- |

(2)

‘Competition’

| (3) | ‘Direct award prenotification’ |
| --- | --- |

(3)

‘Direct award prenotification’

| (4) | ‘Result’ |
| --- | --- |

(4)

‘Result’

| (5) | ‘Contract modification’ |
| --- | --- |

(5)

‘Contract modification’

| (6) | ‘Change’ |
| --- | --- |

(6)

‘Change’

2.   The standard forms referred to in paragraph 1 consist of the fields set out in the Annex.

Article 2

Usage

The standard forms referred to in Article 1 shall be used for the publication of the following notices in the Official Journal of the European Union:

Official Journal of the European Union

| (1) | ‘Planning form’: for notices referred to in Articles 27(2), 28(3) and 48(1) of Directive 2014/24/EU; Articles 45(2), 67(1) of Directive 2014/25/EU and Articles 30(1) and 33(3) of Directive 2009/81/EC; |
| --- | --- |

(1)

‘Planning form’: for notices referred to in Articles 27(2), 28(3) and 48(1) of Directive 2014/24/EU; Articles 45(2), 67(1) of Directive 2014/25/EU and Articles 30(1) and 33(3) of Directive 2009/81/EC;

| (2) | ‘Competition form’: for notices referred to in Articles 48(2), 49, 75(1)(a), 75(1)(b) and 79(1) of Directive 2014/24/EU; Articles 67(2), 68, 69, 92(1)(a), 92(1)(b), 92(1)(c) and the first subparagraph of 96(1) of Directive 2014/25/EU; Article 31(1) and Article 31(3) of Directive 2014/23/EU and Articles 30(2) and 52(1) of Directive 2009/81/EC; |
| --- | --- |

(2)

‘Competition form’: for notices referred to in Articles 48(2), 49, 75(1)(a), 75(1)(b) and 79(1) of Directive 2014/24/EU; Articles 67(2), 68, 69, 92(1)(a), 92(1)(b), 92(1)(c) and the first subparagraph of 96(1) of Directive 2014/25/EU; Article 31(1) and Article 31(3) of Directive 2014/23/EU and Articles 30(2) and 52(1) of Directive 2009/81/EC;

| (3) | ‘Direct award prenotification form’: for notices referred to in Articles 3a of Directive 89/665/EEC and 92/13/EEC; |
| --- | --- |

(3)

‘Direct award prenotification form’: for notices referred to in Articles 3a of Directive 89/665/EEC and 92/13/EEC;

| (4) | ‘Result form’: for notices referred to in Articles 50, 75(2) and 79(2) of Directive 2014/24/EU; Articles 70, 92(2) and the third subparagraph of 96(1) of Directive 2014/25/EU; Article 32 of Directive 2014/23/EU and Article 30(3) of Directive 2009/81/EC; |
| --- | --- |

(4)

‘Result form’: for notices referred to in Articles 50, 75(2) and 79(2) of Directive 2014/24/EU; Articles 70, 92(2) and the third subparagraph of 96(1) of Directive 2014/25/EU; Article 32 of Directive 2014/23/EU and Article 30(3) of Directive 2009/81/EC;

| (5) | ‘Contract Modification form’: for notices referred to in Article 72(1) of Directive 2014/24/EU; Article 89(1) of Directive 2014/25/EU and Article 43(1) of Directive 2014/23/EU. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

‘Contract Modification form’: for notices referred to in Article 72(1) of Directive 2014/24/EU; Article 89(1) of Directive 2014/25/EU and Article 43(1) of Directive 2014/23/EU.

| (6) | ‘Change form’: for changing or cancelling the notices listed above. |
| --- | --- |

(6)

‘Change form’: for changing or cancelling the notices listed above.

Article 3

Repeal

Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/1986 is repealed with effect from 25 October 2023.

Article 4

Entry into force

This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

Official Journal of the European Union

It shall apply from 14 November 2022.

This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.

Done at Brussels, 23 September 2019.

For the Commission

The President

Jean-Claude JUNCKER

---

(1)  
  OJ L 395, 30.12.1989, p. 33.

1

(2)  
  OJ L 76, 23.3.1992, p. 14.

2

(3)  
  OJ L 216, 20.8.2009, p. 76.

3

(4)  
  OJ L 94, 28.3.2014, p. 1.

4

(5)  
  OJ L 94, 28.3.2014, p. 65.

5

(6)  
  OJ L 94, 28.3.2014, p. 243.

6

(7)  Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/1986 of 11 November 2015 establishing standard forms for the publication of notices in the field of public procurement and repealing Implementing Regulation (EU) No 842/2011 (OJ L 296, 12.11.2015, p. 1).

7

(8)  Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions (COM(2015) 550)

8

(9)  Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions (COM(2017) 572)

9

---

ANNEX

Standard forms contain fields. A standard form with appropriate information in its fields is a notice.

Standard forms and notices use mandatory and optional fields.

| (a) | Mandatory fields shall be included in standard forms and notices, where they shall contain information, unless certain conditions are met (see below). |
| --- | --- |

(a)

Mandatory fields shall be included in standard forms and notices, where they shall contain information, unless certain conditions are met (see below).

| (b) | Optional fields may be included in standard forms and notices, where they may contain information. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

Optional fields may be included in standard forms and notices, where they may contain information.

Formats and procedures for sending notices, as established under point three of Annex VIII to Directive 2014/24/EU, of Annex IX to Directive 2014/25/EU and of Annex VI to 2009/81/EC and point two of Annex IX to 2014/23/EU, shall include conditions under which mandatory fields are not applicable. These conditions shall exclusively take into account the context of a concrete notice or a procedure (for example, fields about framework agreements shall not be mandatory if a procedure does not include a framework agreement).

The formats and procedures for sending notices shall also set which fields are mandatory and optional for notices published in line with Article 51(6) of Directive 2014/24/EU, Article 71(6) of Directive 2014/25/EU and Article 31 of Directive 2009/81/EC.

Table 1 and Table 2, below, establish which fields are used in individual standard forms and notices.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR READING TABLE 1

The standard forms in column 1 use the fields referred to in column 2 (and listed in Table 2) when used for the publication of notices referred to in column 3. For better readability, column 4 contains descriptions of column 3. In addition, any standard form or notice may contain fields from the European Single Procurement Document established by the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/7 (1).

Table 1

Forms, notices & fields

| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The standard form: | shall contain the fields listed in: | when used for the publication of notices referred to in: | (Notice description) |
| Planning | Table 2, column 1 | Art. 48(1) of Directive 2014/24/EU | Notice of the publication of a prior information notice on a buyer profile — general directive |
| Table 2, column 2 | Art. 67(1) of Directive 2014/25/EU | Notice of the publication of a periodic indicative notice on a buyer profile — sectoral directive |
| Table 2, column 3 | Art. 30(1) third subparagraph of Directive 2009/81/EC | Notice of the publication of a prior information notice on a buyer profile — defence directive |
| Table 2, column 4 | Art. 48(1) of Directive 2014/24/EU | Prior information notice used only for information — general directive |
| Table 2, column 5 | Art. 67(1) of Directive 2014/25/EU | Periodic indicative notice used only for information — sectoral directive |
| Table 2, column 6 | Art. 30(1) of Directive 2009/81/EC | Prior information notice used only for information — defence directive |
| Table 2, column 7 | Art. 27(2) of Directive 2014/24/EU,
  Art. 28(3) of Directive 2014/24/EU | Prior information notice used to shorten time limits for receipt of tenders — general directive |
| Table 2, column 8 | Art. 45(2) of Directive 2014/25/EU | Periodic indicative notice used to shorten time limits for receipt of tenders — sectoral directive |
| Table 2, column 9 | Art. 33(3) of Directive 2009/81/EC | Prior information notice used to shorten time limits for receipt of tenders — defence directive |
| Competition | Table 2, column 10 | Art. 48(2) of Directive 2014/24/EU | Prior information notice used as a call for competition — general directive, standard regime |
| Table 2, column 11 | Art. 67(2) of Directive 2014/25/EU | Periodic indicative notice used as a call for competition — sectoral directive, standard regime |
| Table 2, column 12 | Art. 75(1)(b) of Directive 2014/24/EU | Prior information notice used as a call for competition — general directive, light regime |
| Table 2, column 13 | Art. 92(1)(b) of Directive 2014/25/EU | Periodic indicative notice used as a call for competition — sectoral directive, light regime |
| Table 2, column 14 | Art. 31(3) of Directive 2014/23/EU | Prior information notice used as a call for competition — concessions directive, light regime |
| Table 2, column 15 | Art. 68 of Directive 2014/25/EU,
  Art. 92(1)(c) of Directive 2014/25/EU | Notice on the existence of a qualification system — sectoral directive |
| Table 2, column 16 | Art. 49 of Directive 2014/24/EU | Contract notice — general directive, standard regime |
| Table 2, column 17 | Art. 69 of Directive 2014/25/EU | Contract notice — sectoral directive, standard regime |
| Table 2, column 18 | Art. 30(2) of Directive 2009/81/EC | Contract notice — defence directive, standard regime |
| Table 2, column 19 | Art. 31(1) of Directive 2014/23/EU | Concession notice — concessions directive, standard regime |
| Table 2, column 20 | Art. 75(1)(a) of Directive 2014/24/EU | Contract notice — general directive, light regime |
| Table 2, column 21 | Art. 92(1)(a) of Directive 2014/25/EU | Contract notice — sectoral directive, light regime |
| Table 2, column 22 | Art. 52(1) of Directive 2009/81/EC | Subcontract notice — defence directive |
| Table 2, column 23 | Art. 79(1) of Directive 2014/24/EU | Design contest notice — general directive, design |
| Table 2, column 24 | Art. 96(1) first subparagraph of Directive 2014/25/EU | Design contest notice — sectoral directive, design |
| Direct award prenotification | Table 2, column 25 | Art. 3a of Directive 89/665/EEC | Voluntary ex-ante transparency notice — general directive |
| Table 2, column 26 | Art. 3a of Directive 92/13/EEC | Voluntary ex-ante transparency notice — sectoral directive |
| Table 2, column 27 | Art. 64 of Directive 2009/81/EC | Voluntary ex-ante transparency notice — defence directive |
| Table 2, column 28 | Art. 3a of Directives 89/665/EEC and 92/13/EEC | Voluntary ex-ante transparency notice — concession directive |
| Result | Table 2, column 29 | Art. 50 of Directive 2014/24/EU | Contract award notice — general directive, standard regime |
| Table 2, column 30 | Art. 70 of Directive 2014/25/EU | Contract award notice — sectoral directive, standard regime |
| Table 2, column 31 | Art. 30(3) of Directive 2009/81/EC | Contract award notice — defence directive, standard regime |
| Table 2, column 32 | Art. 32(2) (reference to Annex VII) of Directive 2014/23/EU | Concession award notice — concession directive, standard regime |
| Table 2, column 33 | Art. 75(2) of Directive 2014/24/EU | Contract award notice — general directive, light regime |
| Table 2, column 34 | Art. 92(2) of Directive 2014/25/EU | Contract award notice — sectoral directive, light regime |
| Table 2, column 35 | Art. 32(2) (reference to Annex VIII) of Directive 2014/23/EU | Concession award notice — concessions directive, light regime |
| Table 2, column 36 | Art. 79(2) of Directive 2014/24/EU | Design contest result notice — general directive, design |
| Table 2, column 37 | Art. 96(1) second subparagraph of Directive 2014/25/EU | Design contest result notice — sectoral directive, design |
| Contract modification | Table 2, column 38 | Art. 72(1) of Directive 2014/24/EU | Contract modification notice — general directive |
| Table 2, column 39 | Art. 89(1) of Directive 2014/25/EU | Contract modification notice — sectoral directive |
| Table 2, column 40 | Art. 43(1) of Directive 2014/23/EU | Contract modification notice — concessions directive |
| Change | any other standard form and the Notice and Change sections from Table 2 | changing any of the notices listed above | Change notice |

1

2

3

4

The standard form:

shall contain the fields listed in:

when used for the publication of notices referred to in:

(Notice description)

Planning

Table 2, column 1

Art. 48(1) of Directive 2014/24/EU

Notice of the publication of a prior information notice on a buyer profile — general directive

Table 2, column 2

Art. 67(1) of Directive 2014/25/EU

Notice of the publication of a periodic indicative notice on a buyer profile — sectoral directive

Table 2, column 3

Art. 30(1) third subparagraph of Directive 2009/81/EC

Notice of the publication of a prior information notice on a buyer profile — defence directive

Table 2, column 4

Art. 48(1) of Directive 2014/24/EU

Prior information notice used only for information — general directive

Table 2, column 5

Art. 67(1) of Directive 2014/25/EU

Periodic indicative notice used only for information — sectoral directive

Table 2, column 6

Art. 30(1) of Directive 2009/81/EC

Prior information notice used only for information — defence directive

Table 2, column 7

Art. 27(2) of Directive 2014/24/EU,

Art. 28(3) of Directive 2014/24/EU

Prior information notice used to shorten time limits for receipt of tenders — general directive

Table 2, column 8

Art. 45(2) of Directive 2014/25/EU

Periodic indicative notice used to shorten time limits for receipt of tenders — sectoral directive

Table 2, column 9

Art. 33(3) of Directive 2009/81/EC

Prior information notice used to shorten time limits for receipt of tenders — defence directive

Competition

Table 2, column 10

Art. 48(2) of Directive 2014/24/EU

Prior information notice used as a call for competition — general directive, standard regime

Table 2, column 11

Art. 67(2) of Directive 2014/25/EU

Periodic indicative notice used as a call for competition — sectoral directive, standard regime

Table 2, column 12

Art. 75(1)(b) of Directive 2014/24/EU

Prior information notice used as a call for competition — general directive, light regime

Table 2, column 13

Art. 92(1)(b) of Directive 2014/25/EU

Periodic indicative notice used as a call for competition — sectoral directive, light regime

Table 2, column 14

Art. 31(3) of Directive 2014/23/EU

Prior information notice used as a call for competition — concessions directive, light regime

Table 2, column 15

Art. 68 of Directive 2014/25/EU,

Art. 92(1)(c) of Directive 2014/25/EU

Notice on the existence of a qualification system — sectoral directive

Table 2, column 16

Art. 49 of Directive 2014/24/EU

Contract notice — general directive, standard regime

Table 2, column 17

Art. 69 of Directive 2014/25/EU

Contract notice — sectoral directive, standard regime

Table 2, column 18

Art. 30(2) of Directive 2009/81/EC

Contract notice — defence directive, standard regime

Table 2, column 19

Art. 31(1) of Directive 2014/23/EU

Concession notice — concessions directive, standard regime

Table 2, column 20

Art. 75(1)(a) of Directive 2014/24/EU

Contract notice — general directive, light regime

Table 2, column 21

Art. 92(1)(a) of Directive 2014/25/EU

Contract notice — sectoral directive, light regime

Table 2, column 22

Art. 52(1) of Directive 2009/81/EC

Subcontract notice — defence directive

Table 2, column 23

Art. 79(1) of Directive 2014/24/EU

Design contest notice — general directive, design

Table 2, column 24

Art. 96(1) first subparagraph of Directive 2014/25/EU

Design contest notice — sectoral directive, design

Direct award prenotification

Table 2, column 25

Art. 3a of Directive 89/665/EEC

Voluntary ex-ante transparency notice — general directive

Table 2, column 26

Art. 3a of Directive 92/13/EEC

Voluntary ex-ante transparency notice — sectoral directive

Table 2, column 27

Art. 64 of Directive 2009/81/EC

Voluntary ex-ante transparency notice — defence directive

Table 2, column 28

Art. 3a of Directives 89/665/EEC and 92/13/EEC

Voluntary ex-ante transparency notice — concession directive

Result

Table 2, column 29

Art. 50 of Directive 2014/24/EU

Contract award notice — general directive, standard regime

Table 2, column 30

Art. 70 of Directive 2014/25/EU

Contract award notice — sectoral directive, standard regime

Table 2, column 31

Art. 30(3) of Directive 2009/81/EC

Contract award notice — defence directive, standard regime

Table 2, column 32

Art. 32(2) (reference to Annex VII) of Directive 2014/23/EU

Concession award notice — concession directive, standard regime

Table 2, column 33

Art. 75(2) of Directive 2014/24/EU

Contract award notice — general directive, light regime

Table 2, column 34

Art. 92(2) of Directive 2014/25/EU

Contract award notice — sectoral directive, light regime

Table 2, column 35

Art. 32(2) (reference to Annex VIII) of Directive 2014/23/EU

Concession award notice — concessions directive, light regime

Table 2, column 36

Art. 79(2) of Directive 2014/24/EU

Design contest result notice — general directive, design

Table 2, column 37

Art. 96(1) second subparagraph of Directive 2014/25/EU

Design contest result notice — sectoral directive, design

Contract modification

Table 2, column 38

Art. 72(1) of Directive 2014/24/EU

Contract modification notice — general directive

Table 2, column 39

Art. 89(1) of Directive 2014/25/EU

Contract modification notice — sectoral directive

Table 2, column 40

Art. 43(1) of Directive 2014/23/EU

Contract modification notice — concessions directive

Change

any other standard form and the Notice and Change sections from Table 2

changing any of the notices listed above

Change notice

INSTRUCTIONS FOR READING TABLE 2

| — | The first column contains information about the nesting of the field or section. Each field or section with a level of ‘++’, ‘+++’ and ‘++++’ is nested within the nearest section placed above it that has a lower number of ‘+’. |
| --- | --- |

—

The first column contains information about the nesting of the field or section. Each field or section with a level of ‘++’, ‘+++’ and ‘++++’ is nested within the nearest section placed above it that has a lower number of ‘+’.

| — | The second and third columns contain the fields' (or sections') names and descriptions. |
| --- | --- |

—

The second and third columns contain the fields' (or sections') names and descriptions.

| — | The fourth column contains one of the following data types:






  — | ‘Indicator’: This field shall contain either ‘Yes’ or ‘No’. |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

The fourth column contains one of the following data types:

—

‘Indicator’: This field shall contain either ‘Yes’ or ‘No’.

| — | ‘Code’: This field shall contain values from a predefined list. |
| --- | --- |

—

‘Code’: This field shall contain values from a predefined list.

| — | ‘Date’: This field shall contain a date and more detailed time-related information (such as time and time zone), as appropriate. |
| --- | --- |

—

‘Date’: This field shall contain a date and more detailed time-related information (such as time and time zone), as appropriate.

| — | ‘Duration’: This field shall contain a duration. |
| --- | --- |

—

‘Duration’: This field shall contain a duration.

| — | ‘Identifier’: This field shall contain a set of information allowing unique identification. |
| --- | --- |

—

‘Identifier’: This field shall contain a set of information allowing unique identification.

| — | ‘Number’: This field shall contain a number. |
| --- | --- |

—

‘Number’: This field shall contain a number.

| — | ‘Text’: This field shall contain a text. |
| --- | --- |

—

‘Text’: This field shall contain a text.

| — | ‘URL’: This field shall contain an electronic address, typically a uniform resource locator (e.g. a web address). |
| --- | --- |

—

‘URL’: This field shall contain an electronic address, typically a uniform resource locator (e.g. a web address).

| — | ‘Value’: This field shall contain a number denoting a monetary value (without value added tax) and a currency code from a list of currency codes. |
| --- | --- |

—

‘Value’: This field shall contain a number denoting a monetary value (without value added tax) and a currency code from a list of currency codes.

| — | ‘-’: This row represents a section. Fields are grouped in sections. |
| --- | --- |

—

‘-’: This row represents a section. Fields are grouped in sections.

Formats and procedures for sending notices, as mentioned above, shall also specify the applicable codelists and identifiers.

Certain data types (e.g. Date, Duration, Identifier, Text, Value) may consist of multiple sub-fields.

| — | The remaining columns indicate which standard forms and notices use these fields as mandatory (‘M’) and optional (‘O’). The column headings 1-40 correspond to the numbers in the second column of Table 1 of this Annex. |
| --- | --- |

—

The remaining columns indicate which standard forms and notices use these fields as mandatory (‘M’) and optional (‘O’). The column headings 1-40 correspond to the numbers in the second column of Table 1 of this Annex.

TERMINOLOGY USED IN TABLE 2

| — | ‘Organisation’ refers to a legal or natural person or a public entity. |
| --- | --- |

—

‘Organisation’ refers to a legal or natural person or a public entity.

| — | ‘Buyer’ refers to a contracting authority, a contracting entity, a defence contractor, an international organisation, or an organisation awarding a contract subsidized by a contracting authority; unless the above mentioned are an association of organisations that is not an organisation in itself, in which case each individual organisation is considered a ‘buyer’. |
| --- | --- |

—

‘Buyer’ refers to a contracting authority, a contracting entity, a defence contractor, an international organisation, or an organisation awarding a contract subsidized by a contracting authority; unless the above mentioned are an association of organisations that is not an organisation in itself, in which case each individual organisation is considered a ‘buyer’.

| — | ‘Winner’ refers to a successful tenderer (incl. a successful tenderer party to a framework agreement) or (in case of design contests) a winner; unless the successful tenderer or winner are a group of organisations that is not an organisation in itself, in which case each individual organisation is considered a ‘winner’. |
| --- | --- |

—

‘Winner’ refers to a successful tenderer (incl. a successful tenderer party to a framework agreement) or (in case of design contests) a winner; unless the successful tenderer or winner are a group of organisations that is not an organisation in itself, in which case each individual organisation is considered a ‘winner’.

| — | ‘Procurement procedure’ refers to a procurement procedure or a design contest. |
| --- | --- |

—

‘Procurement procedure’ refers to a procurement procedure or a design contest.

| — | ‘Tender’ refers to a tender or (in case of design contests) a project. |
| --- | --- |

—

‘Tender’ refers to a tender or (in case of design contests) a project.

| — | ‘Request to participate’ refers to a request to participate or (in case of concessions) an application. |
| --- | --- |

—

‘Request to participate’ refers to a request to participate or (in case of concessions) an application.

| — | ‘Prior information notice’ refers to a prior information notice or (in case of Directive 2014/25/EU) a periodic indicative notice. |
| --- | --- |

—

‘Prior information notice’ refers to a prior information notice or (in case of Directive 2014/25/EU) a periodic indicative notice.

| — | ‘TED’ (Tenders Electronic Daily) is the online version of the Supplement to the Official Journal of the European Union. |
| --- | --- |

—

‘TED’ (Tenders Electronic Daily) is the online version of the Supplement to the Official Journal of the European Union.

Note: This table is available on the Commission website with additional information in an easier-to-read spreadsheet format.

Table 2

Fields in standard forms and notices

| Level | ID | Name | Description | Data type | Planning | Competition | DAP | Result | Con. Mod. |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 | 27 | 28 | 29 | 30 | 31 | 32 | 33 | 34 | 35 | 36 | 37 | 38 | 39 | 40 |
| + | BG-1 | Notice | Basic information about the notice. | - | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-04 | Procedure Identifier | The European Public Procurement Procedure Identifier, a unique identifier of a procurement procedure. Including this identifier in all published versions of this notice (e.g. published on TED, national publication portals, regional publication portals) allows unique identification of procurement procedures around the EU. | Identifier | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-701 | Notice Identifier | The European Public Procurement Notice Identifier of this notice. Including this identifier in all published version of this notice (e.g. TED, national publication portals, regional publication portals) allows unique identification of procurement notices around the EU. | Identifier | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-757 | Notice Version | The version of the notice. This helps, for example, to avoid errors caused by multiple change notices sent at a similar time. | Identifier | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-01 | Procedure Legal Basis | The legal basis (e.g. a European Directive or Regulation, national law) under which the procurement procedure takes place. | Code | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-03 | Form Type | The type of form according to procurement legislation. | Code | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-02 | Notice Type | The type of notice according to procurement legislation. | Code | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-05 | Notice Dispatch Date | The date and time when the notice has been sent to TED. | Date | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-738 | Notice Publication Date Preferred | The preferred date of publication of the notice on TED (e.g. to avoid publication during a national holiday). | Date | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-702 | Notice Official Language | The language(s) in which this notice is officially available. These linguistic versions are equally legally valid. | Code | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| + | BG-125 | Previous Planning | Information about a prior information notice or another similar notice related to this notice. This information may differ per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure. | - | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | |
| ++ | BT-125 | Previous Planning Identifier | The identifier of a prior information notice or another similar notice related to this notice. | Identifier | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | |
| ++ | BT-1251 | Previous Planning Part Identifier | The identifier of a part of a prior information notice or another similar notice related to this notice. | Identifier | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | |
| + | BG-703 | Organisation | Information about the organisation. This information may differ per lot, per contract, per tender, etc. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure. | - | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-13720 | Organisation Notice Section Identifier | An identifier of one or more sections within this notice. The information in the organisation section refers to this section or these sections. | Identifier | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-500 | Organisation Name | The official name of the organisation. | Text | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-501 | Organisation Identifier | An identifier of the organisation. All of the organisation’s identifiers shall be given. | Identifier | M | M | O | M | M | O | M | M | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | M | M | M | O | M | M | O | O | O | O | M | M | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-16 | Organisation Part Name | The name of a part of an organisation (e.g. the relevant department of a large buyer). | Text | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-510 | Organisation Street | The name of the street, road, avenue, etc., of the organisation’s physical address and further identification (e.g. building number). | Text | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-513 | Organisation City | The name of the locality (city, town or village) of the organisation’s physical address. | Text | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-512 | Organisation Post Code | The post code of the organisation’s physical address. | Text | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-507 | Organisation Country Subdivision | The location according to the common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) of the organisation’s physical address. The NUTS3 classification code must be used. | Code | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-514 | Organisation Country Code | The country of the organisation’s physical address. | Code | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-502 | Organisation Contact Point | The name of the department or other contact point for communicating with the organisation. To avoid unnecessary processing of personal data, the contact point may allow the identification of a physical person only when necessary (in the sense of Regulation (EU) 2016/679 and Regulation (EU) 2018/1725). | Text | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-506 | Organisation Contact Email Address | The email for contacting the organisation. To avoid unnecessary processing of personal data, the email may allow the identification of a physical person only when necessary (in the sense of the General Data Protection Regulation). | Text | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-503 | Organisation Contact Telephone Number | The telephone for contacting the organisation. To avoid unnecessary processing of personal data, the telephone may allow the identification of a physical person only when necessary (in the sense of the General Data Protection Regulation). | Text | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-739 | Organisation Contact Fax | The fax for contacting the organisation. To avoid unnecessary processing of personal data, the fax may allow the identification of a physical person only when necessary (in the sense of the General Data Protection Regulation). | Text | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-505 | Organisation internet Address | The website of the organisation. | URL | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-509 | Organisation eDelivery Gateway | The organisation’s uniform resource locator for exchange of data and documents. | URL | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-633 | Organisation Natural Person | The organisation is a natural person. | Indicator | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-08 | Organisation Role | The role of the organisation in the procurement procedure (e.g. buyer, winner). A notice must contain all organisations in the procedure that have the role of a buyer; a winner; a review body; a buyer acquiring supplies and/or services intended for other buyers; a buyer awarding public contracts or concluding framework agreements for works, supplies or services intended for other buyers. | Code | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-770 | Organisation Subrole | The sub-role of the organisation in the procurement procedure (e.g. group leader, organisation providing additional information about the procurement procedure). | Code | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BG-3 | Buyer | Additional information about the buyer. | - | M | M | M | M | M | O | M | M | O | M | M | O | O | M | M | M | M | O | M | O | O | O | M | M | O | O | O | O | M | M | O | M | O | O | M | M | M | | | |
| +++ | BT-508 | Buyer Profile URL | The website where the buyer publishes information regarding procurement procedures (e.g. notices, procurement documents). | URL | M | M | M | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| +++ | BT-11 | Buyer Legal Type | The type of buyer according to procurement legislation (e.g. central government authority, body governed by public law, public undertaking). | Code | M | O | O | M | O | O | M | O | O | M | O | O | O | M | O | M | O | O | M | O | O | O | M | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | O | M | O | O | M | M | O | | | |
| +++ | BT-740 | Buyer Contracting Entity | The buyer is a contracting entity. | Indicator | | | O | | | O | | | O | | | | | M | | | | O | M | | | | | | | | O | O | | | O | M | | | M | | | | | |
| +++ | BT-10 | Activity Authority | The main activity of the contracting authority. | Code | M | M | O | M | M | O | M | M | O | M | M | O | O | M | M | M | M | O | M | O | O | | M | M | O | O | O | O | M | M | O | M | O | O | M | M | M | | | |
| +++ | BT-610 | Activity Entity | The main activity of the contracting entity. | Code | | M | O | | M | O | | M | O | | M | | O | M | M | | M | O | M | | O | | | M | | O | O | O | | M | O | M | | O | M | | M | | | |
| ++ | BG-4 | Winner | Additional information about the winner, tenderer or subcontractor. | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | M | M | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | |
| +++ | BT-165 | Winner Size | The size of the winner, tenderer or subcontractor (e.g. micro enterprise, small enterprise, medium enterprise). | Code | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | M | M | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | |
| +++ | BT-706 | Winner Owner Nationality | The nationality (or nationalities) of the beneficiary owner(s) of the winner, tenderer, or subcontractor; as published in the register(s) established by anti-money laundering legislation. If such a register does not exist (e.g. in case of non-EU contractors) then equivalent information from other sources. | Code | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| +++ | BT-746 | Winner Listed | The nationality (or nationalities) of the beneficiary owner(s) of the winner, tenderer, or subcontractor is not published in the register(s) established by anti-money laundering legislation, because the winner is listed on a regulated market (e.g. a stock exchange) that ensures adequate transparency in line with anti-money laundering legislation. | Indicator | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| + | BG-2 | Purpose | Information about the purpose. This information must be given for the whole procurement procedure and, if they exist, also per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure. | - | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-22 | Internal Identifier | The internal identifier used for files regarding the procurement procedure or lot before a procedure identifier is given (e.g. coming from the buyer’s document management system or procurement planning system). | Text | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-23 | Main Nature | The main nature (e.g. works) of what is being bought. In case of mixed procurement (e.g. a procedure for both works and services), the main nature may be, for example, the one with the highest estimated value. This information must be given for the whole procedure. | Code | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-531 | Additional Nature | The nature (e.g. services) of what is being bought, additional to Main Nature. | Code | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-21 | Title | The name of the procurement procedure or lot. | Text | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-24 | Description | The description of the nature and quantity of what is being bought or of the needs and requirements that should be met in this procedure or lot. In case of a modification notice, the description of the procurement before and after the modification. | Text | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-27 | Estimated Value | The estimated maximum value of the procurement procedure or lot. Estimated refers to estimation at the time of launching the call for competition. Maximum value means a value covering all contracts to be awarded within a framework agreement or a dynamic purchasing system, over their whole duration, including options and renewals. | Value | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | |
| ++ | BG-557 | Group Framework Estimated Maximum Value | Information about the estimated maximum value which can be spent in a framework agreement within a group of lots. This information can be provided when the estimated maximum value of a group of lots is lower than the sum of estimated values of individual lots in this group (e.g. when the same budget is shared for several lots). | - | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | O | O | O | | O | O | O | | | O | O | O | | O | O | O | | O | O | | | | | | |
| +++ | BT-557 | Group Framework Estimated Maximum Value Lot Identifier | Identifiers of lots. These lots form a group whose estimated maximum value is lower than the sum of individual estimated maximum values of all the lots together (e.g. when the same budget is shared for several lots). | Identifier | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | O | O | O | | O | O | O | | | O | O | O | | O | O | O | | O | O | | | | | | |
| +++ | BT-157 | Group Framework Estimated Maximum Value | The estimated maximum value which can be spent in a framework agreement within a group of lots. This information can be provided when the estimated maximum value of a group of lots is lower than the sum of estimated values of individual lots in this group (e.g. when the same budget is shared for several lots). Estimated refers to estimation at the time of launching the call for competition. Maximum value means a value covering all contracts to be awarded within a framework agreement over its whole duration, including options and renewals. | Value | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | O | O | O | | O | O | O | | | O | O | O | | O | O | O | | O | O | | | | | | |
| ++ | BG-261 | Classification | Information about the classification(s) describing the purchase. The common procurement vocabulary (CPV) classification type must be used. Additionally, other classifications (e.g. the World Health Organisation’s anatomical therapeutic chemical (ATC) classification for pharmaceuticals; the medical devices nomenclature under the Regulation (EU) 2017/745) may, if made available by the Publications Office of the EU, be used.) | - | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O |
| +++ | BT-26 | Classification Type | The type of classification describing the purchase (e.g. the common procurement vocabulary). | Code | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O |
| +++ | BT-262 | Main Classification Code | The code from the classification that best characterizes the purchase. | Code | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O |
| +++ | BT-263 | Additional Classification Codes | An additional code from the classification that also characterize the purchase. | Code | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-25 | Quantity | The number of units required. | Number | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-625 | Unit | The unit which the good, service, or work comes in, for example hours or kilograms. Where CPV code is a supply which does not need a further unit (e.g. cars), then no unit needs to be given and quantity is taken to be a count, e.g. the ‘number of cars’. | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-53 | Options | The buyer reserves the right (not an obligation) for additional purchases from the contractor (while the contract is valid). | Indicator | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | M | O | O | O | | M | M | O | M | O | O | O | | | O | O | O | O | M | O | O | M | O | O | O | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-54 | Options Description | The description of the options. | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | M | O | O | O | | M | M | O | M | O | O | O | | | O | O | O | O | M | O | O | M | O | O | O | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-94 | Recurrence | Procurement whose purpose is likely to also be included in another procedure in the foreseeable future. (For example, a regularly re-tendered municipal service. This does not include awarding multiple contracts within a single qualification system, framework agreement, or a dynamic purchasing system.) | Indicator | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-95 | Recurrence Description | Any additional information about recurrence (e.g. estimated timing). | Text | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O |
| + | BG-708 | Place of Performance | Information about the main location of works in case of works; main place of delivery or performance in case of supplies and services. If the place of performance covers several NUTS 3 areas (e.g. a highway, a national network of job centres), then all relevant codes must be given. This information may differ per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure. | - | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-5101 | Place Performance Street | The name of the street, road, avenue, etc., of the place of performance and further identification (e.g. building number). | Text | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-5131 | Place Performance City | The name of the locality (city, town or village) of the place of performance. | Text | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-5121 | Place Performance Post Code | The postcode of the place of performance. | Text | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-5071 | Place Performance Country Subdivision | The location according to the common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS). The NUTS3 classification code must be used. | Code | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-5141 | Place Performance Country Code | The country of the place of performance. | Code | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-727 | Place Performance Services Other | There are other restrictions on the place of performance (e.g. ‘anywhere in the European Economic Area’, ‘anywhere in the given country’). | Code | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-728 | Place Performance Additional Information | Additional information about the place of performance. | Text | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| + | BG-36 | Duration | Information about the duration of the contract, framework agreement, dynamic purchasing system or qualification system. This must include any options and renewals. This information may differ per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure. | - | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | M | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-536 | Duration Start Date | The (estimated) date when the contract, framework agreement, dynamic purchasing system or qualification system will start. | Date | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | M | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-36 | Duration Period | The (estimated) period from the start to the end of the contract, framework agreement, dynamic purchasing system or qualification system. This must include any options and renewals. | Duration | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | M | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-537 | Duration End Date | The (estimated) date when the contract, framework agreement, dynamic purchasing system or qualification system will finish. | Date | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | M | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-538 | Duration Other | The duration is unknown, unlimited, etc. | Code | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | M | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-58 | Renewal Maximum | The maximum number of times the contract can be renewed. By renewing, the buyer reserves the right (i.e. not an obligation) to renew the contract (i.e. extend its duration) without a new procurement procedure. For example, a contract may be valid for one year and the buyer may keep a possibility to renew it (e.g. once, twice) for another three months, if he is content with the services he received. | Number | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | M | O | M | M | O | O | O | O | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-57 | Renewal Description | Any other information about the renewal(s). | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | M | O | O | M | O | O | O | O | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | O | O | O |
| + | BG-61 | EU Funds | Information about European Union funds used to finance the procurement. This information may differ per lot. | - | | | | | | | M | O | O | M | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | O | M | O | O | O | M | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | O | M | O | O | O | M | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-60 | EU Funds | The procurement is at least partially financed by European Union funds such as the European Structural and Investment Funds or grants awarded by the European Union. | Indicator | | | | | | | M | O | O | M | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | O | M | O | O | O | M | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | O | M | O | O | O | M | O | O | O | O |
| + | BG-6 | Procedure | Information about the procurement procedure. | - | | | | | | | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | O | | M | M | M | O | M | M | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | M | M | M | | | |
| ++ | BT-09 | Cross Border Law | The applicable law when buyers from different countries procure together within one procurement procedure. | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| ++ | BT-105 | Procedure Type | The type of procurement procedure (e.g. according to the types given in the procurement Directives). | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | M | M | O | O | | | M | M | M | | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | O | O | | M | M | | | |
| ++ | BT-88 | Procedure Features | The main features of the procedure (e.g. description of the individual stage(s)) and information about where the full rules for the procedure can be found. This information must be given when the procedure is not one of those mentioned in the procurement Directives. This can be the case for example for concessions, for social and other specific services, and in case of voluntary publication of procurement procedures below the EU procurement thresholds. | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | | | O | O | O | O | M | M | O | O | O | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| ++ | BT-106 | Procedure Accelerated | The time limit for receipt of requests to participate or tenders in this procedure can be reduced due to a state of urgency. | Indicator | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-1351 | Procedure Accelerated Justification | The justification for using an accelerated procedure. | Text | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | O | M | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-136 | Direct Award Justification Code | A justification for using a procedure which allows directly awarding contracts, i.e. a procedure that does not require publishing a call for competition in the Official Journal of the European Union. | Code | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | M | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-1252 | Direct Award Justification Previous Procedure Identifier | An identifier of a previous procedure that justifies the use of a procedure which allows directly awarding contracts, i.e. justifying a procedure that does not require publishing a call for competition in the Official Journal of the European Union. | Identifier | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | M | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-135 | Direct Award Justification Text | The justification for using a procedure which allows directly awarding contracts, i.e. a procedure that does not require publishing a call for competition in the Official Journal of the European Union. | Text | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | M | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-31 | Lots Max Allowed | The maximum number of lots for which one tenderer can submit tenders. | Number | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | M | M | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-763 | Lots All Required | The tenderer must submit tenders for all lots. | Indicator | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-33 | Lots Max Awarded | The maximum number of lots for which contract(s) can be awarded to one tenderer. | Number | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | M | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BG-330 | Group Lot Award | Tenderers may submit tenders not only for individual lots, but also for the groups of lots given here. The buyer may then compare the tenders submitted for groups of lots with those for individual lots and evaluate which option best fulfils the award criteria. Each group of lots must have clear award criteria. | - | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| +++ | BT-330 | Group Identifier | The identifier of a group of lots in the procedure. | Identifier | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| +++ | BT-1375 | Group Lot Identifier | An identifier of several lots within this procedure. These lots form a group of lots for which one tender can be submitted and evaluated. | Identifier | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BG-709 | Second Stage | Information about the second stage of a two-stage procedure. This information may differ per lot. | - | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | M | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| +++ | BT-50 | Minimum Candidates | The minimum number of candidates to be invited for the second stage of the procedure. | Number | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | M | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| +++ | BT-661 | Maximum Candidates Indicator | There is a maximum number of candidates to be invited for the second stage of the procedure. | Indicator | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | M | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| +++ | BT-51 | Maximum Candidates Number | The maximum number of candidates to be invited for the second stage of the procedure. | Number | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | M | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| +++ | BT-52 | Successive Reduction | The procedure will take place in successive stages. In each stage, some participants may be eliminated. | Indicator | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | M | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| +++ | BT-120 | No Negotiation Necessary | The buyer reserves the right to award the contract on the basis of the initial tenders without any further negotiations. | Indicator | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | | | | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| + | BG-704 | Reward and Jury | Information about the rewards and the jury in a design contest. This information may differ per lot. | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BG-44 | Prize | Information about the value and rank of a prize for a winner in the design contest (e.g. ‘EUR 10 000 — 1st place’, ‘EUR 5 000 — 2nd place’). | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| +++ | BT-644 | Prize Value | The value of the prize, if any, for the winner of the design contest. | Value | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| +++ | BT-44 | Prize Rank | The place (e.g. first place, second place) in a design contest that receives the prize. | Number | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-41 | Following Contract | Any service contract following the contest will be awarded to one of the winners of the contest. | Indicator | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-45 | Rewards Other | Further information about follow-up contracts, prizes and payments (for example non-monetary prizes, payments given for participation). | Text | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-42 | Jury Decision Binding | The decision of the jury is binding on the buyer. | Indicator | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-46 | Jury Member Name | A name of the jury member. | Text | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-47 | Participant Name | A name of an already selected participant. A participant could have been selected already at the time of the publication of the design contest notice because, for example, the information about the participation of a world renowned architect is intended to promote the contest amongst other potential participants. | Text | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| + | BG-701 | Exclusion Grounds | The brief description of criteria regarding the personal situation of tenderers that may lead to their exclusion. This must include a list of all such criteria and indicate required information (e.g. self-declaration, documentation). This can also include specific national exclusion grounds. | - | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-67 | Exclusion Grounds | The brief description of criteria regarding the personal situation of tenderers that may lead to their exclusion. This must include a list of all such criteria and indicate required information (e.g. self-declaration, documentation). This can also include specific national exclusion grounds. | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| + | BG-702 | Selection Criteria | Information about the selection criteria (or criterion). All criteria must be listed. This information may differ per lot. | - | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-747 | Selection Criteria Type | The criteria (or criterion) concern(s), for example, economic and financial standing or technical and professional ability. | Code | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-748 | Selection Criteria Used | The criteria (or criterion) of the given type are (is) used, unused, or (in case of prior information notice used as a call for competition or to reduce time limits) the use is not yet known. | Code | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-749 | Selection Criteria Name | The name of the selection criteria (or criterion). | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-750 | Selection Criteria Description | The brief description of the selection criteria (or criterion), including minimum requirements, required information (e.g. self-declaration, documentation) and how the criteria or criterion will be used to select candidates to be invited for the second stage of the procedure (if a maximum number of candidates was set). | Text | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-40 | Selection Criteria Second Stage Invite | The criteria (or criterion) will (only) be used to select the candidates to be invited for the second stage of the procedure (if a maximum number of candidates was set). | Indicator | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | M | M | M | | M | M | M | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BG-72 | Selection Criteria Second Stage Invite Number | Information about a number linked to the selection criteria (or criterion) used for selecting the candidates to be invited for the second stage of the procedure. | - | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| +++ | BT-752 | Selection Criteria Second Stage Invite Number | A number linked to the selection criteria (or criterion). | Number | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| +++ | BT-7531 | Selection Criteria Second Stage Invite Number Weight | Whether the number linked to a selection criterion (or selection criteria) is a type of weight (e.g. a percentage). | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| +++ | BT-7532 | Selection Criteria Second Stage Invite Number Threshold | Whether the number linked to a selection criterion (or selection criteria) is a type of threshold (e.g. a minimum score, a maximum number of tenders with the highest score passing). | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| + | BG-705 | Other Requirements | Information about any other requirements for participation in the procedure and terms governing the future contract. The requirements must include a description of methods according to which they will be verified. This information may differ per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure. | - | | | | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-71 | Reserved Participation | Whether participation is reserved for specific organisations (e.g. sheltered workshops, organisations pursuing a public service mission). | Code | | | | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-79 | Performing Staff Qualification | Whether the names and professional qualifications of the staff assigned to perform the contract must be given. | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-578 | Security Clearance | A security clearance is required. | Indicator | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-78 | Security Clearance Deadline | The time limit by which tenderers who do not hold a security clearance may obtain it. | Date | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-732 | Security Clearance Description | Additional information about the security clearance (e.g. which level of security clearance is required, which team members must have it, whether it is necessary already for accessing the procurement documents or only for contract execution). | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| + | BG-711 | Contract Terms | Information about the terms governing the future contract. This information may differ per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure. | - | | | | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-736 | Reserved Execution | Whether the execution of the contract must be performed in the framework of sheltered employment programmes. | Code | | | | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-761 | Tenderer Legal Form | A certain legal form must be taken by a group of tenderers that is awarded a contract. | Indicator | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-76 | Tenderer Legal Form Description | The legal form that must be taken by a group of tenderers that is awarded a contract. | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-70 | Terms Performance | The main information about the performance of the contract (e.g. intermediary deliverables, compensation for damages, intellectual property rights). | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | O | O | O | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-92 | Electronic Ordering | Electronic ordering will be used. | Indicator | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-77 | Terms Financial | The main information about financing and payment and/or reference to any provisions that govern them. | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | O | O | O | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-743 | Electronic Invoicing | Whether the buyer will require, allow or not allow electronic invoices. | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-93 | Electronic Payment | Electronic payment will be used. | Indicator | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-65 | Subcontracting Obligation | An obligation to be met by the tenderer concerning subcontracting. | Code | | | | | | | | | O | | | | | | | | | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-64 | Subcontracting Obligation Minimum | The minimum percentage of the contract value that the contractor must subcontract using the competitive procedure described in Title III of Directive 2009/81/EC. | Number | | | | | | | | | O | | | | | | | | | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-729 | Subcontracting Obligation Maximum | The maximum percentage of the contract value that the contractor must subcontract using the competitive procedure described in Title III of Directive 2009/81/EC. | Number | | | | | | | | | O | | | | | | | | | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| + | BG-707 | Award Criteria | Information about the award criteria. This information may differ per lot. | - | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | M | M | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| ++ | BG-38 | Award Criterion | Information about the award criterion. | - | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | M | M | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| +++ | BT-539 | Award Criterion Type | Whether the criterion concerns the price, the cost, or a non-price non-cost attribute of the tender. (Price is the acquisition price; cost is any other non-price monetary criterion.) | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | M | M | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| +++ | BT-734 | Award Criterion Name | The name of the award criterion. | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| +++ | BT-540 | Award Criterion Description | The description of the award criterion. | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | M | M | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| +++ | BG-541 | Award Criterion Number | Information about a number linked to an award criterion. | - | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | M | M | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| ++++ | BT-541 | Award Criterion Number | A number linked to an award criterion. | Number | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | M | M | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| ++++ | BT-5421 | Award Criterion Number Weight | Whether the number linked to an award criterion is a type of weight (e.g. a percentage). | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | M | M | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| ++++ | BT-5422 | Award Criterion Number Fixed | Whether the number linked to an award criterion is a fixed value (e.g. a fixed price, a fixed cost). | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | M | M | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| ++++ | BT-5423 | Award Criterion Number Threshold | Whether the number linked to an award criterion is a type of threshold (e.g. a minimum score, a maximum number of tenders with the highest score passing). | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | M | M | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| ++ | BT-543 | Award Criteria Complicated | The mathematical equation or any other description used for complicated weighing of criteria (e.g. non-linear weighing, the analytic hierarchy process) when a weighing cannot be expressed per criterion. | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | M | M | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| ++ | BT-733 | Award Criteria Order Justification | The justification for only indicating the award criteria’s order of importance, not their weighing. | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| + | BG-706 | Techniques | Information about the use of sets of techniques such as framework agreements without reopening of competition, framework agreements with reopening of competition, dynamic purchasing systems, and electronic auctions. This information may differ per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure. | - | | | | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | | M | M | M | O | O | O | M | | | O | O | O | | M | M | M | O | O | O | O | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-765 | Framework Agreement | Whether a framework agreement with, without, or with and without the reopening of competition is involved. | Code | | | | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | | | M | M | M | | O | O | M | | | O | O | O | | M | M | M | | O | O | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-778 | Framework Maximum Participants | There is a maximum number of participants in the framework agreement. | Indicator | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | M | O | M | | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-113 | Framework Maximum Participants Number | The maximum number of participants in the framework agreement. | Number | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | M | O | M | | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-109 | Framework Duration Justification | The justification for exceptional cases when the duration of framework agreements exceeds the legal limits. (Four years in the case of the general procurement Directive, seven years in the case of the defence Directive, and eight years in the case of the sectoral Directive.) | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | M | M | M | | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-111 | Framework Buyer Categories | Any additional categories of buyers participating in the framework agreement and not mentioned by name (e.g. ‘all hospitals in the Tuscany region’). | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | O | O | O | | O | O | O | | | O | O | O | | O | O | O | | O | O | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-766 | Dynamic Purchasing System | Whether a dynamic purchasing system is involved and, in case of central purchasing bodies, whether it can be used by buyers not listed in this notice. | Code | | | | | | | M | M | | M | M | O | O | | | M | M | | | O | O | O | | | O | O | O | | M | M | | | O | O | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-119 | Dynamic Purchasing System Termination | The dynamic purchasing system is terminated. No further contracts, besides those published in this notice, will be awarded in the dynamic purchasing system. This field can be used even if no contracts are awarded in the contract award notice. | Indicator | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | | | O | O | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-767 | Electronic Auction | An electronic auction is used. | Indicator | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | M | M | M | O | O | O | M | | | | | | | M | M | M | O | O | O | O | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-123 | Electronic Auction URL | The internet address of the electronic auction. | URL | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-122 | Electronic Auction Description | Any additional information about the electronic auction. | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| + | BG-100 | Communication | General information about communication with the buyer(s). This information may differ per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure. | - | O | O | O | M | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-632 | Tool Name | The name of the electronic tool or device used for electronic communication. | Text | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-724 | Tool Atypical | Electronic communication requires the use of tools and devices that are not generally available. | Indicator | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-124 | Tool Atypical URL | Electronic communication requires the use of tools and devices that are not generally available. The uniform resource locator (e.g. the web address) which gives unrestricted and full direct access to these tools and devices. | URL | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-127 | Future Notice | The estimated date of publication of a contract notice within this procedure. | Date | | | | M | O | M | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-631 | Dispatch Invitation Interest | The estimated date of dispatch of the invitations to confirm interest. | Date | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-130 | Dispatch Invitation Tender | The estimated date of dispatch of the invitations to submit tenders in two (or more) stage procedures. | Date | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-99 | Review Deadline Description | The description of the time limits for review procedures. | Text | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| + | BG-101 | Procurement Documents | Information about the procurement documents. This information may differ per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure. | - | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | O | M | O | O | O | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-15 | Documents URL | The internet address for accessing (the non-restricted part of) the procurement documents. For all notices except prior information notices, the address must give access that is direct (i.e. the exact webpage with the documents, not a general website), unrestricted (e.g. no registration), full (i.e. the procurement documents must be complete) and free of charge and the documents must be available already at the time of the publication of the notice. | URL | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | O | M | O | O | O | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-708 | Documents Official Language | The language(s) in which the procurement documents are officially available. These linguistic versions are equally legally valid. | Code | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-737 | Documents Unofficial Language | The language(s) in which the procurement documents (or their parts) are unofficially available. These linguistic versions are not an official translation, they are provided only for information. | Code | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-14 | Documents Restricted | The access to certain procurement documents is restricted. | Indicator | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | O | M | O | O | O | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-707 | Documents Restricted Justification | The justification for restricting access to certain procurement documents. | Code | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-615 | Documents Restricted URL | The internet address with information on accessing the restricted (part of the) procurement documents. | URL | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | O | M | O | O | O | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-13 | Additional Information Deadline | The time limit for requesting additional information about the procurement procedure. | Date | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| + | BG-102 | Submission Terms | Information about submission terms of the tender, request to participate, or expression of interest. This information may differ per lot. | - | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-17 | Submission Electronic | Whether economic operators are required, allowed or not allowed to submit tenders, requests to participate, or expressions of interest electronically. | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | M | M | O | O | O | M | M | M | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-19 | Submission Nonelectronic Justification | The justification for electronic submission of tenders, requests to participate, or expressions of interest not being possible. | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-745 | Submission Nonelectronic Description | The description of how to submit tenders, requests to participate, or expressions of interest non-electronically. | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-18 | Submission URL | The internet address for submission of tenders, requests to participate, or expressions of interest by electronic means. The address should be as direct as possible (ideally a dedicated address for the electronic submission, not just a general website). | URL | | | | | | | O | O | O | M | M | O | O | O | O | M | M | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-97 | Submission Language | A language in which tenders, requests to participate, or expressions of interest may be submitted. | Code | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-764 | Submission Electronic Catalogue | Whether it is required, allowed or not allowed to submit (parts of) tenders as electronic catalogues. | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | M | M | O | | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-744 | Submission Electronic Signature | Advanced or qualified electronic signature or seal (as defined in Regulation (EU) No 910/2014) is required. | Indicator | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-63 | Variants | Whether tenderers are required, allowed or not allowed to submit tenders which fulfil the buyer’s needs differently than as proposed in the procurement documents. Further conditions for submitting variant tenders are in the procurement documents. | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | M | O | O | O | M | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-769 | Multiple Tenders | Tenderers may submit more than one tender (for a given lot). | Indicator | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-630 | Deadline Receipt Expressions | The time limit for receipt of expressions of interest. | Date | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | | | | | | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-1311 | Deadline Receipt Requests | The time limit for receipt of requests to participate. | Date | | | | | | | O | | O | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-131 | Deadline Receipt Tenders | The time limit for receipt of tenders. | Date | | | | | | | O | M | O | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-98 | Tender Validity Deadline | The period, from the tender submission deadline, for which tenders must remain valid. | Duration | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | | | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-751 | Guarantee Required | A guarantee is required. | Indicator | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | O | O | O | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-75 | Guarantee Required Description | The description of the financial guarantee required from the tenderer when submitting a tender. The guarantee can take the form of, for example, a payment to the buyer or a document from a bank. Typically, the guarantee would be forfeit when a tenderer has won the contract but then refused to sign it. | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | O | O | O | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-651 | Subcontracting Tender Indication | The information about subcontracting that must be indicated in the tender. | Code | | | | | | | | | O | | | | | | | | | M | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-132 | Public Opening Date | The date and time for the public opening of tenders. | Date | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | | | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-133 | Public Opening Place | The place (e.g. physical address, URL) where the tenders will be publicly opened. | Text | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | | | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-134 | Public Opening Description | Further information about the public opening of tenders. (For example, who may participate in the opening and whether any authorisation is needed.) | Text | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | | | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-771 | Late Tenderer Information | Whether tenderer-related information can be supplemented even after the submission deadline. | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-772 | Late Tenderer Information Description | Description of the tenderer-related information that can be supplemented even after the submission deadline. | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| + | BG-7 | Notice Result | Information about all the results of the procurement procedure or, if they exist, individual lots announced in this notice. | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-161 | Notice Value | The value of all contracts awarded in this notice, including options and renewals. | Value | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-118 | Notice Framework Value | The maximum or estimated value which can be spent within the framework agreement(s) announced in this notice over its whole duration, in all lots, including options and renewals. | Value | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | | M | M | M | | M | M | | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BG-556 | Group Framework Value | Information about the maximum or estimated value which can be spent, in a framework agreement, within a group of lots. This information can be provided when the maximum value of a group of lots is lower than the sum of values of individual lots (e.g. when the same budget is shared for several lots). | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | | O | O | O | | O | O | | | | O | O | O |
| +++ | BT-556 | Group Framework Value Lot Identifier | An identifier of several lots within this procedure. These lots form a group whose maximum or estimated value is lower than the sum of individual maximum or estimated values of all the lots together (e.g. when the same budget is shared for several lots). | Identifier | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | | O | O | O | | O | O | | | | O | O | O |
| +++ | BT-156 | Group Framework Value | The maximum or estimated value which can be spent in a framework agreement within a group of lots. This information can be provided when the maximum or estimated value of a group of lots is lower than the sum of values of individual lots (e.g. when the same budget is shared for several lots). The value covers all contracts to be awarded within a framework agreement over its whole duration, including options and renewals. | Value | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | | O | O | O | | O | O | | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BG-137 | Procedure Lot Result | Information about the result of the procurement procedure. This information differs per lot. | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | O |
| +++ | BT-142 | Winner Chosen | Whether a winner was chosen. | Code | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | |
| +++ | BT-144 | Not Awarded Reason | The reason for not choosing a winner. | Code | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | |
| +++ | BT-709 | Framework Maximum Value | The maximum value which can be spent within a framework agreement over its whole duration, including options and renewals. | Value | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | | M | M | M | | M | M | | | | O | O | O |
| +++ | BT-660 | Framework Estimated Value | The estimated value which will be spent within a framework agreement over its whole duration, including options and renewals. | Value | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | | M | M | M | | M | M | | | | O | O | O |
| +++ | BG-712 | Received Submissions | Information about the types of tenders or requests to participate received. | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | |
| ++++ | BT-759 | Received Submissions Count | Number of tenders or requests to participate received. Tenders including variants or multiple tenders submitted (for one lot) by the same tenderer should be counted as one tender. | Number | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | |
| ++++ | BT-760 | Received Submissions Type | The type of tenders or requests to participate received. The total number of tenders received must be given. When a notice does not fall under Directive 2009/81/EC and is not about social or other specific services, the number of tenders received from micro, small and medium enterprises; the number of tenders received from tenderers registered in other European Economic Area countries and the number of tenders received from tenderers registered in countries outside of the European Economic Area must also be given. All tenders must be counted, regardless of whether they are admissible or inadmissible. For tenders submitted by a group of tenderers (e.g. a consortium), the tender must be counted in the relevant category (e.g. SME) if the majority of the work is expected to be done by tenderers which fall within this category (e.g. they are SMEs). | Code | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | |
| +++ | BT-710 | Tender Value Lowest | Value of the admissible tender with the lowest value. A tender shall be considered admissible where it has been submitted by a tenderer, who has not been excluded and who meets the selection criteria, and when it is in conformity with the technical specifications without being irregular (e.g. received late, having an abnormally low price or cost) or unacceptable or unsuitable. Only tenders for which it has been verified if they are admissible or inadmissible can be taken into account. | Value | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M | | | | | | | | | |
| +++ | BT-711 | Tender Value Highest | Value of the admissible tender with the highest value. A tender shall be considered admissible where it has been submitted by a tenderer, who has not been excluded and who meets the selection criteria, and when it is in conformity with the technical specifications without being irregular (e.g. received late, having an abnormally low price or cost) or unacceptable or unsuitable. Only tenders for which it has been verified if they are admissible or inadmissible can be taken into account. | Value | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BG-320 | Tender | Information about a tender. This information differs per lot. In cases such as design contests, some framework agreements and innovation partnerships, this information may also differ per organisation. | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| +++ | BT-3201 | Tender Identifier | An identifier of a tender. The information in the tender section refers to this tender. | Identifier | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| +++ | BT-720 | Tender Value | The value of the tender or another result; including options and renewals. In case of the modification notice, the value of the modification. | Value | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | M | M | M |
| +++ | BT-171 | Tender Rank | The position of the tender (i.e. whether the tender ended up first, second, third, etc.) in a design contest, some framework agreements with multiple winners (e.g. cascades) or an innovation partnership. | Number | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | | M | M | M | | M | M | | M | M | O | O | O |
| +++ | BT-162 | Concession Revenue User | The estimated revenue coming from the users of the concession (e.g. fees and fines). | Value | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | | | | M | | | M | | | | | O |
| +++ | BT-160 | Concession Revenue Buyer | The estimated revenue coming from the buyer who granted the concession (e.g. prizes and payments). | Value | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | | | | M | | | M | | | | | O |
| +++ | BT-163 | Concession Value Description | The description of the method used for calculating the estimated value of the concession and any other relevant information concerning the value of the concession. | Text | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | | | | M | | | M | | | | | O |
| +++ | BT-193 | Tender Variant | The tender is a variant. | Indicator | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | M | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| +++ | BT-191 | Country Origin | A country of origin of the product or the service. | Code | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | | | | | | | | | | |
| +++ | BG-180 | Subcontracting | Information regarding the parts of the contract that the contractor will subcontract to third parties. | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | O | O | O | O | | | O | O | O |
| ++++ | BT-773 | Subcontracting | Whether at least a part of the contract will be subcontracted. | Code | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | M | M | M | O | O | O | O | | | O | O | O |
| ++++ | BT-730 | Subcontracting Value Known | The buyer knows at least the estimated value of the part of the contract that the contractor will subcontract to third parties. | Indicator | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | M | O | M | O | O | O | O | | | O | O | O |
| ++++ | BT-553 | Subcontracting Value | The estimated value of the part of the contract that the contractor will subcontract to third parties. | Value | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | M | O | M | O | O | O | O | | | O | O | O |
| ++++ | BT-731 | Subcontracting Percentage Known | The buyer knows at least the estimated percentage of the contract that the contractor will subcontract to third parties compared to the whole contract. | Indicator | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | M | O | M | O | O | O | O | | | O | O | O |
| ++++ | BT-555 | Subcontracting Percentage | The estimated percentage of the contract that the contractor will subcontract to third parties compared to the whole contract. | Number | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | M | O | M | O | O | O | O | | | O | O | O |
| ++++ | BT-554 | Subcontracting Description | The description of the part of the contract that the contractor will subcontract to third parties. | Text | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BG-310 | Contract | Information about the contract between a buyer and a winner following a tender. In case of voluntary-ex ante transparency notices and design contest result notices, information about the decision of the evaluation committee or the jury, respectively. This information may differ per tender. | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| +++ | BT-150 | Contract Identifier | An identifier of the contract or, in case of voluntary-ex ante transparency notices and design contest result notices, of the decision. The information in the contract section refers to this contract or decision. | Identifier | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | M | M | M |
| +++ | BT-3202 | Contract Tender Identifier | An identifier of the tender or another result that led to this contract. | Identifier | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| +++ | BT-721 | Contract Title | The name of the contract or, in case of voluntary-ex ante transparency notices and design contest result notices, of the decision. | Text | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| +++ | BT-1451 | Winner Decision Date | The date of the official decision choosing the winning tender. | Date | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | M | O | O | O | O |
| +++ | BT-145 | Contract Conclusion Date | The date when the contract was concluded. Typically, this is the date when the last contractual party signed the contract. However, if no contract is signed, then the date of contract conclusion may correspond to other dates (e.g. the date when the buyer notified the winning tenderer). The date of contract conclusion is always later than the end of the standstill period and only once any evidence submitted by the winner has been verified. | Date | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | O | O | M | M | M |
| +++ | BT-768 | Contract Framework Agreement | The contract is awarded within a framework agreement. | Indicator | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | | | | | |
| +++ | BT-151 | Contract URL | The uniform resource locator (e.g. the web address) of the contract. | URL | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| +++ | BG-611 | Contract EU Funds | Information about European Union funds used to finance the contract. The most concrete information must be given (e.g. about concrete projects, not just operational programs.) | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++++ | BT-722 | Contract EU Funds Name | The name of the European Union funds used to at least partially finance the contract. The most concrete information must be given (e.g. about concrete projects, not just operational programs.) | Text | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++++ | BT-5011 | Contract EU Funds Identifier | An identifier of the European Union funds used to at least partially finance the contract. The most concrete information must be given (e.g. about concrete projects, not just operational programs.) | Identifier | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| + | BG-713 | Strategic Procurement | Information about strategic procurement. This information may differ per section of the notice. | - | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-13721 | Strategic Procurement Notice Section Identifier | An identifier of one or more sections within this notice. The information in the strategic procurement section refers to this section or these sections. | Identifier | | | | | | | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-06 | Strategic Procurement | Use of a technical specification, selection criterion, award criterion, or contract performance condition aims to reduce the environmental impacts of the procurement, fulfil social objectives and/or buy an innovative work, supply or service. | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-777 | Strategic Procurement Description | Description of the use of a technical specification, selection criterion, award criterion, or contract performance condition aims to reduce the environmental impacts of the procurement, fulfil social objectives and/or buy an innovative work, supply or service. | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-774 | Green Procurement | An approach to reducing the environmental impacts of the work, supply or service (e.g. requesting compliance with an environmental label). | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-775 | Social Procurement | A social objective promoted by the works, supplies or services (e.g. fair working conditions). | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-776 | Innovative Procurement | An indication that innovative works, supplies or services are being bought (e.g. the procured works, supplies or services being novel for the whole market). | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-715 | Vehicles | The number of all vehicles (regardless of whether clean or not) falling within the scope of Directive 2009/33/EC. These vehicles have either been purchased, leased, rented, hired-purchased or their use has been contractually committed to for the provision of a purchased service falling within the scope of the Directive 2009/33/EC. | Number | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | | | | | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-725 | Vehicles Zero Emission | The number of zero-emission heavy-duty vehicles as defined by and falling within the scope of Directive 2009/33/EC. These vehicles have either been purchased, leased, rented, hired-purchased or their use has been contractually committed to for the provision of a purchased service falling within the scope of Directive 2009/33/EC. | Number | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | | | | | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-716 | Vehicles Clean | The number of clean vehicles as defined by and falling within the scope of Directive 2009/33/EC. These vehicles have either been purchased, leased, rented, hired-purchased, or their use has been contractually committed to for the provision of a purchased service falling within the scope of Directive 2009/33/EC. | Number | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | | | | | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-754 | Accessibility | The use of accessibility criteria for persons with disabilities in the technical specifications. | Code | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-755 | Accessibility Justification | The justification for not including accessibility criteria even though the procurement is intended for use by natural persons. | Text | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| + | BG-612 | Buyer Review Summary | Summary information about the requests the buyer received to review any of its decisions (e.g. the technical specifications, award decision), as set out in Art. 1(5) of Directive 89/665/EEC and Directive 92/13/EEC, and about the complainants that submitted the requests. | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-712 | Buyer Review Complainants | The number of organisations that requested the buyer to review any of its decisions (e.g. the technical specifications, award decision). | Number | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BG-613 | Buyer Review Requests | Information about the number and type of requests the buyer received to review any of its decisions (e.g. the technical specifications, award decision). | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| +++ | BT-635 | Buyer Review Requests Count | The number of requests the buyer received to review any of its decisions. | Number | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| +++ | BT-636 | Buyer Review Requests Irregularity Type | The type of irregularity alleged in the review requests. | Code | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| + | BG-710 | Additional Information | Any information not mentioned elsewhere. This information may differ per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure. | - | O | O | O | M | M | O | M | M | O | M | M | O | O | O | M | M | M | O | M | O | O | O | O | O | M | M | O | M | M | M | O | M | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-726 | Suitable For SMEs | The buyer emphasizes that this procurement is also suitable for small and medium enterprises (SMEs). | Indicator | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-115 | GPA Coverage | The procurement is covered by the Government Procurement Agreement (GPA). | Indicator | | | | M | M | | M | M | | M | M | | | | M | M | M | | M | | | | | | M | M | | M | M | M | | M | | | | | | O | O | O |
| ++ | BT-634 | Procurement Relaunch | This cancelled or unsuccessful procedure or lot will be relaunched. | Indicator | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | |
| ++ | BT-756 | PIN Competition Termination | The prior information notice used as a call for competition (or a specific lot) is terminated. No further contracts, besides those published in this notice, will be awarded following this prior information notice used as a call for competition. This field can be used even if no contracts are awarded in the contract award notice. | Indicator | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | | | O | O | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-300 | Additional Information | Any information not mentioned elsewhere. | Text | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O |
| + | BG-8 | Not Immediately Published | Information about fields not intended for immediate publication. This information may differ per field. | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-195 | Unpublished Identifier | Identifier of the field that shall not be immediately published. Only fields concerning the Result value and groups of fields concerning the Tender and Procedure Lot Result can be unpublished. In the case of the sectoral Directive, the award criteria, the procurement procedure, certain dates and in certain cases information about the nature and quantity of a service can be unpublished as well. | Identifier | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-197 | Unpublished Justification Code | The justification for not immediately publishing a field. | Code | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-196 | Unpublished Justification Description | The justification for not immediately publishing a field and for the choice of a later date at which it can be published. | Text | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-198 | Unpublished Accessibility Date | The later date at which the originally unpublished field shall be published. | Date | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | O | | | | | |
| + | BG-77 | Modification | Information about modifications of the contract (e.g. additional works, services or supplies). This information may differ per section of the previous notice. | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-1501 | Modification Previous Notice Section Identifier | An identifier of one or more sections within a previous notice within the procedure. The information in the modification section refers to this section or these sections. | Identifier | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-202 | Modification Description | The summary of the contract modification(s). | Text | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-200 | Modification Reason Code | The main reason for modifying the contract. | Code | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M |
| ++ | BT-201 | Modification Reason Description | The description of the main reason for modifying the contract. | Text | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | M | M | M |
| + | BG-9 | Change | Information about changes to the notice. This information may differ per section of the previous notice. | - | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-13716 | Change Previous Notice Section Identifier | An identifier of one or more sections within the changed notice. The information in the change section refers to this section or these sections. | Identifier | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-758 | Change Notice Version Identifier | The reference to the version of the previous notice that should be changed. This helps, for example, to avoid errors caused by multiple change notices sent at a similar time. | Identifier | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-141 | Change Description | The description of changes in the notice compared to the original notice. | Text | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-718 | Change Procurement Documents | The procurement documents have changed. | Indicator | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-719 | Change Procurement Documents Date | The date and time when the procurement documents have changed. | Date | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-140 | Change Reason Code | The main reason for the change in the notice compared to the original notice. | Code | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| ++ | BT-762 | Change Reason Description | The description of the main reason for the change in the notice compared to the original notice. | Text | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |

Level

ID

Name

Description

Data type

Planning

Competition

DAP

Result

Con. Mod.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

+

BG-1

Notice

Basic information about the notice.

-

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-04

Procedure Identifier

The European Public Procurement Procedure Identifier, a unique identifier of a procurement procedure. Including this identifier in all published versions of this notice (e.g. published on TED, national publication portals, regional publication portals) allows unique identification of procurement procedures around the EU.

Identifier

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-701

Notice Identifier

The European Public Procurement Notice Identifier of this notice. Including this identifier in all published version of this notice (e.g. TED, national publication portals, regional publication portals) allows unique identification of procurement notices around the EU.

Identifier

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-757

Notice Version

The version of the notice. This helps, for example, to avoid errors caused by multiple change notices sent at a similar time.

Identifier

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-01

Procedure Legal Basis

The legal basis (e.g. a European Directive or Regulation, national law) under which the procurement procedure takes place.

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-03

Form Type

The type of form according to procurement legislation.

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-02

Notice Type

The type of notice according to procurement legislation.

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-05

Notice Dispatch Date

The date and time when the notice has been sent to TED.

Date

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-738

Notice Publication Date Preferred

The preferred date of publication of the notice on TED (e.g. to avoid publication during a national holiday).

Date

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-702

Notice Official Language

The language(s) in which this notice is officially available. These linguistic versions are equally legally valid.

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

+

BG-125

Previous Planning

Information about a prior information notice or another similar notice related to this notice. This information may differ per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure.

-

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-125

Previous Planning Identifier

The identifier of a prior information notice or another similar notice related to this notice.

Identifier

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-1251

Previous Planning Part Identifier

The identifier of a part of a prior information notice or another similar notice related to this notice.

Identifier

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

+

BG-703

Organisation

Information about the organisation. This information may differ per lot, per contract, per tender, etc. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure.

-

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-13720

Organisation Notice Section Identifier

An identifier of one or more sections within this notice. The information in the organisation section refers to this section or these sections.

Identifier

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-500

Organisation Name

The official name of the organisation.

Text

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-501

Organisation Identifier

An identifier of the organisation. All of the organisation’s identifiers shall be given.

Identifier

M

M

O

M

M

O

M

M

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

M

M

M

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-16

Organisation Part Name

The name of a part of an organisation (e.g. the relevant department of a large buyer).

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-510

Organisation Street

The name of the street, road, avenue, etc., of the organisation’s physical address and further identification (e.g. building number).

Text

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-513

Organisation City

The name of the locality (city, town or village) of the organisation’s physical address.

Text

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-512

Organisation Post Code

The post code of the organisation’s physical address.

Text

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-507

Organisation Country Subdivision

The location according to the common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) of the organisation’s physical address. The NUTS3 classification code must be used.

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-514

Organisation Country Code

The country of the organisation’s physical address.

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-502

Organisation Contact Point

The name of the department or other contact point for communicating with the organisation. To avoid unnecessary processing of personal data, the contact point may allow the identification of a physical person only when necessary (in the sense of Regulation (EU) 2016/679 and Regulation (EU) 2018/1725).

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-506

Organisation Contact Email Address

The email for contacting the organisation. To avoid unnecessary processing of personal data, the email may allow the identification of a physical person only when necessary (in the sense of the General Data Protection Regulation).

Text

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-503

Organisation Contact Telephone Number

The telephone for contacting the organisation. To avoid unnecessary processing of personal data, the telephone may allow the identification of a physical person only when necessary (in the sense of the General Data Protection Regulation).

Text

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-739

Organisation Contact Fax

The fax for contacting the organisation. To avoid unnecessary processing of personal data, the fax may allow the identification of a physical person only when necessary (in the sense of the General Data Protection Regulation).

Text

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-505

Organisation internet Address

The website of the organisation.

URL

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-509

Organisation eDelivery Gateway

The organisation’s uniform resource locator for exchange of data and documents.

URL

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-633

Organisation Natural Person

The organisation is a natural person.

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-08

Organisation Role

The role of the organisation in the procurement procedure (e.g. buyer, winner). A notice must contain all organisations in the procedure that have the role of a buyer; a winner; a review body; a buyer acquiring supplies and/or services intended for other buyers; a buyer awarding public contracts or concluding framework agreements for works, supplies or services intended for other buyers.

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-770

Organisation Subrole

The sub-role of the organisation in the procurement procedure (e.g. group leader, organisation providing additional information about the procurement procedure).

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BG-3

Buyer

Additional information about the buyer.

-

M

M

M

M

M

O

M

M

O

M

M

O

O

M

M

M

M

O

M

O

O

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

M

O

O

M

M

M

+++

BT-508

Buyer Profile URL

The website where the buyer publishes information regarding procurement procedures (e.g. notices, procurement documents).

URL

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-11

Buyer Legal Type

The type of buyer according to procurement legislation (e.g. central government authority, body governed by public law, public undertaking).

Code

M

O

O

M

O

O

M

O

O

M

O

O

O

M

O

M

O

O

M

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

M

O

O

M

M

O

+++

BT-740

Buyer Contracting Entity

The buyer is a contracting entity.

Indicator

O

O

O

M

O

M

O

O

O

M

M

+++

BT-10

Activity Authority

The main activity of the contracting authority.

Code

M

M

O

M

M

O

M

M

O

M

M

O

O

M

M

M

M

O

M

O

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

M

O

O

M

M

M

+++

BT-610

Activity Entity

The main activity of the contracting entity.

Code

M

O

M

O

M

O

M

O

M

M

M

O

M

O

M

O

O

O

M

O

M

O

M

M

++

BG-4

Winner

Additional information about the winner, tenderer or subcontractor.

-

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

+++

BT-165

Winner Size

The size of the winner, tenderer or subcontractor (e.g. micro enterprise, small enterprise, medium enterprise).

Code

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

+++

BT-706

Winner Owner Nationality

The nationality (or nationalities) of the beneficiary owner(s) of the winner, tenderer, or subcontractor; as published in the register(s) established by anti-money laundering legislation. If such a register does not exist (e.g. in case of non-EU contractors) then equivalent information from other sources.

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-746

Winner Listed

The nationality (or nationalities) of the beneficiary owner(s) of the winner, tenderer, or subcontractor is not published in the register(s) established by anti-money laundering legislation, because the winner is listed on a regulated market (e.g. a stock exchange) that ensures adequate transparency in line with anti-money laundering legislation.

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+

BG-2

Purpose

Information about the purpose. This information must be given for the whole procurement procedure and, if they exist, also per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure.

-

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-22

Internal Identifier

The internal identifier used for files regarding the procurement procedure or lot before a procedure identifier is given (e.g. coming from the buyer’s document management system or procurement planning system).

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-23

Main Nature

The main nature (e.g. works) of what is being bought. In case of mixed procurement (e.g. a procedure for both works and services), the main nature may be, for example, the one with the highest estimated value. This information must be given for the whole procedure.

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

++

BT-531

Additional Nature

The nature (e.g. services) of what is being bought, additional to Main Nature.

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

++

BT-21

Title

The name of the procurement procedure or lot.

Text

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

++

BT-24

Description

The description of the nature and quantity of what is being bought or of the needs and requirements that should be met in this procedure or lot. In case of a modification notice, the description of the procurement before and after the modification.

Text

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-27

Estimated Value

The estimated maximum value of the procurement procedure or lot. Estimated refers to estimation at the time of launching the call for competition. Maximum value means a value covering all contracts to be awarded within a framework agreement or a dynamic purchasing system, over their whole duration, including options and renewals.

Value

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BG-557

Group Framework Estimated Maximum Value

Information about the estimated maximum value which can be spent in a framework agreement within a group of lots. This information can be provided when the estimated maximum value of a group of lots is lower than the sum of estimated values of individual lots in this group (e.g. when the same budget is shared for several lots).

-

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-557

Group Framework Estimated Maximum Value Lot Identifier

Identifiers of lots. These lots form a group whose estimated maximum value is lower than the sum of individual estimated maximum values of all the lots together (e.g. when the same budget is shared for several lots).

Identifier

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-157

Group Framework Estimated Maximum Value

The estimated maximum value which can be spent in a framework agreement within a group of lots. This information can be provided when the estimated maximum value of a group of lots is lower than the sum of estimated values of individual lots in this group (e.g. when the same budget is shared for several lots). Estimated refers to estimation at the time of launching the call for competition. Maximum value means a value covering all contracts to be awarded within a framework agreement over its whole duration, including options and renewals.

Value

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BG-261

Classification

Information about the classification(s) describing the purchase. The common procurement vocabulary (CPV) classification type must be used. Additionally, other classifications (e.g. the World Health Organisation’s anatomical therapeutic chemical (ATC) classification for pharmaceuticals; the medical devices nomenclature under the Regulation (EU) 2017/745) may, if made available by the Publications Office of the EU, be used.)

-

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

+++

BT-26

Classification Type

The type of classification describing the purchase (e.g. the common procurement vocabulary).

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

+++

BT-262

Main Classification Code

The code from the classification that best characterizes the purchase.

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

+++

BT-263

Additional Classification Codes

An additional code from the classification that also characterize the purchase.

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-25

Quantity

The number of units required.

Number

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-625

Unit

The unit which the good, service, or work comes in, for example hours or kilograms. Where CPV code is a supply which does not need a further unit (e.g. cars), then no unit needs to be given and quantity is taken to be a count, e.g. the ‘number of cars’.

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-53

Options

The buyer reserves the right (not an obligation) for additional purchases from the contractor (while the contract is valid).

Indicator

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

M

M

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-54

Options Description

The description of the options.

Text

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

M

M

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-94

Recurrence

Procurement whose purpose is likely to also be included in another procedure in the foreseeable future. (For example, a regularly re-tendered municipal service. This does not include awarding multiple contracts within a single qualification system, framework agreement, or a dynamic purchasing system.)

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-95

Recurrence Description

Any additional information about recurrence (e.g. estimated timing).

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+

BG-708

Place of Performance

Information about the main location of works in case of works; main place of delivery or performance in case of supplies and services. If the place of performance covers several NUTS 3 areas (e.g. a highway, a national network of job centres), then all relevant codes must be given. This information may differ per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure.

-

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

++

BT-5101

Place Performance Street

The name of the street, road, avenue, etc., of the place of performance and further identification (e.g. building number).

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-5131

Place Performance City

The name of the locality (city, town or village) of the place of performance.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-5121

Place Performance Post Code

The postcode of the place of performance.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-5071

Place Performance Country Subdivision

The location according to the common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS). The NUTS3 classification code must be used.

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

++

BT-5141

Place Performance Country Code

The country of the place of performance.

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

++

BT-727

Place Performance Services Other

There are other restrictions on the place of performance (e.g. ‘anywhere in the European Economic Area’, ‘anywhere in the given country’).

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

++

BT-728

Place Performance Additional Information

Additional information about the place of performance.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+

BG-36

Duration

Information about the duration of the contract, framework agreement, dynamic purchasing system or qualification system. This must include any options and renewals. This information may differ per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure.

-

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-536

Duration Start Date

The (estimated) date when the contract, framework agreement, dynamic purchasing system or qualification system will start.

Date

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-36

Duration Period

The (estimated) period from the start to the end of the contract, framework agreement, dynamic purchasing system or qualification system. This must include any options and renewals.

Duration

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-537

Duration End Date

The (estimated) date when the contract, framework agreement, dynamic purchasing system or qualification system will finish.

Date

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-538

Duration Other

The duration is unknown, unlimited, etc.

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-58

Renewal Maximum

The maximum number of times the contract can be renewed. By renewing, the buyer reserves the right (i.e. not an obligation) to renew the contract (i.e. extend its duration) without a new procurement procedure. For example, a contract may be valid for one year and the buyer may keep a possibility to renew it (e.g. once, twice) for another three months, if he is content with the services he received.

Number

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-57

Renewal Description

Any other information about the renewal(s).

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+

BG-61

EU Funds

Information about European Union funds used to finance the procurement. This information may differ per lot.

-

M

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

M

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

M

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

++

BT-60

EU Funds

The procurement is at least partially financed by European Union funds such as the European Structural and Investment Funds or grants awarded by the European Union.

Indicator

M

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

M

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

M

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

+

BG-6

Procedure

Information about the procurement procedure.

-

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

O

M

M

M

O

M

M

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

M

M

M

++

BT-09

Cross Border Law

The applicable law when buyers from different countries procure together within one procurement procedure.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-105

Procedure Type

The type of procurement procedure (e.g. according to the types given in the procurement Directives).

Code

O

O

O

M

M

O

O

M

M

M

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

M

M

++

BT-88

Procedure Features

The main features of the procedure (e.g. description of the individual stage(s)) and information about where the full rules for the procedure can be found. This information must be given when the procedure is not one of those mentioned in the procurement Directives. This can be the case for example for concessions, for social and other specific services, and in case of voluntary publication of procurement procedures below the EU procurement thresholds.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-106

Procedure Accelerated

The time limit for receipt of requests to participate or tenders in this procedure can be reduced due to a state of urgency.

Indicator

M

M

M

O

O

O

++

BT-1351

Procedure Accelerated Justification

The justification for using an accelerated procedure.

Text

M

O

M

O

O

O

++

BT-136

Direct Award Justification Code

A justification for using a procedure which allows directly awarding contracts, i.e. a procedure that does not require publishing a call for competition in the Official Journal of the European Union.

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

M

++

BT-1252

Direct Award Justification Previous Procedure Identifier

An identifier of a previous procedure that justifies the use of a procedure which allows directly awarding contracts, i.e. justifying a procedure that does not require publishing a call for competition in the Official Journal of the European Union.

Identifier

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

M

++

BT-135

Direct Award Justification Text

The justification for using a procedure which allows directly awarding contracts, i.e. a procedure that does not require publishing a call for competition in the Official Journal of the European Union.

Text

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

M

++

BT-31

Lots Max Allowed

The maximum number of lots for which one tenderer can submit tenders.

Number

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-763

Lots All Required

The tenderer must submit tenders for all lots.

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-33

Lots Max Awarded

The maximum number of lots for which contract(s) can be awarded to one tenderer.

Number

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BG-330

Group Lot Award

Tenderers may submit tenders not only for individual lots, but also for the groups of lots given here. The buyer may then compare the tenders submitted for groups of lots with those for individual lots and evaluate which option best fulfils the award criteria. Each group of lots must have clear award criteria.

-

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-330

Group Identifier

The identifier of a group of lots in the procedure.

Identifier

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-1375

Group Lot Identifier

An identifier of several lots within this procedure. These lots form a group of lots for which one tender can be submitted and evaluated.

Identifier

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BG-709

Second Stage

Information about the second stage of a two-stage procedure. This information may differ per lot.

-

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-50

Minimum Candidates

The minimum number of candidates to be invited for the second stage of the procedure.

Number

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-661

Maximum Candidates Indicator

There is a maximum number of candidates to be invited for the second stage of the procedure.

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-51

Maximum Candidates Number

The maximum number of candidates to be invited for the second stage of the procedure.

Number

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-52

Successive Reduction

The procedure will take place in successive stages. In each stage, some participants may be eliminated.

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-120

No Negotiation Necessary

The buyer reserves the right to award the contract on the basis of the initial tenders without any further negotiations.

Indicator

M

O

+

BG-704

Reward and Jury

Information about the rewards and the jury in a design contest. This information may differ per lot.

-

M

M

++

BG-44

Prize

Information about the value and rank of a prize for a winner in the design contest (e.g. ‘EUR 10 000 — 1st place’, ‘EUR 5 000 — 2nd place’).

-

M

M

+++

BT-644

Prize Value

The value of the prize, if any, for the winner of the design contest.

Value

M

M

+++

BT-44

Prize Rank

The place (e.g. first place, second place) in a design contest that receives the prize.

Number

M

M

++

BT-41

Following Contract

Any service contract following the contest will be awarded to one of the winners of the contest.

Indicator

M

M

++

BT-45

Rewards Other

Further information about follow-up contracts, prizes and payments (for example non-monetary prizes, payments given for participation).

Text

O

O

++

BT-42

Jury Decision Binding

The decision of the jury is binding on the buyer.

Indicator

M

M

++

BT-46

Jury Member Name

A name of the jury member.

Text

O

M

++

BT-47

Participant Name

A name of an already selected participant. A participant could have been selected already at the time of the publication of the design contest notice because, for example, the information about the participation of a world renowned architect is intended to promote the contest amongst other potential participants.

Text

M

M

+

BG-701

Exclusion Grounds

The brief description of criteria regarding the personal situation of tenderers that may lead to their exclusion. This must include a list of all such criteria and indicate required information (e.g. self-declaration, documentation). This can also include specific national exclusion grounds.

-

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-67

Exclusion Grounds

The brief description of criteria regarding the personal situation of tenderers that may lead to their exclusion. This must include a list of all such criteria and indicate required information (e.g. self-declaration, documentation). This can also include specific national exclusion grounds.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+

BG-702

Selection Criteria

Information about the selection criteria (or criterion). All criteria must be listed. This information may differ per lot.

-

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-747

Selection Criteria Type

The criteria (or criterion) concern(s), for example, economic and financial standing or technical and professional ability.

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-748

Selection Criteria Used

The criteria (or criterion) of the given type are (is) used, unused, or (in case of prior information notice used as a call for competition or to reduce time limits) the use is not yet known.

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-749

Selection Criteria Name

The name of the selection criteria (or criterion).

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-750

Selection Criteria Description

The brief description of the selection criteria (or criterion), including minimum requirements, required information (e.g. self-declaration, documentation) and how the criteria or criterion will be used to select candidates to be invited for the second stage of the procedure (if a maximum number of candidates was set).

Text

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-40

Selection Criteria Second Stage Invite

The criteria (or criterion) will (only) be used to select the candidates to be invited for the second stage of the procedure (if a maximum number of candidates was set).

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BG-72

Selection Criteria Second Stage Invite Number

Information about a number linked to the selection criteria (or criterion) used for selecting the candidates to be invited for the second stage of the procedure.

-

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-752

Selection Criteria Second Stage Invite Number

A number linked to the selection criteria (or criterion).

Number

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-7531

Selection Criteria Second Stage Invite Number Weight

Whether the number linked to a selection criterion (or selection criteria) is a type of weight (e.g. a percentage).

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-7532

Selection Criteria Second Stage Invite Number Threshold

Whether the number linked to a selection criterion (or selection criteria) is a type of threshold (e.g. a minimum score, a maximum number of tenders with the highest score passing).

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+

BG-705

Other Requirements

Information about any other requirements for participation in the procedure and terms governing the future contract. The requirements must include a description of methods according to which they will be verified. This information may differ per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure.

-

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-71

Reserved Participation

Whether participation is reserved for specific organisations (e.g. sheltered workshops, organisations pursuing a public service mission).

Code

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-79

Performing Staff Qualification

Whether the names and professional qualifications of the staff assigned to perform the contract must be given.

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-578

Security Clearance

A security clearance is required.

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-78

Security Clearance Deadline

The time limit by which tenderers who do not hold a security clearance may obtain it.

Date

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-732

Security Clearance Description

Additional information about the security clearance (e.g. which level of security clearance is required, which team members must have it, whether it is necessary already for accessing the procurement documents or only for contract execution).

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+

BG-711

Contract Terms

Information about the terms governing the future contract. This information may differ per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure.

-

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

++

BT-736

Reserved Execution

Whether the execution of the contract must be performed in the framework of sheltered employment programmes.

Code

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

++

BT-761

Tenderer Legal Form

A certain legal form must be taken by a group of tenderers that is awarded a contract.

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-76

Tenderer Legal Form Description

The legal form that must be taken by a group of tenderers that is awarded a contract.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-70

Terms Performance

The main information about the performance of the contract (e.g. intermediary deliverables, compensation for damages, intellectual property rights).

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

++

BT-92

Electronic Ordering

Electronic ordering will be used.

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-77

Terms Financial

The main information about financing and payment and/or reference to any provisions that govern them.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

++

BT-743

Electronic Invoicing

Whether the buyer will require, allow or not allow electronic invoices.

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-93

Electronic Payment

Electronic payment will be used.

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-65

Subcontracting Obligation

An obligation to be met by the tenderer concerning subcontracting.

Code

O

M

++

BT-64

Subcontracting Obligation Minimum

The minimum percentage of the contract value that the contractor must subcontract using the competitive procedure described in Title III of Directive 2009/81/EC.

Number

O

M

++

BT-729

Subcontracting Obligation Maximum

The maximum percentage of the contract value that the contractor must subcontract using the competitive procedure described in Title III of Directive 2009/81/EC.

Number

O

M

+

BG-707

Award Criteria

Information about the award criteria. This information may differ per lot.

-

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

++

BG-38

Award Criterion

Information about the award criterion.

-

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-539

Award Criterion Type

Whether the criterion concerns the price, the cost, or a non-price non-cost attribute of the tender. (Price is the acquisition price; cost is any other non-price monetary criterion.)

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-734

Award Criterion Name

The name of the award criterion.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-540

Award Criterion Description

The description of the award criterion.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BG-541

Award Criterion Number

Information about a number linked to an award criterion.

-

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

++++

BT-541

Award Criterion Number

A number linked to an award criterion.

Number

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

++++

BT-5421

Award Criterion Number Weight

Whether the number linked to an award criterion is a type of weight (e.g. a percentage).

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

++++

BT-5422

Award Criterion Number Fixed

Whether the number linked to an award criterion is a fixed value (e.g. a fixed price, a fixed cost).

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

++++

BT-5423

Award Criterion Number Threshold

Whether the number linked to an award criterion is a type of threshold (e.g. a minimum score, a maximum number of tenders with the highest score passing).

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-543

Award Criteria Complicated

The mathematical equation or any other description used for complicated weighing of criteria (e.g. non-linear weighing, the analytic hierarchy process) when a weighing cannot be expressed per criterion.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-733

Award Criteria Order Justification

The justification for only indicating the award criteria’s order of importance, not their weighing.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+

BG-706

Techniques

Information about the use of sets of techniques such as framework agreements without reopening of competition, framework agreements with reopening of competition, dynamic purchasing systems, and electronic auctions. This information may differ per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure.

-

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

M

M

M

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

++

BT-765

Framework Agreement

Whether a framework agreement with, without, or with and without the reopening of competition is involved.

Code

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

M

M

M

O

O

M

O

O

O

M

M

M

O

O

++

BT-778

Framework Maximum Participants

There is a maximum number of participants in the framework agreement.

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

M

O

O

O

++

BT-113

Framework Maximum Participants Number

The maximum number of participants in the framework agreement.

Number

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

M

O

O

O

++

BT-109

Framework Duration Justification

The justification for exceptional cases when the duration of framework agreements exceeds the legal limits. (Four years in the case of the general procurement Directive, seven years in the case of the defence Directive, and eight years in the case of the sectoral Directive.)

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

O

O

O

++

BT-111

Framework Buyer Categories

Any additional categories of buyers participating in the framework agreement and not mentioned by name (e.g. ‘all hospitals in the Tuscany region’).

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-766

Dynamic Purchasing System

Whether a dynamic purchasing system is involved and, in case of central purchasing bodies, whether it can be used by buyers not listed in this notice.

Code

M

M

M

M

O

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

O

++

BT-119

Dynamic Purchasing System Termination

The dynamic purchasing system is terminated. No further contracts, besides those published in this notice, will be awarded in the dynamic purchasing system. This field can be used even if no contracts are awarded in the contract award notice.

Indicator

M

M

O

O

++

BT-767

Electronic Auction

An electronic auction is used.

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

++

BT-123

Electronic Auction URL

The internet address of the electronic auction.

URL

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-122

Electronic Auction Description

Any additional information about the electronic auction.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+

BG-100

Communication

General information about communication with the buyer(s). This information may differ per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure.

-

O

O

O

M

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-632

Tool Name

The name of the electronic tool or device used for electronic communication.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-724

Tool Atypical

Electronic communication requires the use of tools and devices that are not generally available.

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-124

Tool Atypical URL

Electronic communication requires the use of tools and devices that are not generally available. The uniform resource locator (e.g. the web address) which gives unrestricted and full direct access to these tools and devices.

URL

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-127

Future Notice

The estimated date of publication of a contract notice within this procedure.

Date

M

O

M

O

O

O

++

BT-631

Dispatch Invitation Interest

The estimated date of dispatch of the invitations to confirm interest.

Date

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-130

Dispatch Invitation Tender

The estimated date of dispatch of the invitations to submit tenders in two (or more) stage procedures.

Date

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-99

Review Deadline Description

The description of the time limits for review procedures.

Text

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+

BG-101

Procurement Documents

Information about the procurement documents. This information may differ per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure.

-

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

M

O

O

O

M

M

++

BT-15

Documents URL

The internet address for accessing (the non-restricted part of) the procurement documents. For all notices except prior information notices, the address must give access that is direct (i.e. the exact webpage with the documents, not a general website), unrestricted (e.g. no registration), full (i.e. the procurement documents must be complete) and free of charge and the documents must be available already at the time of the publication of the notice.

URL

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

M

O

O

O

M

M

++

BT-708

Documents Official Language

The language(s) in which the procurement documents are officially available. These linguistic versions are equally legally valid.

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-737

Documents Unofficial Language

The language(s) in which the procurement documents (or their parts) are unofficially available. These linguistic versions are not an official translation, they are provided only for information.

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-14

Documents Restricted

The access to certain procurement documents is restricted.

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

M

O

O

O

M

M

++

BT-707

Documents Restricted Justification

The justification for restricting access to certain procurement documents.

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-615

Documents Restricted URL

The internet address with information on accessing the restricted (part of the) procurement documents.

URL

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

M

O

O

O

M

M

++

BT-13

Additional Information Deadline

The time limit for requesting additional information about the procurement procedure.

Date

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+

BG-102

Submission Terms

Information about submission terms of the tender, request to participate, or expression of interest. This information may differ per lot.

-

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-17

Submission Electronic

Whether economic operators are required, allowed or not allowed to submit tenders, requests to participate, or expressions of interest electronically.

Code

O

O

O

M

M

O

O

O

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

++

BT-19

Submission Nonelectronic Justification

The justification for electronic submission of tenders, requests to participate, or expressions of interest not being possible.

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-745

Submission Nonelectronic Description

The description of how to submit tenders, requests to participate, or expressions of interest non-electronically.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-18

Submission URL

The internet address for submission of tenders, requests to participate, or expressions of interest by electronic means. The address should be as direct as possible (ideally a dedicated address for the electronic submission, not just a general website).

URL

O

O

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-97

Submission Language

A language in which tenders, requests to participate, or expressions of interest may be submitted.

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

++

BT-764

Submission Electronic Catalogue

Whether it is required, allowed or not allowed to submit (parts of) tenders as electronic catalogues.

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

O

O

O

++

BT-744

Submission Electronic Signature

Advanced or qualified electronic signature or seal (as defined in Regulation (EU) No 910/2014) is required.

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-63

Variants

Whether tenderers are required, allowed or not allowed to submit tenders which fulfil the buyer’s needs differently than as proposed in the procurement documents. Further conditions for submitting variant tenders are in the procurement documents.

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

M

O

O

++

BT-769

Multiple Tenders

Tenderers may submit more than one tender (for a given lot).

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-630

Deadline Receipt Expressions

The time limit for receipt of expressions of interest.

Date

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-1311

Deadline Receipt Requests

The time limit for receipt of requests to participate.

Date

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-131

Deadline Receipt Tenders

The time limit for receipt of tenders.

Date

O

M

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-98

Tender Validity Deadline

The period, from the tender submission deadline, for which tenders must remain valid.

Duration

M

M

O

O

++

BT-751

Guarantee Required

A guarantee is required.

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

O

O

M

++

BT-75

Guarantee Required Description

The description of the financial guarantee required from the tenderer when submitting a tender. The guarantee can take the form of, for example, a payment to the buyer or a document from a bank. Typically, the guarantee would be forfeit when a tenderer has won the contract but then refused to sign it.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

O

O

M

++

BT-651

Subcontracting Tender Indication

The information about subcontracting that must be indicated in the tender.

Code

O

M

++

BT-132

Public Opening Date

The date and time for the public opening of tenders.

Date

M

M

O

O

++

BT-133

Public Opening Place

The place (e.g. physical address, URL) where the tenders will be publicly opened.

Text

M

M

O

O

++

BT-134

Public Opening Description

Further information about the public opening of tenders. (For example, who may participate in the opening and whether any authorisation is needed.)

Text

O

O

O

O

++

BT-771

Late Tenderer Information

Whether tenderer-related information can be supplemented even after the submission deadline.

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-772

Late Tenderer Information Description

Description of the tenderer-related information that can be supplemented even after the submission deadline.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+

BG-7

Notice Result

Information about all the results of the procurement procedure or, if they exist, individual lots announced in this notice.

-

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

++

BT-161

Notice Value

The value of all contracts awarded in this notice, including options and renewals.

Value

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

++

BT-118

Notice Framework Value

The maximum or estimated value which can be spent within the framework agreement(s) announced in this notice over its whole duration, in all lots, including options and renewals.

Value

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

++

BG-556

Group Framework Value

Information about the maximum or estimated value which can be spent, in a framework agreement, within a group of lots. This information can be provided when the maximum value of a group of lots is lower than the sum of values of individual lots (e.g. when the same budget is shared for several lots).

-

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-556

Group Framework Value Lot Identifier

An identifier of several lots within this procedure. These lots form a group whose maximum or estimated value is lower than the sum of individual maximum or estimated values of all the lots together (e.g. when the same budget is shared for several lots).

Identifier

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-156

Group Framework Value

The maximum or estimated value which can be spent in a framework agreement within a group of lots. This information can be provided when the maximum or estimated value of a group of lots is lower than the sum of values of individual lots (e.g. when the same budget is shared for several lots). The value covers all contracts to be awarded within a framework agreement over its whole duration, including options and renewals.

Value

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BG-137

Procedure Lot Result

Information about the result of the procurement procedure. This information differs per lot.

-

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

+++

BT-142

Winner Chosen

Whether a winner was chosen.

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

+++

BT-144

Not Awarded Reason

The reason for not choosing a winner.

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

+++

BT-709

Framework Maximum Value

The maximum value which can be spent within a framework agreement over its whole duration, including options and renewals.

Value

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

+++

BT-660

Framework Estimated Value

The estimated value which will be spent within a framework agreement over its whole duration, including options and renewals.

Value

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

+++

BG-712

Received Submissions

Information about the types of tenders or requests to participate received.

-

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++++

BT-759

Received Submissions Count

Number of tenders or requests to participate received. Tenders including variants or multiple tenders submitted (for one lot) by the same tenderer should be counted as one tender.

Number

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++++

BT-760

Received Submissions Type

The type of tenders or requests to participate received. The total number of tenders received must be given. When a notice does not fall under Directive 2009/81/EC and is not about social or other specific services, the number of tenders received from micro, small and medium enterprises; the number of tenders received from tenderers registered in other European Economic Area countries and the number of tenders received from tenderers registered in countries outside of the European Economic Area must also be given. All tenders must be counted, regardless of whether they are admissible or inadmissible. For tenders submitted by a group of tenderers (e.g. a consortium), the tender must be counted in the relevant category (e.g. SME) if the majority of the work is expected to be done by tenderers which fall within this category (e.g. they are SMEs).

Code

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

+++

BT-710

Tender Value Lowest

Value of the admissible tender with the lowest value. A tender shall be considered admissible where it has been submitted by a tenderer, who has not been excluded and who meets the selection criteria, and when it is in conformity with the technical specifications without being irregular (e.g. received late, having an abnormally low price or cost) or unacceptable or unsuitable. Only tenders for which it has been verified if they are admissible or inadmissible can be taken into account.

Value

M

M

M

+++

BT-711

Tender Value Highest

Value of the admissible tender with the highest value. A tender shall be considered admissible where it has been submitted by a tenderer, who has not been excluded and who meets the selection criteria, and when it is in conformity with the technical specifications without being irregular (e.g. received late, having an abnormally low price or cost) or unacceptable or unsuitable. Only tenders for which it has been verified if they are admissible or inadmissible can be taken into account.

Value

M

M

M

++

BG-320

Tender

Information about a tender. This information differs per lot. In cases such as design contests, some framework agreements and innovation partnerships, this information may also differ per organisation.

-

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

+++

BT-3201

Tender Identifier

An identifier of a tender. The information in the tender section refers to this tender.

Identifier

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

+++

BT-720

Tender Value

The value of the tender or another result; including options and renewals. In case of the modification notice, the value of the modification.

Value

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

+++

BT-171

Tender Rank

The position of the tender (i.e. whether the tender ended up first, second, third, etc.) in a design contest, some framework agreements with multiple winners (e.g. cascades) or an innovation partnership.

Number

O

O

O

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

+++

BT-162

Concession Revenue User

The estimated revenue coming from the users of the concession (e.g. fees and fines).

Value

O

M

M

O

+++

BT-160

Concession Revenue Buyer

The estimated revenue coming from the buyer who granted the concession (e.g. prizes and payments).

Value

O

M

M

O

+++

BT-163

Concession Value Description

The description of the method used for calculating the estimated value of the concession and any other relevant information concerning the value of the concession.

Text

O

M

M

O

+++

BT-193

Tender Variant

The tender is a variant.

Indicator

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-191

Country Origin

A country of origin of the product or the service.

Code

O

+++

BG-180

Subcontracting

Information regarding the parts of the contract that the contractor will subcontract to third parties.

-

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++++

BT-773

Subcontracting

Whether at least a part of the contract will be subcontracted.

Code

O

O

O

O

M

M

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++++

BT-730

Subcontracting Value Known

The buyer knows at least the estimated value of the part of the contract that the contractor will subcontract to third parties.

Indicator

O

O

O

O

M

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++++

BT-553

Subcontracting Value

The estimated value of the part of the contract that the contractor will subcontract to third parties.

Value

O

O

O

O

M

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++++

BT-731

Subcontracting Percentage Known

The buyer knows at least the estimated percentage of the contract that the contractor will subcontract to third parties compared to the whole contract.

Indicator

O

O

O

O

M

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++++

BT-555

Subcontracting Percentage

The estimated percentage of the contract that the contractor will subcontract to third parties compared to the whole contract.

Number

O

O

O

O

M

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++++

BT-554

Subcontracting Description

The description of the part of the contract that the contractor will subcontract to third parties.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BG-310

Contract

Information about the contract between a buyer and a winner following a tender. In case of voluntary-ex ante transparency notices and design contest result notices, information about the decision of the evaluation committee or the jury, respectively. This information may differ per tender.

-

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

+++

BT-150

Contract Identifier

An identifier of the contract or, in case of voluntary-ex ante transparency notices and design contest result notices, of the decision. The information in the contract section refers to this contract or decision.

Identifier

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

+++

BT-3202

Contract Tender Identifier

An identifier of the tender or another result that led to this contract.

Identifier

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

+++

BT-721

Contract Title

The name of the contract or, in case of voluntary-ex ante transparency notices and design contest result notices, of the decision.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-1451

Winner Decision Date

The date of the official decision choosing the winning tender.

Date

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

M

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-145

Contract Conclusion Date

The date when the contract was concluded. Typically, this is the date when the last contractual party signed the contract. However, if no contract is signed, then the date of contract conclusion may correspond to other dates (e.g. the date when the buyer notified the winning tenderer). The date of contract conclusion is always later than the end of the standstill period and only once any evidence submitted by the winner has been verified.

Date

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

M

M

M

+++

BT-768

Contract Framework Agreement

The contract is awarded within a framework agreement.

Indicator

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

+++

BT-151

Contract URL

The uniform resource locator (e.g. the web address) of the contract.

URL

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BG-611

Contract EU Funds

Information about European Union funds used to finance the contract. The most concrete information must be given (e.g. about concrete projects, not just operational programs.)

-

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++++

BT-722

Contract EU Funds Name

The name of the European Union funds used to at least partially finance the contract. The most concrete information must be given (e.g. about concrete projects, not just operational programs.)

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++++

BT-5011

Contract EU Funds Identifier

An identifier of the European Union funds used to at least partially finance the contract. The most concrete information must be given (e.g. about concrete projects, not just operational programs.)

Identifier

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+

BG-713

Strategic Procurement

Information about strategic procurement. This information may differ per section of the notice.

-

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-13721

Strategic Procurement Notice Section Identifier

An identifier of one or more sections within this notice. The information in the strategic procurement section refers to this section or these sections.

Identifier

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

++

BT-06

Strategic Procurement

Use of a technical specification, selection criterion, award criterion, or contract performance condition aims to reduce the environmental impacts of the procurement, fulfil social objectives and/or buy an innovative work, supply or service.

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-777

Strategic Procurement Description

Description of the use of a technical specification, selection criterion, award criterion, or contract performance condition aims to reduce the environmental impacts of the procurement, fulfil social objectives and/or buy an innovative work, supply or service.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-774

Green Procurement

An approach to reducing the environmental impacts of the work, supply or service (e.g. requesting compliance with an environmental label).

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-775

Social Procurement

A social objective promoted by the works, supplies or services (e.g. fair working conditions).

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-776

Innovative Procurement

An indication that innovative works, supplies or services are being bought (e.g. the procured works, supplies or services being novel for the whole market).

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-715

Vehicles

The number of all vehicles (regardless of whether clean or not) falling within the scope of Directive 2009/33/EC. These vehicles have either been purchased, leased, rented, hired-purchased or their use has been contractually committed to for the provision of a purchased service falling within the scope of the Directive 2009/33/EC.

Number

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-725

Vehicles Zero Emission

The number of zero-emission heavy-duty vehicles as defined by and falling within the scope of Directive 2009/33/EC. These vehicles have either been purchased, leased, rented, hired-purchased or their use has been contractually committed to for the provision of a purchased service falling within the scope of Directive 2009/33/EC.

Number

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-716

Vehicles Clean

The number of clean vehicles as defined by and falling within the scope of Directive 2009/33/EC. These vehicles have either been purchased, leased, rented, hired-purchased, or their use has been contractually committed to for the provision of a purchased service falling within the scope of Directive 2009/33/EC.

Number

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-754

Accessibility

The use of accessibility criteria for persons with disabilities in the technical specifications.

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-755

Accessibility Justification

The justification for not including accessibility criteria even though the procurement is intended for use by natural persons.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+

BG-612

Buyer Review Summary

Summary information about the requests the buyer received to review any of its decisions (e.g. the technical specifications, award decision), as set out in Art. 1(5) of Directive 89/665/EEC and Directive 92/13/EEC, and about the complainants that submitted the requests.

-

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-712

Buyer Review Complainants

The number of organisations that requested the buyer to review any of its decisions (e.g. the technical specifications, award decision).

Number

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BG-613

Buyer Review Requests

Information about the number and type of requests the buyer received to review any of its decisions (e.g. the technical specifications, award decision).

-

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-635

Buyer Review Requests Count

The number of requests the buyer received to review any of its decisions.

Number

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+++

BT-636

Buyer Review Requests Irregularity Type

The type of irregularity alleged in the review requests.

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+

BG-710

Additional Information

Any information not mentioned elsewhere. This information may differ per lot. In case of a prior information notice used only for information, this information may differ per part of the notice that may later become a lot or a self-standing procedure.

-

O

O

O

M

M

O

M

M

O

M

M

O

O

O

M

M

M

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

M

M

O

M

M

M

O

M

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-726

Suitable For SMEs

The buyer emphasizes that this procurement is also suitable for small and medium enterprises (SMEs).

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-115

GPA Coverage

The procurement is covered by the Government Procurement Agreement (GPA).

Indicator

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

O

O

O

++

BT-634

Procurement Relaunch

This cancelled or unsuccessful procedure or lot will be relaunched.

Indicator

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-756

PIN Competition Termination

The prior information notice used as a call for competition (or a specific lot) is terminated. No further contracts, besides those published in this notice, will be awarded following this prior information notice used as a call for competition. This field can be used even if no contracts are awarded in the contract award notice.

Indicator

M

M

O

O

++

BT-300

Additional Information

Any information not mentioned elsewhere.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+

BG-8

Not Immediately Published

Information about fields not intended for immediate publication. This information may differ per field.

-

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-195

Unpublished Identifier

Identifier of the field that shall not be immediately published. Only fields concerning the Result value and groups of fields concerning the Tender and Procedure Lot Result can be unpublished. In the case of the sectoral Directive, the award criteria, the procurement procedure, certain dates and in certain cases information about the nature and quantity of a service can be unpublished as well.

Identifier

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-197

Unpublished Justification Code

The justification for not immediately publishing a field.

Code

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-196

Unpublished Justification Description

The justification for not immediately publishing a field and for the choice of a later date at which it can be published.

Text

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

++

BT-198

Unpublished Accessibility Date

The later date at which the originally unpublished field shall be published.

Date

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

+

BG-77

Modification

Information about modifications of the contract (e.g. additional works, services or supplies). This information may differ per section of the previous notice.

-

M

M

M

++

BT-1501

Modification Previous Notice Section Identifier

An identifier of one or more sections within a previous notice within the procedure. The information in the modification section refers to this section or these sections.

Identifier

M

M

M

++

BT-202

Modification Description

The summary of the contract modification(s).

Text

M

M

M

++

BT-200

Modification Reason Code

The main reason for modifying the contract.

Code

M

M

M

++

BT-201

Modification Reason Description

The description of the main reason for modifying the contract.

Text

M

M

M

+

BG-9

Change

Information about changes to the notice. This information may differ per section of the previous notice.

-

++

BT-13716

Change Previous Notice Section Identifier

An identifier of one or more sections within the changed notice. The information in the change section refers to this section or these sections.

Identifier

++

BT-758

Change Notice Version Identifier

The reference to the version of the previous notice that should be changed. This helps, for example, to avoid errors caused by multiple change notices sent at a similar time.

Identifier

++

BT-141

Change Description

The description of changes in the notice compared to the original notice.

Text

++

BT-718

Change Procurement Documents

The procurement documents have changed.

Indicator

++

BT-719

Change Procurement Documents Date

The date and time when the procurement documents have changed.

Date

++

BT-140

Change Reason Code

The main reason for the change in the notice compared to the original notice.

Code

++

BT-762

Change Reason Description

The description of the main reason for the change in the notice compared to the original notice.

Text

---

(1)  Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/7 of 5 January 2016 establishing the standard form for the European Single Procurement Document (OJ L 3, 6.1.2016, p. 16).

---

| 25.10.2019 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 272/74 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

25.10.2019

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 272/74

---

COMMISSION REGULATION (EU) 2019/1781

of 1 October 2019

laying down ecodesign requirements for electric motors and variable speed drives pursuant to Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, amending Regulation (EC) No 641/2009 with regard to ecodesign requirements for glandless standalone circulators and glandless circulators integrated in products and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 640/2009

(Text with EEA relevance)

THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,

Having regard to Article 114 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

Having regard to Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 October 2009 establishing a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-related products (1), and in particular Article 15(1) thereof,

Whereas:

| (1) | Pursuant to Directive 2009/125/EC, the Commission should set ecodesign requirements for energy-related products which account for significant volumes of sales and trade in the Union and which have a significant environmental impact and present significant potential for improvement through design in terms of their environmental impact, without entailing excessive costs. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

Pursuant to Directive 2009/125/EC, the Commission should set ecodesign requirements for energy-related products which account for significant volumes of sales and trade in the Union and which have a significant environmental impact and present significant potential for improvement through design in terms of their environmental impact, without entailing excessive costs.

| (2) | The Communication from the Commission COM(2016)773 (2) (ecodesign working plan established by the Commission in application of Article 16(1) of Directive 2009/125/EC sets out the working priorities under the ecodesign and energy labelling framework for the period 2016-2019. The ecodesign working plan identifies the energy-related product groups to be considered as priorities for the undertaking of preparatory studies and eventual adoption of implementing measures, as well as the review of Commission Regulation (EC) No 640/2009 (3). |
| --- | --- |

(2)

The Communication from the Commission COM(2016)773 (2) (ecodesign working plan established by the Commission in application of Article 16(1) of Directive 2009/125/EC sets out the working priorities under the ecodesign and energy labelling framework for the period 2016-2019. The ecodesign working plan identifies the energy-related product groups to be considered as priorities for the undertaking of preparatory studies and eventual adoption of implementing measures, as well as the review of Commission Regulation (EC) No 640/2009 (3).

| (3) | Measures from the Working Plan have an estimated potential to deliver a total in excess of 260 TWh of annual final energy savings in 2030, which is equivalent to reducing greenhouse gas emissions by approximately 100 million tonnes per year in 2030. Electric motors is one of the product groups listed in the Working Plan, with an estimated 10 TWh of annual final energy savings in 2030. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

Measures from the Working Plan have an estimated potential to deliver a total in excess of 260 TWh of annual final energy savings in 2030, which is equivalent to reducing greenhouse gas emissions by approximately 100 million tonnes per year in 2030. Electric motors is one of the product groups listed in the Working Plan, with an estimated 10 TWh of annual final energy savings in 2030.

| (4) | The Commission established ecodesign requirements for electric motors in Regulation (EC) No 640/2009 and pursuant to that Regulation, the Commission shall review that Regulation in the light of technological progress on both motors and drives. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

The Commission established ecodesign requirements for electric motors in Regulation (EC) No 640/2009 and pursuant to that Regulation, the Commission shall review that Regulation in the light of technological progress on both motors and drives.

| (5) | Pursuant to Article 7 of Regulation (EC) No 640/2009, the Commission has reviewed Regulation (EC) No 640/2009 and analysed the technical, environmental and economic aspects of electric motors and drives. The review was carried out in close cooperation with stakeholders and interested parties from the Union and third countries. Its results were made public and presented to the Consultation Forum established pursuant to Article 18 of Directive 2009/125/EC. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

Pursuant to Article 7 of Regulation (EC) No 640/2009, the Commission has reviewed Regulation (EC) No 640/2009 and analysed the technical, environmental and economic aspects of electric motors and drives. The review was carried out in close cooperation with stakeholders and interested parties from the Union and third countries. Its results were made public and presented to the Consultation Forum established pursuant to Article 18 of Directive 2009/125/EC.

| (6) | The review study shows that electric motor driven systems use about half the electricity produced in the Union. It is estimated that electric motors converted 1 425 TWh of electricity into mechanical energy and heat in 2015, corresponding to 560 Mt of CO2-equivalent emissions. This value is expected to rise to around 1 470 TWh by 2020 and to about 1 500 TWh by 2030. |
| --- | --- |

(6)

The review study shows that electric motor driven systems use about half the electricity produced in the Union. It is estimated that electric motors converted 1 425 TWh of electricity into mechanical energy and heat in 2015, corresponding to 560 Mt of CO2-equivalent emissions. This value is expected to rise to around 1 470 TWh by 2020 and to about 1 500 TWh by 2030.

| (7) | The review also shows that variable speed drives are placed on the Union’s market in large quantities, helping to control motor speed and increase energy efficiency of motor systems, with their use-phase energy consumption being the most significant environmental aspect of all life cycle phases. In 2015, variable speed drives converted about 265 TWh of electricity from the grid into electricity with a frequency suited for the driven application; this corresponds to 105 Mt of CO2 emissions. This value is expected to rise to around 380 TWh by 2020 and to about 570 TWh by 2030. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

The review also shows that variable speed drives are placed on the Union’s market in large quantities, helping to control motor speed and increase energy efficiency of motor systems, with their use-phase energy consumption being the most significant environmental aspect of all life cycle phases. In 2015, variable speed drives converted about 265 TWh of electricity from the grid into electricity with a frequency suited for the driven application; this corresponds to 105 Mt of CO2 emissions. This value is expected to rise to around 380 TWh by 2020 and to about 570 TWh by 2030.

| (8) | The review indicates that Regulation (EC) No 640/2009 would save 57 TWh annually by 2020 and 102 TWh annually by 2030. As the provisions of that Regulation are being maintained, these savings will also continue to materialise. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

The review indicates that Regulation (EC) No 640/2009 would save 57 TWh annually by 2020 and 102 TWh annually by 2030. As the provisions of that Regulation are being maintained, these savings will also continue to materialise.

| (9) | There is significant additional scope for improving these motor driven systems’ energy efficiency cost-effectively. One cost-effective way to do so is by making motors more energy-efficient, including motors not covered by Regulation (EC) No 640/2009, and using energy-efficient variable speed drives. This implies that ecodesign requirements for electric motors should be adjusted and ecodesign requirements set for variable speed drives, to realise their full potential for cost-effective energy efficiency. |
| --- | --- |

(9)

There is significant additional scope for improving these motor driven systems’ energy efficiency cost-effectively. One cost-effective way to do so is by making motors more energy-efficient, including motors not covered by Regulation (EC) No 640/2009, and using energy-efficient variable speed drives. This implies that ecodesign requirements for electric motors should be adjusted and ecodesign requirements set for variable speed drives, to realise their full potential for cost-effective energy efficiency.

| (10) | Ecodesign requirements should also include product information requirements that will help potential buyers make the most appropriate decision and make it easier for Member States to perform market surveillance. |
| --- | --- |

(10)

Ecodesign requirements should also include product information requirements that will help potential buyers make the most appropriate decision and make it easier for Member States to perform market surveillance.

| (11) | Many motors are integrated in other products. To maximise cost-efficient energy saving, this Regulation should apply to such motors, provided that their efficiency can be tested separately. |
| --- | --- |

(11)

Many motors are integrated in other products. To maximise cost-efficient energy saving, this Regulation should apply to such motors, provided that their efficiency can be tested separately.

| (12) | The environmental aspect of products in the scope of this Regulation that have been identified as significant for the purposes of this Regulation is energy consumption in the use phase. |
| --- | --- |

(12)

The environmental aspect of products in the scope of this Regulation that have been identified as significant for the purposes of this Regulation is energy consumption in the use phase.

| (13) | Electric motors are used in many different types of products, such as pumps, fans or machine tools, and under many different operating conditions. The energy use of motor-driven systems can be reduced if motors in variable speed and load applications are equipped with variable speed drives, but also if these drives have their own minimum energy efficiency requirements. In fixed speed (constant load) applications, a variable speed drive induces additional costs and energy losses. The use of a variable speed drive should not, therefore, be mandatory under this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

(13)

Electric motors are used in many different types of products, such as pumps, fans or machine tools, and under many different operating conditions. The energy use of motor-driven systems can be reduced if motors in variable speed and load applications are equipped with variable speed drives, but also if these drives have their own minimum energy efficiency requirements. In fixed speed (constant load) applications, a variable speed drive induces additional costs and energy losses. The use of a variable speed drive should not, therefore, be mandatory under this Regulation.

| (14) | Improvements in the electricity consumption of electric motors and variable speed drives should be achieved by applying existing, non-proprietary and cost-effective technologies that can reduce the total combined costs of purchasing and operating them. |
| --- | --- |

(14)

Improvements in the electricity consumption of electric motors and variable speed drives should be achieved by applying existing, non-proprietary and cost-effective technologies that can reduce the total combined costs of purchasing and operating them.

| (15) | Ecodesign requirements should harmonise energy efficiency requirements for electric motors and variable speed drives throughout the Union, thus contributing to the smooth operation of the internal market and helping to improve these products’ environmental performance. |
| --- | --- |

(15)

Ecodesign requirements should harmonise energy efficiency requirements for electric motors and variable speed drives throughout the Union, thus contributing to the smooth operation of the internal market and helping to improve these products’ environmental performance.

| (16) | Manufacturers should have enough time to redesign or adapt their products where needed. The timing should be such as to minimise negative impact on the functionalities of electric motors or variable speed drives. It should also take account of cost implications for manufacturers, including small and medium-sized enterprises, while ensuring that the objectives pursued by this Regulation are achieved in good time. |
| --- | --- |

(16)

Manufacturers should have enough time to redesign or adapt their products where needed. The timing should be such as to minimise negative impact on the functionalities of electric motors or variable speed drives. It should also take account of cost implications for manufacturers, including small and medium-sized enterprises, while ensuring that the objectives pursued by this Regulation are achieved in good time.

| (17) | The inclusion of motors not covered by Regulation (EC) No 640/2009, notably smaller and larger motors, in conjunction with updated minimum energy efficiency requirements that are in line with international standards and technological progress, and together with the inclusion of variable speed drives, should increase the market penetration of electric motors and variable speed drives with an improved life-cycle environmental impact. This should result in additional estimated net electricity savings of 10 TWh per year, and should reduce net greenhouse gas emissions by 3 Mt CO2 equivalent annually by 2030, compared with the situation that would prevail if no additional measures were taken. |
| --- | --- |

(17)

The inclusion of motors not covered by Regulation (EC) No 640/2009, notably smaller and larger motors, in conjunction with updated minimum energy efficiency requirements that are in line with international standards and technological progress, and together with the inclusion of variable speed drives, should increase the market penetration of electric motors and variable speed drives with an improved life-cycle environmental impact. This should result in additional estimated net electricity savings of 10 TWh per year, and should reduce net greenhouse gas emissions by 3 Mt CO2 equivalent annually by 2030, compared with the situation that would prevail if no additional measures were taken.

| (18) | Although the environmental impacts of medium voltage motors are relevant, for the time being no classification exists for the energy efficiency of electric motors with a rated voltage above 1 000 V. Once such a classification is developed, the possibility of setting minimum requirements for medium voltage motors should be reassessed. |
| --- | --- |

(18)

Although the environmental impacts of medium voltage motors are relevant, for the time being no classification exists for the energy efficiency of electric motors with a rated voltage above 1 000 V. Once such a classification is developed, the possibility of setting minimum requirements for medium voltage motors should be reassessed.

| (19) | Although the environmental impacts of submersible motors are relevant, there is, at the present time, no test standard that defines energy efficiency classes for these motors. Once such a test standard and classification is developed, the possibility of setting minimum requirements for submersible motors should be reassessed. |
| --- | --- |

(19)

Although the environmental impacts of submersible motors are relevant, there is, at the present time, no test standard that defines energy efficiency classes for these motors. Once such a test standard and classification is developed, the possibility of setting minimum requirements for submersible motors should be reassessed.

| (20) | The Commission communication on the circular economy (4) and the Communication on the ecodesign working plan (5) underline the importance of using the ecodesign framework to support the move towards a more resource efficient and circular economy. This Regulation should therefore, in order to cut the costs of repairing products containing motors that were placed on the market before the entry into force of the Regulation, or to avoid scrapping them early if they cannot be repaired, provide that motors supplied as spare parts be exempted for a given period. This is meant to avoid the problem that arises if it is impossible to replace a non-compliant motor by a compliant one without disproportionate costs to the end-user. If such motors are intended for the repair of products for which specific availability of spare parts provisions covering motors have been set in other ecodesign regulations, such specific provisions have precedence over the spare parts provisions in this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

(20)

The Commission communication on the circular economy (4) and the Communication on the ecodesign working plan (5) underline the importance of using the ecodesign framework to support the move towards a more resource efficient and circular economy. This Regulation should therefore, in order to cut the costs of repairing products containing motors that were placed on the market before the entry into force of the Regulation, or to avoid scrapping them early if they cannot be repaired, provide that motors supplied as spare parts be exempted for a given period. This is meant to avoid the problem that arises if it is impossible to replace a non-compliant motor by a compliant one without disproportionate costs to the end-user. If such motors are intended for the repair of products for which specific availability of spare parts provisions covering motors have been set in other ecodesign regulations, such specific provisions have precedence over the spare parts provisions in this Regulation.

| (21) | In particular situations, for instance, where safety, functionality or disproportionate costs are at stake, certain motors or variable speed drives (VSDs) should be exempted from efficiency requirements. However, this Regulation should nonetheless cover such products as regards product information requirements, such as information concerning disassembly, recycling or disposal at end-of-life, or other information useful for market surveillance purposes. |
| --- | --- |

(21)

In particular situations, for instance, where safety, functionality or disproportionate costs are at stake, certain motors or variable speed drives (VSDs) should be exempted from efficiency requirements. However, this Regulation should nonetheless cover such products as regards product information requirements, such as information concerning disassembly, recycling or disposal at end-of-life, or other information useful for market surveillance purposes.

| (22) | The relevant product parameters should be determined using reliable, accurate and reproducible methods. These methods should take into account the recognised state-of-the-art methods including, where available, harmonised standards adopted by the European standardisation organisations, as listed in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council (6). |
| --- | --- |

(22)

The relevant product parameters should be determined using reliable, accurate and reproducible methods. These methods should take into account the recognised state-of-the-art methods including, where available, harmonised standards adopted by the European standardisation organisations, as listed in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council (6).

| (23) | An appropriate standard to determine the specific duty types S1, S3 or S6 is IEC 60034-1:2017. Appropriate standards to determine Ex eb increased safety motors and other explosion-protected motors are IEC/EN 60079-7:2015, IEC/EN 60079-31:2014 or IEC/EN 60079-1:2014. |
| --- | --- |

(23)

An appropriate standard to determine the specific duty types S1, S3 or S6 is IEC 60034-1:2017. Appropriate standards to determine Ex eb increased safety motors and other explosion-protected motors are IEC/EN 60079-7:2015, IEC/EN 60079-31:2014 or IEC/EN 60079-1:2014.

| (24) | In accordance with Article 8(2) of Directive 2009/125/EC, this Regulation should specify the applicable conformity assessment procedures. |
| --- | --- |

(24)

In accordance with Article 8(2) of Directive 2009/125/EC, this Regulation should specify the applicable conformity assessment procedures.

| (25) | Compliance of products should be demonstrated either when the product is placed on the market or when it is put into service, not both. |
| --- | --- |

(25)

Compliance of products should be demonstrated either when the product is placed on the market or when it is put into service, not both.

| (26) | To facilitate compliance checks, manufacturers, importers or authorised representatives should provide the information in the technical documentation referred to in Annexes IV and V to Directive 2009/125/EC, insofar as that information relates to the requirements laid down in this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

(26)

To facilitate compliance checks, manufacturers, importers or authorised representatives should provide the information in the technical documentation referred to in Annexes IV and V to Directive 2009/125/EC, insofar as that information relates to the requirements laid down in this Regulation.

| (27) | To improve the effectiveness of this Regulation and to protect consumers, products that automatically alter their performance in test conditions to improve the declared parameters should be prohibited from being placed on the market or put into service. |
| --- | --- |

(27)

To improve the effectiveness of this Regulation and to protect consumers, products that automatically alter their performance in test conditions to improve the declared parameters should be prohibited from being placed on the market or put into service.

| (28) | To facilitate verification testing, market surveillance authorities should be allowed to test, or witness the testing of, larger motors at premises such as those of the manufacturer. |
| --- | --- |

(28)

To facilitate verification testing, market surveillance authorities should be allowed to test, or witness the testing of, larger motors at premises such as those of the manufacturer.

| (29) | In addition to the legally binding requirements laid down in this Regulation, benchmarks for best available technologies should be identified to make information on product’s environmental performance over their life-cycle subject to this Regulation widely available and easily accessible in accordance with Directive 2009/125/EC, Annex I, part 3, point (2). |
| --- | --- |

(29)

In addition to the legally binding requirements laid down in this Regulation, benchmarks for best available technologies should be identified to make information on product’s environmental performance over their life-cycle subject to this Regulation widely available and easily accessible in accordance with Directive 2009/125/EC, Annex I, part 3, point (2).

| (30) | A review of this Regulation should assess the appropriateness and effectiveness of its provisions in achieving its goals. The timing of the review should be sufficient for all provisions to be implemented and show an effect on the market. |
| --- | --- |

(30)

A review of this Regulation should assess the appropriateness and effectiveness of its provisions in achieving its goals. The timing of the review should be sufficient for all provisions to be implemented and show an effect on the market.

| (31) | Regulation (EC) No 640/2009 should therefore be repealed. |
| --- | --- |

(31)

Regulation (EC) No 640/2009 should therefore be repealed.

| (32) | Ecodesign requirements on circulators integrated in boilers are set out in Commission Regulation (EC) No 641/2009 (7). To ensure that installed boilers with a defective circulator can be repaired within their technical lifetime, the exemption in that regulation for circulators provided as a spare part for existing boilers should be extended. |
| --- | --- |

(32)

Ecodesign requirements on circulators integrated in boilers are set out in Commission Regulation (EC) No 641/2009 (7). To ensure that installed boilers with a defective circulator can be repaired within their technical lifetime, the exemption in that regulation for circulators provided as a spare part for existing boilers should be extended.

| (33) | The measures provided for in this Regulation are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee established by Article 19(1) of Directive 2009/125/EC, |
| --- | --- |

(33)

The measures provided for in this Regulation are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee established by Article 19(1) of Directive 2009/125/EC,

HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:

Article 1

Subject matter

This Regulation establishes ecodesign requirements for the placing on the market or the putting into service of electric motors and variable speed drives, including where they are integrated in other products.

Article 2

Scope

| (1) | This Regulation applies to the following products:






  (a) | induction electric motors without brushes, commutators, slip rings or electrical connections to the rotor, rated for operation on a 50 Hz, 60 Hz or 50/60 Hz sinusoidal voltage, that:






  (i) | have two, four, six or eight poles; |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

(1)

This Regulation applies to the following products:

(a)

induction electric motors without brushes, commutators, slip rings or electrical connections to the rotor, rated for operation on a 50 Hz, 60 Hz or 50/60 Hz sinusoidal voltage, that:

(i)

have two, four, six or eight poles;

| (ii) | have a rated voltage U
  N above 50 V and up to and including 1 000 V; |
| --- | --- |

(ii)

have a rated voltage U
  N above 50 V and up to and including 1 000 V;

U

N

| (iii) | have a rated power output P
  N from 0,12 kW up to and including 1 000 kW; |
| --- | --- |

(iii)

have a rated power output P
  N from 0,12 kW up to and including 1 000 kW;

P

N

| (iv) | are rated on the basis of continuous duty operation; and |
| --- | --- |

(iv)

are rated on the basis of continuous duty operation; and

| (v) | are rated for direct on-line operation; |
| --- | --- |

(v)

are rated for direct on-line operation;

| (b) | variable speed drives with 3 phases input that:






  (i) | are rated for operating with one motor refered to in point (a), within the 0,12 kW-1 000 kW motor rated output range; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(b)

variable speed drives with 3 phases input that:

(i)

are rated for operating with one motor refered to in point (a), within the 0,12 kW-1 000 kW motor rated output range;

| (ii) | have a rated voltage above 100 V and up to and including 1 000 V AC; |
| --- | --- |

(ii)

have a rated voltage above 100 V and up to and including 1 000 V AC;

| (iii) | have only one AC voltage output. |
| --- | --- |

(iii)

have only one AC voltage output.

| (2) | The requirements in section 1, and points (1), (2), (5) to (11), and (13) of section 2 of Annex I shall not apply to the following motors:






  (a) | motors completely integrated into a product (for example into a gear, pump, fan or compressor) and whose energy performance cannot be tested independently from the product, even with the provision of a temporary end-shield and drive-end bearing; the motor must share common components (apart from connectors such as bolts) with the driven unit (for example, a shaft or housing) and shall not be designed in such a way that the motor can be separated in its entirety from the driven unit and operate independently. The process of separation shall have the consequence of rendering the motor inoperative; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(2)

The requirements in section 1, and points (1), (2), (5) to (11), and (13) of section 2 of Annex I shall not apply to the following motors:

(a)

motors completely integrated into a product (for example into a gear, pump, fan or compressor) and whose energy performance cannot be tested independently from the product, even with the provision of a temporary end-shield and drive-end bearing; the motor must share common components (apart from connectors such as bolts) with the driven unit (for example, a shaft or housing) and shall not be designed in such a way that the motor can be separated in its entirety from the driven unit and operate independently. The process of separation shall have the consequence of rendering the motor inoperative;

| (b) | motors with an integrated variable speed drive (compact drives) whose energy performance cannot be tested independently from the variable speed drive; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

motors with an integrated variable speed drive (compact drives) whose energy performance cannot be tested independently from the variable speed drive;

| (c) | motors with an integrated brake which forms an integral part of the inner motor construction and can neither be removed nor powered by a separate power source during the testing of the motor efficiency; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

motors with an integrated brake which forms an integral part of the inner motor construction and can neither be removed nor powered by a separate power source during the testing of the motor efficiency;

| (d) | motors specifically designed and specified to operate exclusively:






  (i) | at altitudes exceeding 4 000 metres above sea-level; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(d)

motors specifically designed and specified to operate exclusively:

(i)

at altitudes exceeding 4 000 metres above sea-level;

| (ii) | where ambient air temperatures exceed 60 °C; |
| --- | --- |

(ii)

where ambient air temperatures exceed 60 °C;

| (iii) | in maximum operating temperature above 400 °C; |
| --- | --- |

(iii)

in maximum operating temperature above 400 °C;

| (iv) | where ambient air temperatures are less than – 30 °C; or |
| --- | --- |

(iv)

where ambient air temperatures are less than – 30 °C; or

| (v) | where the water coolant temperature at the inlet to a product is below 0 °C or above 32 °C; |
| --- | --- |

(v)

where the water coolant temperature at the inlet to a product is below 0 °C or above 32 °C;

| (e) | motors specifically designed and specified to operate wholly immersed in a liquid; |
| --- | --- |

(e)

motors specifically designed and specified to operate wholly immersed in a liquid;

| (f) | motors specifically qualified for the safety of nuclear installations, as defined in Article 3 of Council Directive 2009/71/Euratom (8); |
| --- | --- |

(f)

motors specifically qualified for the safety of nuclear installations, as defined in Article 3 of Council Directive 2009/71/Euratom (8);

8

| (g) | explosion-protected motors specifically designed and certified for mining, as defined in Annex I, point 1 of Directive 2014/34/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (9); |
| --- | --- |

(g)

explosion-protected motors specifically designed and certified for mining, as defined in Annex I, point 1 of Directive 2014/34/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (9);

9

| (h) | motors in cordless or battery-operated equipment; |
| --- | --- |

(h)

motors in cordless or battery-operated equipment;

| (i) | motors in hand-held equipment whose weight is supported by hand during operation; |
| --- | --- |

(i)

motors in hand-held equipment whose weight is supported by hand during operation;

| (j) | motors in hand-guided mobile equipment moved while in operation; |
| --- | --- |

(j)

motors in hand-guided mobile equipment moved while in operation;

| (k) | motors with mechanical commutators; |
| --- | --- |

(k)

motors with mechanical commutators;

| (l) | Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated (TENV) motors; |
| --- | --- |

(l)

Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated (TENV) motors;

| (m) | motors placed on the market before 1 July 2029 as substitutes for identical motors integrated in products placed on the market before 1 July 2022, and specifically marketed as such; |
| --- | --- |

(m)

motors placed on the market before 1 July 2029 as substitutes for identical motors integrated in products placed on the market before 1 July 2022, and specifically marketed as such;

| (n) | multi-speed motors, i.e. motors with multiple windings or with a switchable winding, providing a different number of poles and speeds; |
| --- | --- |

(n)

multi-speed motors, i.e. motors with multiple windings or with a switchable winding, providing a different number of poles and speeds;

| (o) | motors designed specifically for the traction of electric vehicles. |
| --- | --- |

(o)

motors designed specifically for the traction of electric vehicles.

| (3) | The requirements in section 3, and points (1), (2), and (5) to (10) of section 4 of Annex I shall not apply to the following VSDs:






  (a) | VSDs integrated into a product and whose energy performance cannot be tested independently from the product, that is to say that an attempt to do so would render the VSD or the product inoperative; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(3)

The requirements in section 3, and points (1), (2), and (5) to (10) of section 4 of Annex I shall not apply to the following VSDs:

(a)

VSDs integrated into a product and whose energy performance cannot be tested independently from the product, that is to say that an attempt to do so would render the VSD or the product inoperative;

| (b) | VSDs qualified specifically for the safety of nuclear installations, as defined Article 3 of Directive 2009/71/Euratom; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

VSDs qualified specifically for the safety of nuclear installations, as defined Article 3 of Directive 2009/71/Euratom;

| (c) | regenerative drives; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

regenerative drives;

| (d) | drives with sinusoidal input current. |
| --- | --- |

(d)

drives with sinusoidal input current.

Article 3

Definitions

For the purposes of this Regulation, the following definitions shall apply:

| (1) | ‘electric motor’ or ‘motor’ means a device that converts electrical input power into mechanical output power in the form of a rotation with a rotational speed and torque that depends on factors including the frequency of the supply voltage and number of poles of the motor; |
| --- | --- |

(1)

‘electric motor’ or ‘motor’ means a device that converts electrical input power into mechanical output power in the form of a rotation with a rotational speed and torque that depends on factors including the frequency of the supply voltage and number of poles of the motor;

| (2) | ‘variable speed drive’ (VSD) means an electronic power converter that continuously adapts the electrical power supplied to a single motor to control the motor’s mechanical power output according to the torque-speed characteristic of the load driven by the motor, by adjusting the power supply to a variable frequency and voltage supplied to the motor. It includes all electronics connected between the mains and the motor including extensions such as protection devices, transformers and auxiliaries; |
| --- | --- |

(2)

‘variable speed drive’ (VSD) means an electronic power converter that continuously adapts the electrical power supplied to a single motor to control the motor’s mechanical power output according to the torque-speed characteristic of the load driven by the motor, by adjusting the power supply to a variable frequency and voltage supplied to the motor. It includes all electronics connected between the mains and the motor including extensions such as protection devices, transformers and auxiliaries;

| (3) | ‘energy efficiency’ of a motor means the ratio of its mechanical output power to the electrical active input power; |
| --- | --- |

(3)

‘energy efficiency’ of a motor means the ratio of its mechanical output power to the electrical active input power;

| (4) | ‘pole’ means a north or a south pole produced by the rotating magnetic field of the motor, whose total number of poles determines its base speed; |
| --- | --- |

(4)

‘pole’ means a north or a south pole produced by the rotating magnetic field of the motor, whose total number of poles determines its base speed;

| (5) | ‘continuous duty operation’ means capable of continuous operation at rated power with a temperature rise within the specified insulation temperature class, specified as specific duty types S1, S3 >=80 % or S6 >=80 % as defined in standards; |
| --- | --- |

(5)

‘continuous duty operation’ means capable of continuous operation at rated power with a temperature rise within the specified insulation temperature class, specified as specific duty types S1, S3 >=80 % or S6 >=80 % as defined in standards;

| (6) | ‘phase’ means the type of configuration of the mains; |
| --- | --- |

(6)

‘phase’ means the type of configuration of the mains;

| (7) | ‘mains’ or ‘electric mains’ means the electricity supply from the grid; |
| --- | --- |

(7)

‘mains’ or ‘electric mains’ means the electricity supply from the grid;

| (8) | ‘motor with mechanical commutators’ means a motor in which a mechanical device reverses the direction of the current; |
| --- | --- |

(8)

‘motor with mechanical commutators’ means a motor in which a mechanical device reverses the direction of the current;

| (9) | ‘cordless or battery operated equipment’ means an appliance deriving its energy from batteries enabling the appliance to perform its intended function without a supply connection; |
| --- | --- |

(9)

‘cordless or battery operated equipment’ means an appliance deriving its energy from batteries enabling the appliance to perform its intended function without a supply connection;

| (10) | ‘hand-held equipment’ means a portable appliance intended to be held in the hand during normal use; |
| --- | --- |

(10)

‘hand-held equipment’ means a portable appliance intended to be held in the hand during normal use;

| (11) | ‘hand-guided equipment’ means a non-road mobile appliance that is moved and guided by the user during normal use; |
| --- | --- |

(11)

‘hand-guided equipment’ means a non-road mobile appliance that is moved and guided by the user during normal use;

| (12) | ‘totally enclosed non-ventilated (TENV) motor’ means a motor designed and specified to operate without a fan, and which dissipates heat predominantly through natural ventilation or radiation on the totally enclosed motor surface; |
| --- | --- |

(12)

‘totally enclosed non-ventilated (TENV) motor’ means a motor designed and specified to operate without a fan, and which dissipates heat predominantly through natural ventilation or radiation on the totally enclosed motor surface;

| (13) | ‘regenerative drive’ means a VSD that is able to regenerate energy from the load to the mains, i.e. that induces a 180° +/- 20° phase shift of the input current to the input voltage when the load motor is braking; |
| --- | --- |

(13)

‘regenerative drive’ means a VSD that is able to regenerate energy from the load to the mains, i.e. that induces a 180° +/- 20° phase shift of the input current to the input voltage when the load motor is braking;

| (14) | ‘drive with sinusoidal input current’ means a VSD with a sinusoidal waveform of the input current, characterised by a Total Harmonic Content below 10 %; |
| --- | --- |

(14)

‘drive with sinusoidal input current’ means a VSD with a sinusoidal waveform of the input current, characterised by a Total Harmonic Content below 10 %;

| (15) | ‘brake motor’ means a motor equipped with an electromechanical brake unit operating directly on the motor shaft without couplings; |
| --- | --- |

(15)

‘brake motor’ means a motor equipped with an electromechanical brake unit operating directly on the motor shaft without couplings;

| (16) | ‘Ex eb increased safety motor’ means a motor intended for use in explosive atmospheres and certified ‘Ex eb’, as defined in standards; |
| --- | --- |

(16)

‘Ex eb increased safety motor’ means a motor intended for use in explosive atmospheres and certified ‘Ex eb’, as defined in standards;

| (17) | ‘other explosion-protected motor’ means a motor intended for use in explosive atmospheres and certified ‘Ex ec’, ‘Ex tb’, ‘Ex tc’, ‘Ex db’, or ‘Ex dc’ as defined in standards; |
| --- | --- |

(17)

‘other explosion-protected motor’ means a motor intended for use in explosive atmospheres and certified ‘Ex ec’, ‘Ex tb’, ‘Ex tc’, ‘Ex db’, or ‘Ex dc’ as defined in standards;

| (18) | ‘test load’ of a VSD means the electrical device used for testing purposes that determines the output current and the output displacement factor cos phi; |
| --- | --- |

(18)

‘test load’ of a VSD means the electrical device used for testing purposes that determines the output current and the output displacement factor cos phi;

| (19) | ‘equivalent model’ means a model which has the same technical characteristics relevant for the technical information to be provided, but which is placed on the market or put into service by the same manufacturer, importer or authorised representative as another model with a different model identifier; |
| --- | --- |

(19)

‘equivalent model’ means a model which has the same technical characteristics relevant for the technical information to be provided, but which is placed on the market or put into service by the same manufacturer, importer or authorised representative as another model with a different model identifier;

| (20) | ‘model identifier’ means the code, usually alphanumeric, which distinguishes a specific product model from other models with the same trade mark or the same manufacturer’s, importer’s or authorised representative’s name; |
| --- | --- |

(20)

‘model identifier’ means the code, usually alphanumeric, which distinguishes a specific product model from other models with the same trade mark or the same manufacturer’s, importer’s or authorised representative’s name;

| (21) | ‘witnessed testing’ means actively observing the physical testing of the product under investigation by another party, to draw conclusions on the validity of the test and the test results. This may include conclusions on the compliance of testing and calculations methods used with applicable standards and legislation; |
| --- | --- |

(21)

‘witnessed testing’ means actively observing the physical testing of the product under investigation by another party, to draw conclusions on the validity of the test and the test results. This may include conclusions on the compliance of testing and calculations methods used with applicable standards and legislation;

| (22) | ‘factory acceptance test’ means a test on an ordered product where the customer uses witnessed testing to verify the product’s full accordance with contractual requirements, before they are accepted or put into service. |
| --- | --- |

(22)

‘factory acceptance test’ means a test on an ordered product where the customer uses witnessed testing to verify the product’s full accordance with contractual requirements, before they are accepted or put into service.

Article 4

Ecodesign requirements

The ecodesign requirements set out in Annex I shall apply from the dates indicated therein.

Article 5

Conformity assessment

1.   The conformity assessment procedure referred to in Article 8 of Directive 2009/125/EC shall be the internal design control system set out in Annex IV of that Directive or the management system set out in Annex V of that Directive.

2.   For the purposes of the conformity assessment pursuant to Article 8 of Directive 2009/125/EC, the technical documentation of motors shall contain a copy of the product information provided in accordance with point 2 of Annex I to this Regulation, and the details and results of calculations set out in Annex II to this Regulation.

3.   For the purposes of the conformity assessment pursuant to Article 8 of Directive 2009/125/EC, the technical documentation of VSDs shall contain a copy of the product information provided in accordance with point 4 of Annex I to this Regulation, and the details and results of calculations set out in Annex II to this Regulation.

4.   Where the information included in the technical documentation for a particular model has been obtained:

| (a) | from a model that has the same technical characteristics relevant for the technical information to be provided but is produced by a different manufacturer; or |
| --- | --- |

(a)

from a model that has the same technical characteristics relevant for the technical information to be provided but is produced by a different manufacturer; or

| (b) | by calculation on the basis of design or extrapolation from another model of the same or a different manufacturer, or both, |
| --- | --- |

(b)

by calculation on the basis of design or extrapolation from another model of the same or a different manufacturer, or both,

the technical documentation shall include the details of such calculation, the assessment undertaken by the manufacturer to verify the accuracy of the calculation and, where appropriate, the declaration of identity between the models of different manufacturers.

The technical documentation shall include a list of all equivalent models, including the model identifiers.

Article 6

Verification procedure for market surveillance purposes

Member States shall apply the verification procedure laid down in Annex III when performing the market surveillance checks referred to in point 2 of Article 3 of Directive 2009/125/EC.

Article 7

Circumvention and software updates

The manufacturer, importer or authorised representative shall not place on the market products designed to be able to detect they are being tested (e.g. by recognising the test conditions or test cycle), and to react specifically by automatically altering their performance during the test with the aim of reaching a more favourable level for any of the parameters specified in this Regulation or declared by the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative in the technical documentation or included in any of the documentation provided.

The energy consumption of the product and any of the other declared parameters shall not deteriorate after a software or firmware update when measured with the same test standard originally used for the declaration of conformity, except with explicit consent of the end-user prior to the update. No deterioration of performance shall occur as result of rejecting the update.

A software update shall never have the effect of changing the product’s performance in a way that makes it non-compliant with the ecodesign requirements applicable for the declaration of conformity.

Article 8

Benchmarks

The benchmarks for the best-performing motors and variable speed drives available at the time of adopting this Regulation are set out in Annex IV.

Article 9

Review

The Commission shall review this Regulation in the light of technological progress and shall present the results of this assessment, including, if appropriate, a draft revision proposal, to the Consultation Forum no later than 14 November 2023.

This review shall in particular address the appropriateness of:

| (1) | setting additional resource efficiency requirements for products in accordance with the objectives of the circular economy, including identification and reuse of rare earth in permanent magnet motors; |
| --- | --- |

(1)

setting additional resource efficiency requirements for products in accordance with the objectives of the circular economy, including identification and reuse of rare earth in permanent magnet motors;

| (2) | the level of verification tolerances; |
| --- | --- |

(2)

the level of verification tolerances;

| (3) | setting stricter requirements for motors and variable speed drives; |
| --- | --- |

(3)

setting stricter requirements for motors and variable speed drives;

| (4) | setting minimum energy efficiency requirements for motors with a rated voltage above 1000 V; |
| --- | --- |

(4)

setting minimum energy efficiency requirements for motors with a rated voltage above 1000 V;

| (5) | setting requirements for combinations of motors and VSDs placed on the market together, as well as integrated variable speed drives (compact drives); |
| --- | --- |

(5)

setting requirements for combinations of motors and VSDs placed on the market together, as well as integrated variable speed drives (compact drives);

| (6) | the exemptions set out in Articles 2(2) and (3); |
| --- | --- |

(6)

the exemptions set out in Articles 2(2) and (3);

| (7) | adding other types of motors to the scope, including permanent magnet motors. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

adding other types of motors to the scope, including permanent magnet motors.

Article 10

Repeal

Regulation (EC) No 640/2009 is repealed as from 1 July 2021.

Article 11

Amendment to Regulation (EC) No 641/2009

(1)   Article 1, point 2(b) is replaced by:

‘(b) circulators to be integrated in products and placed on the market no later than 1 January 2022 as replacement for identical circulators integrated in products placed on the market no later than 1 August 2015 and specifically marketed as such, except as regards the product information requirements of Annex I, point 2(1)(e).’

(2)   Annex I, point 2(1)(e) is replaced by:

‘(e) for circulators to be integrated in products and placed on the market no later than 1 January 2022 as replacement for identical circulators integrated in products placed on the market no later than 1 August 2015, the replacement circulator or its packaging shall clearly indicate the product(s) for which it is intended.’

Article 12

Entry into force and application

This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

Official Journal of the European Union.

It shall apply from 1 July 2021. However, the first paragraph of Article 7 and Article 11, shall apply from 14 November 2019.

This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.

Done at Brussels, 1 October 2019.

For the Commission

The President

Jean-Claude JUNCKER

---

(1)  
  OJ L 285, 31.10.2009, p. 10.

1

(2)  Communication from the Commission. Ecodesign working plan 2016-2019, COM(2016) 773 final, 30.11.2016.

2

(3)  Commission Regulation (EC) No 640/2009 of 22 July 2009 implementing Directive 2005/32/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to ecodesign requirements for electric motors (OJ L 191, 23.7.2009, p. 26).

3

(4)  COM(2015) 614 final of 2.12.2015.

4

(5)  COM(2016) 773 final of 30.11.2016.

5

(6)  Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 October 2012 on European standardisation, amending Council Directives 89/686/EEC and 93/15/EEC and Directives 94/9/EC, 94/25/EC, 95/16/EC, 97/23/EC, 98/34/EC, 2004/22/EC, 2007/23/EC, 2009/23/EC and 2009/105/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Council Decision 87/95/EEC and Decision No 1673/2006/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 316, 14.11.2012, p. 12).

6

(7)  Commission Regulation (EC) No 641/2009 of 22 July 2009 implementing Directive 2005/32/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to ecodesign requirements for glandless standalone circulators and glandless circulators integrated in products (OJ L 191, 23.7.2009, p. 35).

7

(8)  Council Directive 2009/71/Euratom of 25 June 2009 establishing a Community framework for the nuclear safety of nuclear installations (OJ L 172, 2.7.2009, p. 18).

8

(9)  Directive 2014/34/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 February 2014 on the harmonisation of the laws of the Member States relating to equipment and protective systems intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres (OJ L 96, 29.3.2014, p. 309).

9

---

ANNEX I

ECODESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR MOTORS AND VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES

1.   ENERGY EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS FOR MOTORS

Energy efficiency requirements for motors shall apply according to the following timetable:

| (a) | from 1 July 2021:






  (i) | the energy efficiency of three-phase motors with a rated output equal to or above 0,75 kW and equal to or below 1 000 kW, with 2, 4, 6 or 8 poles, which are not Ex eb increased safety motors, shall correspond to at least the IE3 efficiency level set out in Table 2; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(a)

from 1 July 2021:

(i)

the energy efficiency of three-phase motors with a rated output equal to or above 0,75 kW and equal to or below 1 000 kW, with 2, 4, 6 or 8 poles, which are not Ex eb increased safety motors, shall correspond to at least the IE3 efficiency level set out in Table 2;

| (ii) | the energy efficiency of three-phase motors with a rated output equal to or above 0,12 kW and below 0,75 kW, with 2, 4, 6 or 8 poles, which are not Ex eb increased safety motors, shall correspond to at least the IE2 efficiency level set out in Table 1; |
| --- | --- |

(ii)

the energy efficiency of three-phase motors with a rated output equal to or above 0,12 kW and below 0,75 kW, with 2, 4, 6 or 8 poles, which are not Ex eb increased safety motors, shall correspond to at least the IE2 efficiency level set out in Table 1;

| (b) | from 1 July 2023:






  (i) | the energy efficiency of Ex eb increased safety motors with a rated output equal to or above 0,12 kW and equal to or below 1 000 kW, with 2, 4, 6 or 8 poles, and single-phase motors with a rated output equal to or above 0,12 kW shall correspond to at least the IE2 efficiency level set out in Table 1; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(b)

from 1 July 2023:

(i)

the energy efficiency of Ex eb increased safety motors with a rated output equal to or above 0,12 kW and equal to or below 1 000 kW, with 2, 4, 6 or 8 poles, and single-phase motors with a rated output equal to or above 0,12 kW shall correspond to at least the IE2 efficiency level set out in Table 1;

| (ii) | the energy efficiency of three-phase motors which are not brake motors, Ex eb increased safety motors, or other explosion-protected motors, with a rated output equal to or above 75 kW and equal to or below 200 kW, with 2, 4, or 6 poles, shall correspond to at least the IE4 efficiency level set out in Table 3. |
| --- | --- |

(ii)

the energy efficiency of three-phase motors which are not brake motors, Ex eb increased safety motors, or other explosion-protected motors, with a rated output equal to or above 75 kW and equal to or below 200 kW, with 2, 4, or 6 poles, shall correspond to at least the IE4 efficiency level set out in Table 3.

Energy efficiency for motors, expressed in International Energy efficiency classes (IE), is set out in Tables 1, 2 and 3, for different values of the motor rated output power PN. IE classes are determined at rated output power (PN), rated voltage (UN), based on the 50 Hz operation and 25 °C ambient reference temperature.

Table 1

Minimum efficiencies ηn for IE2 efficiency level at 50 Hz (%)

| Rated output power PN [kW] | Number of poles |
| --- | --- |
| 2 | 4 | 6 | 8 |
| 0,12 | 53,6 | 59,1 | 50,6 | 39,8 |
| 0,18 | 60,4 | 64,7 | 56,6 | 45,9 |
| 0,20 | 61,9 | 65,9 | 58,2 | 47,4 |
| 0,25 | 64,8 | 68,5 | 61,6 | 50,6 |
| 0,37 | 69,5 | 72,7 | 67,6 | 56,1 |
| 0,40 | 70,4 | 73,5 | 68,8 | 57,2 |
| 0,55 | 74,1 | 77,1 | 73,1 | 61,7 |
| 0,75 | 77,4 | 79,6 | 75,9 | 66,2 |
| 1,1 | 79,6 | 81,4 | 78,1 | 70,8 |
| 1,5 | 81,3 | 82,8 | 79,8 | 74,1 |
| 2,2 | 83,2 | 84,3 | 81,8 | 77,6 |
| 3 | 84,6 | 85,5 | 83,3 | 80,0 |
| 4 | 85,8 | 86,6 | 84,6 | 81,9 |
| 5,5 | 87,0 | 87,7 | 86,0 | 83,8 |
| 7,5 | 88,1 | 88,7 | 87,2 | 85,3 |
| 11 | 89,4 | 89,8 | 88,7 | 86,9 |
| 15 | 90,3 | 90,6 | 89,7 | 88,0 |
| 18,5 | 90,9 | 91,2 | 90,4 | 88,6 |
| 22 | 91,3 | 91,6 | 90,9 | 89,1 |
| 30 | 92,0 | 92,3 | 91,7 | 89,8 |
| 37 | 92,5 | 92,7 | 92,2 | 90,3 |
| 45 | 92,9 | 93,1 | 92,7 | 90,7 |
| 55 | 93,2 | 93,5 | 93,1 | 91,0 |
| 75 | 93,8 | 94,0 | 93,7 | 91,6 |
| 90 | 94,1 | 94,2 | 94,0 | 91,9 |
| 110 | 94,3 | 94,5 | 94,3 | 92,3 |
| 132 | 94,6 | 94,7 | 94,6 | 92,6 |
| 160 | 94,8 | 94,9 | 94,8 | 93,0 |
| 200 up to 1 000 | 95,0 | 95,1 | 95,0 | 93,5 |

Rated output power PN [kW]

Number of poles

2

4

6

8

0,12

53,6

59,1

50,6

39,8

0,18

60,4

64,7

56,6

45,9

0,20

61,9

65,9

58,2

47,4

0,25

64,8

68,5

61,6

50,6

0,37

69,5

72,7

67,6

56,1

0,40

70,4

73,5

68,8

57,2

0,55

74,1

77,1

73,1

61,7

0,75

77,4

79,6

75,9

66,2

1,1

79,6

81,4

78,1

70,8

1,5

81,3

82,8

79,8

74,1

2,2

83,2

84,3

81,8

77,6

3

84,6

85,5

83,3

80,0

4

85,8

86,6

84,6

81,9

5,5

87,0

87,7

86,0

83,8

7,5

88,1

88,7

87,2

85,3

11

89,4

89,8

88,7

86,9

15

90,3

90,6

89,7

88,0

18,5

90,9

91,2

90,4

88,6

22

91,3

91,6

90,9

89,1

30

92,0

92,3

91,7

89,8

37

92,5

92,7

92,2

90,3

45

92,9

93,1

92,7

90,7

55

93,2

93,5

93,1

91,0

75

93,8

94,0

93,7

91,6

90

94,1

94,2

94,0

91,9

110

94,3

94,5

94,3

92,3

132

94,6

94,7

94,6

92,6

160

94,8

94,9

94,8

93,0

200 up to 1 000

95,0

95,1

95,0

93,5

Table 2

Minimum efficiencies ηn for IE3 efficiency level at 50 Hz (%)

| Rated output power PN [kW] | Number of poles |
| --- | --- |
| 2 | 4 | 6 | 8 |
| 0,12 | 60,8 | 64,8 | 57,7 | 50,7 |
| 0,18 | 65,9 | 69,9 | 63,9 | 58,7 |
| 0,20 | 67,2 | 71,1 | 65,4 | 60,6 |
| 0,25 | 69,7 | 73,5 | 68,6 | 64,1 |
| 0,37 | 73,8 | 77,3 | 73,5 | 69,3 |
| 0,40 | 74,6 | 78,0 | 74,4 | 70,1 |
| 0,55 | 77,8 | 80,8 | 77,2 | 73,0 |
| 0,75 | 80,7 | 82,5 | 78,9 | 75,0 |
| 1,1 | 82,7 | 84,1 | 81,0 | 77,7 |
| 1,5 | 84,2 | 85,3 | 82,5 | 79,7 |
| 2,2 | 85,9 | 86,7 | 84,3 | 81,9 |
| 3 | 87,1 | 87,7 | 85,6 | 83,5 |
| 4 | 88,1 | 88,6 | 86,8 | 84,8 |
| 5,5 | 89,2 | 89,6 | 88,0 | 86,2 |
| 7,5 | 90,1 | 90,4 | 89,1 | 87,3 |
| 11 | 91,2 | 91,4 | 90,3 | 88,6 |
| 15 | 91,9 | 92,1 | 91,2 | 89,6 |
| 18,5 | 92,4 | 92,6 | 91,7 | 90,1 |
| 22 | 92,7 | 93,0 | 92,2 | 90,6 |
| 30 | 93,3 | 93,6 | 92,9 | 91,3 |
| 37 | 93,7 | 93,9 | 93,3 | 91,8 |
| 45 | 94,0 | 94,2 | 93,7 | 92,2 |
| 55 | 94,3 | 94,6 | 94,1 | 92,5 |
| 75 | 94,7 | 95,0 | 94,6 | 93,1 |
| 90 | 95,0 | 95,2 | 94,9 | 93,4 |
| 110 | 95,2 | 95,4 | 95,1 | 93,7 |
| 132 | 95,4 | 95,6 | 95,4 | 94,0 |
| 160 | 95,6 | 95,8 | 95,6 | 94,3 |
| 200 up to 1 000 | 95,8 | 96,0 | 95,8 | 94,6 |

Rated output power PN [kW]

Number of poles

2

4

6

8

0,12

60,8

64,8

57,7

50,7

0,18

65,9

69,9

63,9

58,7

0,20

67,2

71,1

65,4

60,6

0,25

69,7

73,5

68,6

64,1

0,37

73,8

77,3

73,5

69,3

0,40

74,6

78,0

74,4

70,1

0,55

77,8

80,8

77,2

73,0

0,75

80,7

82,5

78,9

75,0

1,1

82,7

84,1

81,0

77,7

1,5

84,2

85,3

82,5

79,7

2,2

85,9

86,7

84,3

81,9

3

87,1

87,7

85,6

83,5

4

88,1

88,6

86,8

84,8

5,5

89,2

89,6

88,0

86,2

7,5

90,1

90,4

89,1

87,3

11

91,2

91,4

90,3

88,6

15

91,9

92,1

91,2

89,6

18,5

92,4

92,6

91,7

90,1

22

92,7

93,0

92,2

90,6

30

93,3

93,6

92,9

91,3

37

93,7

93,9

93,3

91,8

45

94,0

94,2

93,7

92,2

55

94,3

94,6

94,1

92,5

75

94,7

95,0

94,6

93,1

90

95,0

95,2

94,9

93,4

110

95,2

95,4

95,1

93,7

132

95,4

95,6

95,4

94,0

160

95,6

95,8

95,6

94,3

200 up to 1 000

95,8

96,0

95,8

94,6

Table 3

Minimum efficiencies ηn for IE4 efficiency level 50 Hz (%)

| Rated output power PN [kW] | Number of poles |
| --- | --- |
| 2 | 4 | 6 | 8 |
| 0,12 | 66,5 | 69,8 | 64,9 | 62,3 |
| 0,18 | 70,8 | 74,7 | 70,1 | 67,2 |
| 0,20 | 71,9 | 75,8 | 71,4 | 68,4 |
| 0,25 | 74,3 | 77,9 | 74,1 | 70,8 |
| 0,37 | 78,1 | 81,1 | 78,0 | 74,3 |
| 0,40 | 78,9 | 81,7 | 78,7 | 74,9 |
| 0,55 | 81,5 | 83,9 | 80,9 | 77,0 |
| 0,75 | 83,5 | 85,7 | 82,7 | 78,4 |
| 1,1 | 85,2 | 87,2 | 84,5 | 80,8 |
| 1,5 | 86,5 | 88,2 | 85,9 | 82,6 |
| 2,2 | 88,0 | 89,5 | 87,4 | 84,5 |
| 3 | 89,1 | 90,4 | 88,6 | 85,9 |
| 4 | 90,0 | 91,1 | 89,5 | 87,1 |
| 5,5 | 90,9 | 91,9 | 90,5 | 88,3 |
| 7,5 | 91,7 | 92,6 | 91,3 | 89,3 |
| 11 | 92,6 | 93,3 | 92,3 | 90,4 |
| 15 | 93,3 | 93,9 | 92,9 | 91,2 |
| 18,5 | 93,7 | 94,2 | 93,4 | 91,7 |
| 22 | 94,0 | 94,5 | 93,7 | 92,1 |
| 30 | 94,5 | 94,9 | 94,2 | 92,7 |
| 37 | 94,8 | 95,2 | 94,5 | 93,1 |
| 45 | 95,0 | 95,4 | 94,8 | 93,4 |
| 55 | 95,3 | 95,7 | 95,1 | 93,7 |
| 75 | 95,6 | 96,0 | 95,4 | 94,2 |
| 90 | 95,8 | 96,1 | 95,6 | 94,4 |
| 110 | 96,0 | 96,3 | 95,8 | 94,7 |
| 132 | 96,2 | 96,4 | 96,0 | 94,9 |
| 160 | 96,3 | 96,6 | 96,2 | 95,1 |
| 200 up to 249 | 96,5 | 96,7 | 96,3 | 95,4 |
| 250 up to 314 | 96,5 | 96,7 | 96,5 | 95,4 |
| 315 up to 1 000 | 96,5 | 96,7 | 96,6 | 95,4 |

Rated output power PN [kW]

Number of poles

2

4

6

8

0,12

66,5

69,8

64,9

62,3

0,18

70,8

74,7

70,1

67,2

0,20

71,9

75,8

71,4

68,4

0,25

74,3

77,9

74,1

70,8

0,37

78,1

81,1

78,0

74,3

0,40

78,9

81,7

78,7

74,9

0,55

81,5

83,9

80,9

77,0

0,75

83,5

85,7

82,7

78,4

1,1

85,2

87,2

84,5

80,8

1,5

86,5

88,2

85,9

82,6

2,2

88,0

89,5

87,4

84,5

3

89,1

90,4

88,6

85,9

4

90,0

91,1

89,5

87,1

5,5

90,9

91,9

90,5

88,3

7,5

91,7

92,6

91,3

89,3

11

92,6

93,3

92,3

90,4

15

93,3

93,9

92,9

91,2

18,5

93,7

94,2

93,4

91,7

22

94,0

94,5

93,7

92,1

30

94,5

94,9

94,2

92,7

37

94,8

95,2

94,5

93,1

45

95,0

95,4

94,8

93,4

55

95,3

95,7

95,1

93,7

75

95,6

96,0

95,4

94,2

90

95,8

96,1

95,6

94,4

110

96,0

96,3

95,8

94,7

132

96,2

96,4

96,0

94,9

160

96,3

96,6

96,2

95,1

200 up to 249

96,5

96,7

96,3

95,4

250 up to 314

96,5

96,7

96,5

95,4

315 up to 1 000

96,5

96,7

96,6

95,4

To determine the minimum efficiency of 50 Hz motors with rated power outputs PN of between 0,12 and 200 kW not provided in Tables 1, 2 and 3, the following formula shall be used:

Image 1

A, B, C and D are interpolation coefficients to be determined according to Tables 4 and 5.

Table 4

Interpolation coefficients for motors with rated power output P from 0,12 kW up to 0,55 kW

| IE code | Coefficients | 2 poles | 4 poles | 6 poles | 8 poles |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| IE2 | A | 22,4864 | 17,2751 | -15,9218 | 6,4855 |
| B | 27,7603 | 23,978 | -30,258 | 9,4748 |
| C | 37,8091 | 35,5822 | 16,6861 | 36,852 |
| D | 82,458 | 84,9935 | 79,1838 | 70,762 |
| IE3 | A | 6,8532 | 7,6356 | -17,361 | -0,5896 |
| B | 6,2006 | 4,8236 | -44,538 | -25,526 |
| C | 25,1317 | 21,0903 | -3,0554 | 4,2884 |
| D | 84,0392 | 86,0998 | 79,1318 | 75,831 |
| IE4 | A | -8,8538 | 8,432 | -13,0355 | -4,9735 |
| B | -20,3352 | 2,6888 | -36,9497 | -21,453 |
| C | 8,9002 | 14,6236 | -4,3621 | 2,6653 |
| D | 85,0641 | 87,6153 | 82,0009 | 79,055 |

IE code

Coefficients

2 poles

4 poles

6 poles

8 poles

IE2

A

22,4864

17,2751

-15,9218

6,4855

B

27,7603

23,978

-30,258

9,4748

C

37,8091

35,5822

16,6861

36,852

D

82,458

84,9935

79,1838

70,762

IE3

A

6,8532

7,6356

-17,361

-0,5896

B

6,2006

4,8236

-44,538

-25,526

C

25,1317

21,0903

-3,0554

4,2884

D

84,0392

86,0998

79,1318

75,831

IE4

A

-8,8538

8,432

-13,0355

-4,9735

B

-20,3352

2,6888

-36,9497

-21,453

C

8,9002

14,6236

-4,3621

2,6653

D

85,0641

87,6153

82,0009

79,055

Between 0,55 kW and 0,75 kW, a linear interpolation shall be performed on the obtained minimum efficiencies for 0,55 kW and 0,75 kW.

Table 5

Interpolation coefficients for motors with rated power output P from 0,75 kW up to 200 kW

| IE code | Coefficients | 2 poles | 4 poles | 6 poles | 8 poles |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| IE2 | A | 0,2972 | 0,0278 | 0,0148 | 2,1311 |
| B | -3,3454 | -1,9247 | -2,4978 | -12,029 |
| C | 13,0651 | 10,4395 | 13,247 | 26,719 |
| D | 79,077 | 80,9761 | 77,5603 | 69,735 |
| IE3 | A | 0,3569 | 0,0773 | 0,1252 | 0,7189 |
| B | -3,3076 | -1,8951 | -2,613 | -5,1678 |
| C | 11,6108 | 9,2984 | 11,9963 | 15,705 |
| D | 82,2503 | 83,7025 | 80,4769 | 77,074 |
| IE4 | A | 0,34 | 0,2412 | 0,3598 | 0,6556 |
| B | -3,0479 | -2,3608 | -3,2107 | -4,7229 |
| C | 10,293 | 8,446 | 10,7933 | 13,977 |
| D | 84,8208 | 86,8321 | 84,107 | 80,247 |

IE code

Coefficients

2 poles

4 poles

6 poles

8 poles

IE2

A

0,2972

0,0278

0,0148

2,1311

B

-3,3454

-1,9247

-2,4978

-12,029

C

13,0651

10,4395

13,247

26,719

D

79,077

80,9761

77,5603

69,735

IE3

A

0,3569

0,0773

0,1252

0,7189

B

-3,3076

-1,8951

-2,613

-5,1678

C

11,6108

9,2984

11,9963

15,705

D

82,2503

83,7025

80,4769

77,074

IE4

A

0,34

0,2412

0,3598

0,6556

B

-3,0479

-2,3608

-3,2107

-4,7229

C

10,293

8,446

10,7933

13,977

D

84,8208

86,8321

84,107

80,247

Losses are determined in accordance with Annex II.

2.   PRODUCT INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MOTORS

The product information requirements set out in points (1) to (13) below shall be visibly displayed on:

| (a) | the technical data sheet or user manual supplied with the motor; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

the technical data sheet or user manual supplied with the motor;

| (b) | the technical documentation for the purposes of conformity assessment pursuant to Article 5; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

the technical documentation for the purposes of conformity assessment pursuant to Article 5;

| (c) | free access websites of the manufacturer of the motor, its authorised representative or the importer, and; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

free access websites of the manufacturer of the motor, its authorised representative or the importer, and;

| (d) | the technical data sheet supplied with products in which the motor is incorporated. |
| --- | --- |

(d)

the technical data sheet supplied with products in which the motor is incorporated.

As regards to the technical documentation, the information shall be provided in the order as set out in points (1) to (13). The exact wording used in the list does not need to be repeated. The information may be displayed using clearly understandable graphs figures or symbols rather than text.

From 1 July 2021:

| (1) | rated efficiency (ηΝ) at the full, 75 % and 50 % rated load and voltage (UN), determined based on the 50 Hz operation and 25 °C ambient reference temperature, rounded to one decimal place; |
| --- | --- |

(1)

rated efficiency (ηΝ) at the full, 75 % and 50 % rated load and voltage (UN), determined based on the 50 Hz operation and 25 °C ambient reference temperature, rounded to one decimal place;

| (2) | efficiency level: ‘IE2’‘IE3’ or ‘IE4’, as determined in the first section of this Annex; |
| --- | --- |

(2)

efficiency level: ‘IE2’‘IE3’ or ‘IE4’, as determined in the first section of this Annex;

| (3) | manufacturer’s name or trade mark, commercial registration number and address; |
| --- | --- |

(3)

manufacturer’s name or trade mark, commercial registration number and address;

| (4) | product’s model identifier; |
| --- | --- |

(4)

product’s model identifier;

| (5) | number of poles of the motor; |
| --- | --- |

(5)

number of poles of the motor;

| (6) | the rated power output(s) PN or range of rated power output (kW); |
| --- | --- |

(6)

the rated power output(s) PN or range of rated power output (kW);

| (7) | the rated input frequency(s) of the motor (Hz); |
| --- | --- |

(7)

the rated input frequency(s) of the motor (Hz);

| (8) | the rated voltage(s) or range of rated voltage (V); |
| --- | --- |

(8)

the rated voltage(s) or range of rated voltage (V);

| (9) | the rated speed(s) or range of rated speed (rpm); |
| --- | --- |

(9)

the rated speed(s) or range of rated speed (rpm);

| (10) | whether single-phase or three-phase; |
| --- | --- |

(10)

whether single-phase or three-phase;

| (11) | information on the range of operating conditions for which the motor is designed:






  (a) | altitudes above sea-level; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(11)

information on the range of operating conditions for which the motor is designed:

(a)

altitudes above sea-level;

| (b) | minimum and maximum ambient air temperatures including for motors with air cooling; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

minimum and maximum ambient air temperatures including for motors with air cooling;

| (c) | water coolant temperature at the inlet to the product, where applicable; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

water coolant temperature at the inlet to the product, where applicable;

| (d) | maximum operating temperature; |
| --- | --- |

(d)

maximum operating temperature;

| (e) | potentially explosive atmospheres; |
| --- | --- |

(e)

potentially explosive atmospheres;

| (12) | if the motor is considered exempt from efficiency requirement in accordance with Article 2(2) of this Regulation, the specific reason why it is considered exempt. |
| --- | --- |

(12)

if the motor is considered exempt from efficiency requirement in accordance with Article 2(2) of this Regulation, the specific reason why it is considered exempt.

From 1 July 2022:

| (13) | The power losses expressed in percentage (%) of the rated output power at the following different operating points for speed versus torque: (25;25) (25;100) (50;25) (50;50) (50;100) (90;50) (90;100) determined based on 25 °C ambient reference temperature, rounded to one decimal place; if the motor is not suited for operation at any of the operating points for speed versus torque above, then ‘N.A.’ or ‘Not Applicable’ should be indicated for such points. |
| --- | --- |

(13)

The power losses expressed in percentage (%) of the rated output power at the following different operating points for speed versus torque: (25;25) (25;100) (50;25) (50;50) (50;100) (90;50) (90;100) determined based on 25 °C ambient reference temperature, rounded to one decimal place; if the motor is not suited for operation at any of the operating points for speed versus torque above, then ‘N.A.’ or ‘Not Applicable’ should be indicated for such points.

The information referred to in points (1) and (2) as well as the year of manufacture shall be durably marked on or near the rating plate of the motor. Where the size of the rating plate makes it impossible to mark all the information referred to in point (1) only the rated efficiency at full rated load and voltage shall be marked.

The information listed in points (1) to (13) does not need to be published on free access websites for tailor-made motors with a special mechanical and electrical design manufactured on the basis of a specific client request if this information is included in the commercial offers provided to the clients.

Manufacturers shall provide information in the technical data sheet or user manual supplied with the motor on any specific precautions that must be taken when motors are assembled, installed, maintained or used with variable speed drives.

For motors exempt from the efficiency requirements in accordance with point 2(m) of Article 2 of this Regulation, the motor or its packaging and the documentation must clearly indicate ‘Motor to be used exclusively as spare part for’ and the product(s) for which it is intended.

For 50/60 Hz and 60 Hz motors, the information set out in points (1) and (2) above may be provided for the 60 Hz operation in addition to the values at 50 Hz, with clear indication of the applicable frequencies.

Losses are determined in accordance with Annex II.

3.   EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS FOR VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES

Efficiency requirements for variable speed drives shall apply as follows:

From 1 July 2021, the power losses of variable speed drives rated for operating with motors with a rated output power equal to or above 0,12 kW and equal to or below 1 000 kW shall not exceed the maximum power losses corresponding to the IE2 efficiency level.

Energy efficiency for VSDs, expressed in International Energy efficiency classes (IE), is determined based on the power losses as follows:

The maximum power losses of the IE2 class are 25 % lower than the reference value referred to in Table 6.

Table 6

Reference VSD losses and test load displacement factor for the IE class determination of VSDs

| Apparent output power of VSD (kVA) | Rated power of Motor (kW)
  (indicative) | Reference power losses (kW), at 90 % rated motor stator frequency and 100 % rated torque-producing current | Test load displacement factor cos phi
  (+/- 0,08) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 0,278 | 0,12 | 0,100 | 0,73 |
| 0,381 | 0,18 | 0,104 | 0,73 |
| 0,500 | 0,25 | 0,109 | 0,73 |
| 0,697 | 0,37 | 0,117 | 0,73 |
| 0,977 | 0,55 | 0,129 | 0,73 |
| 1,29 | 0,75 | 0,142 | 0,79 |
| 1,71 | 1,1 | 0,163 | 0,79 |
| 2,29 | 1,5 | 0,188 | 0,79 |
| 3,3 | 2,2 | 0,237 | 0,79 |
| 4,44 | 3 | 0,299 | 0,79 |
| 5,85 | 4 | 0,374 | 0,79 |
| 7,94 | 5,5 | 0,477 | 0,85 |
| 9,95 | 7,5 | 0,581 | 0,85 |
| 14,4 | 11 | 0,781 | 0,85 |
| 19,5 | 15 | 1,01 | 0,85 |
| 23,9 | 18,5 | 1,21 | 0,85 |
| 28,3 | 22 | 1,41 | 0,85 |
| 38,2 | 30 | 1,86 | 0,85 |
| 47 | 37 | 2,25 | 0,85 |
| 56,9 | 45 | 2,70 | 0,86 |
| 68,4 | 55 | 3,24 | 0,86 |
| 92,8 | 75 | 4,35 | 0,86 |
| 111 | 90 | 5,17 | 0,86 |
| 135 | 110 | 5,55 | 0,86 |
| 162 | 132 | 6,65 | 0,86 |
| 196 | 160 | 8,02 | 0,86 |
| 245 | 200 | 10,0 | 0,87 |
| 302 | 250 | 12,4 | 0,87 |
| 381 | 315 | 15,6 | 0,87 |
| 429 | 355 | 17,5 | 0,87 |
| 483 | 400 | 19,8 | 0,87 |
| 604 | 500 | 24,7 | 0,87 |
| 677 | 560 | 27,6 | 0,87 |
| 761 | 630 | 31,1 | 0,87 |
| 858 | 710 | 35,0 | 0,87 |
| 967 | 800 | 39,4 | 0,87 |
| 1 088 | 900 | 44,3 | 0,87 |
| 1 209 | 1 000 | 49,3 | 0,87 |

Apparent output power of VSD (kVA)

Rated power of Motor (kW)

(indicative)

Reference power losses (kW), at 90 % rated motor stator frequency and 100 % rated torque-producing current

Test load displacement factor cos phi

(+/- 0,08)

0,278

0,12

0,100

0,73

0,381

0,18

0,104

0,73

0,500

0,25

0,109

0,73

0,697

0,37

0,117

0,73

0,977

0,55

0,129

0,73

1,29

0,75

0,142

0,79

1,71

1,1

0,163

0,79

2,29

1,5

0,188

0,79

3,3

2,2

0,237

0,79

4,44

3

0,299

0,79

5,85

4

0,374

0,79

7,94

5,5

0,477

0,85

9,95

7,5

0,581

0,85

14,4

11

0,781

0,85

19,5

15

1,01

0,85

23,9

18,5

1,21

0,85

28,3

22

1,41

0,85

38,2

30

1,86

0,85

47

37

2,25

0,85

56,9

45

2,70

0,86

68,4

55

3,24

0,86

92,8

75

4,35

0,86

111

90

5,17

0,86

135

110

5,55

0,86

162

132

6,65

0,86

196

160

8,02

0,86

245

200

10,0

0,87

302

250

12,4

0,87

381

315

15,6

0,87

429

355

17,5

0,87

483

400

19,8

0,87

604

500

24,7

0,87

677

560

27,6

0,87

761

630

31,1

0,87

858

710

35,0

0,87

967

800

39,4

0,87

1 088

900

44,3

0,87

1 209

1 000

49,3

0,87

If the apparent output power of a VSD is between two values in Table 6, the higher power loss value and the lower value of the test load displacement factor shall be used for the IE class determination.

Losses are determined in accordance with Annex II.

4.   PRODUCT INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS FOR VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES

From 1 July 2021, the product information on variable speed drives set out in points (1) to (11) shall be visibly displayed on:

| (a) | the technical data sheet or user manual supplied with the VSD; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

the technical data sheet or user manual supplied with the VSD;

| (b) | the technical documentation for the purposes of conformity assessment pursuant to Article 5; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

the technical documentation for the purposes of conformity assessment pursuant to Article 5;

| (c) | free access websites of the manufacturer, its authorised representative or the importer and; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

free access websites of the manufacturer, its authorised representative or the importer and;

| (d) | the technical data sheet supplied with products in which the VSD is incorporated. |
| --- | --- |

(d)

the technical data sheet supplied with products in which the VSD is incorporated.

As regards to the technical documentation, the information shall be provided in the order as listed in points (1) to (11). The exact wording used in the list does not need to be repeated. It may be displayed using clearly understandable graphs figures or symbols rather than text:

| (1) | power losses in % of the rated apparent output power at the following different operating points for relative motor stator frequency versus relative torque-producing current (0;25) (0;50) (0;100) (50;25) (50;50) (50;100) (90;50) (90;100), as well as standby losses, generated when the VSD is powered up but is not providing current to the load, rounded to one decimal place; |
| --- | --- |

(1)

power losses in % of the rated apparent output power at the following different operating points for relative motor stator frequency versus relative torque-producing current (0;25) (0;50) (0;100) (50;25) (50;50) (50;100) (90;50) (90;100), as well as standby losses, generated when the VSD is powered up but is not providing current to the load, rounded to one decimal place;

| (2) | efficiency level: ‘IE2’ as determined in the third section of this annex; |
| --- | --- |

(2)

efficiency level: ‘IE2’ as determined in the third section of this annex;

| (3) | manufacturer’s name or trade mark, commercial registration number and address; |
| --- | --- |

(3)

manufacturer’s name or trade mark, commercial registration number and address;

| (4) | product’s model identifier; |
| --- | --- |

(4)

product’s model identifier;

| (5) | apparent output power or range of apparent output power (kVA); |
| --- | --- |

(5)

apparent output power or range of apparent output power (kVA);

| (6) | indicative motor rated power output(s) PN or range of rated power output (kW); |
| --- | --- |

(6)

indicative motor rated power output(s) PN or range of rated power output (kW);

| (7) | rated output current (A); |
| --- | --- |

(7)

rated output current (A);

| (8) | maximum operating temperature (°C); |
| --- | --- |

(8)

maximum operating temperature (°C);

| (9) | rated supply frequency(s) (Hz); |
| --- | --- |

(9)

rated supply frequency(s) (Hz);

| (10) | rated supply voltage(s) or range of rated supply voltage (V); |
| --- | --- |

(10)

rated supply voltage(s) or range of rated supply voltage (V);

| (11) | if the VSD is considered exempt from the efficiency requirements in accordance with Article 2(3) of this Regulation the specific reason why it is considered exempt. |
| --- | --- |

(11)

if the VSD is considered exempt from the efficiency requirements in accordance with Article 2(3) of this Regulation the specific reason why it is considered exempt.

The information listed above in points (1) to (11) does not need to be published on free access websites for tailor-made VSDs with special electrical design manufactured on the basis of a specific client request if this information is included in the commercial offers provided to the clients.

The information referred to in points (1) and (2) as well as the year of manufacture shall be durably marked on or near the rating plate of the VSD. Where the size of the rating plate makes it impossible to mark all the information referred to in point (1) only the rated efficiency at (90;100) shall be marked.

Losses are determined in accordance with Annex II.

---

ANNEX II

MEASUREMENT METHODS AND CALCULATIONS

For the purposes of compliance and verification of compliance with the requirements of this Regulation, measurements and calculations shall be made using harmonised standards the reference numbers of which have been published for this purpose in the Official Journal of the European Union, or other reliable, accurate and reproducible methods, which take into account the generally recognised state-of-the-art, and in line with the following provisions:

1.   FOR MOTORS

The difference between the output mechanical power and the input electrical power is due to losses occurring in the motor. Total losses shall be determined using the following methods, based on a 25 °C reference ambient temperature:

| — | Single-phase motors: Direct measurement: Input-Output; |
| --- | --- |

—

Single-phase motors: Direct measurement: Input-Output;

| — | Three-phase motors: Summation of losses: Residual losses. |
| --- | --- |

—

Three-phase motors: Summation of losses: Residual losses.

For 60 Hz motors, equivalent values of the rated output power (PN) and rated voltage (UN) for the 50 Hz operation shall be calculated based on the values applicable at 60 Hz.

2.   FOR VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES

For the determination of the IE class, the power losses of VSDs shall be determined at 100 % rated torque-producing current and 90 % rated motor stator frequency.

The losses shall be determined according to one of the following methods:

| — | the input-output method; or |
| --- | --- |

—

the input-output method; or

| — | the calorimetric method. |
| --- | --- |

—

the calorimetric method.

The test switching frequency shall be 4 kHz until 111 kVA (90 kW) and 2 kHz above, or at the default factory settings as defined by the manufacturer.

It is acceptable to measure VSD losses at a frequency of up to 12 Hz instead of zero.

Manufacturers or their authorised representatives can also use the single loss determination method. Calculations have to be performed with respect to component manufacturer’s data with typical values of power semiconductors at the actual VSD operating temperature or at the maximum operating temperature specified in the datasheet. When no component manufacturer data is available, losses shall be determined by measurement. Combination of calculated and measured losses are allowed. The different individual losses are calculated or measured separately and the total losses are determined as the sum of all individual losses.

---

ANNEX III

VERIFICATION PROCEDURE FOR MARKET SURVEILLANCE PURPOSES

The verification tolerances defined in this Annex relate only to the verification of the measured parameters by Member State authorities and shall not be used by the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative as an allowed tolerance to establish the values in the technical documentation or in interpreting these values with a view to achieving compliance or to communicate better performance by any means.

Where a model has been designed to be able to detect it is being tested (e.g. by recognising the test conditions or test cycle), and to react specifically by automatically altering its performance during the test with the objective of reaching a more favourable level for any of the parameters specified in this Regulation or included in the technical documentation or included in any of the documentation provided, the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not compliant.

When verifying that a product model complies with the requirements laid down in this Regulation pursuant to Article 3(2) of Directive 2009/125/EC the authorities of the Member States shall apply the following procedure for the requirements referred to in Annex I.

| (1) | The Member State authorities shall verify one single unit of the model. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

The Member State authorities shall verify one single unit of the model.

| (2) | The model shall be considered to comply with the applicable requirements if:






  (a) | the values given in the technical documentation pursuant to point 2 of Annex IV to Directive 2009/125/EC (declared values) and where applicable the values used to calculate these values are not more favourable for the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative than the results of the corresponding measurements carried out pursuant to point (g) thereof; and |
| --- | --- | --- |

(2)

The model shall be considered to comply with the applicable requirements if:

(a)

the values given in the technical documentation pursuant to point 2 of Annex IV to Directive 2009/125/EC (declared values) and where applicable the values used to calculate these values are not more favourable for the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative than the results of the corresponding measurements carried out pursuant to point (g) thereof; and

| (b) | the declared values meet any requirements laid down in this Regulation and any required product information published by the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative does not contain values that are more favourable for the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative than the declared values; and |
| --- | --- |

(b)

the declared values meet any requirements laid down in this Regulation and any required product information published by the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative does not contain values that are more favourable for the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative than the declared values; and

| (c) | when the Member State authorities test the unit of the model, the determined values (the values of the relevant parameters as measured in testing and the values calculated from these measurements) comply with the respective verification tolerances as set out in Table 7. |
| --- | --- |

(c)

when the Member State authorities test the unit of the model, the determined values (the values of the relevant parameters as measured in testing and the values calculated from these measurements) comply with the respective verification tolerances as set out in Table 7.

| (3) | If the results referred to in points (2)(a) or (2)(b) are not achieved the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not to comply with this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

If the results referred to in points (2)(a) or (2)(b) are not achieved the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not to comply with this Regulation.

| (4) | If the result referred to in point (2)(c) is not achieved;






  (a) | for models that are produced in quantities of less than five per year including equivalent models, the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not to comply with this Regulation; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(4)

If the result referred to in point (2)(c) is not achieved;

(a)

for models that are produced in quantities of less than five per year including equivalent models, the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not to comply with this Regulation;

| (b) | for models that are produced in quantities of five or more per year including equivalent models, the Member State authorities shall select three additional units of the same model for testing. As an alternative, the three additional units selected may be one or more of equivalent models. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

for models that are produced in quantities of five or more per year including equivalent models, the Member State authorities shall select three additional units of the same model for testing. As an alternative, the three additional units selected may be one or more of equivalent models.

| (5) | The model shall be considered to comply with the applicable requirements if for these three units the arithmetical mean of the determined values complies with the respective verification tolerances given in Table 7. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

The model shall be considered to comply with the applicable requirements if for these three units the arithmetical mean of the determined values complies with the respective verification tolerances given in Table 7.

| (6) | If the result referred to in point (5) is not achieved the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not to comply with this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

(6)

If the result referred to in point (5) is not achieved the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not to comply with this Regulation.

| (7) | The Member State authorities shall provide all relevant information to the authorities of the other Member States and to the Commission without delay after a decision is taken on the non-compliance of the model according to points (3) or (6). |
| --- | --- |

(7)

The Member State authorities shall provide all relevant information to the authorities of the other Member States and to the Commission without delay after a decision is taken on the non-compliance of the model according to points (3) or (6).

The Member State authorities shall use the measurement and calculation methods set out in Annex II.

Given the weight and size limitations for the transportation of motors with a rated power output of 375 to 1 000 kW Member States authorities may decide to undertake the verification procedure at the premises of manufacturers, authorised representatives or importers before the products are put into service. The Member State authority can do this verification using its own testing equipment.

If factory acceptance tests are planned for such motors, which will test parameters laid down in Annex I of this Regulation, the Member State authorities may decide to use witnessed testing during these factory acceptance tests to gather test results which can be used to verify compliance of the motor under investigation. The authorities may request a manufacturer, authorised representative or importer to disclose information on any planned factory acceptance tests relevant for witnessed testing.

In the cases mentioned in the two paragraphs above, the Member States authorities only need to verify one single unit of the model. If the result referred to in point 2(c) is not achieved, the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not to comply with this regulation.

The Member State authorities shall only apply the tolerances set out in Table 7 and shall only use the procedure described in points (1) to (7) for the requirements referred to in this Annex. For the parameters in Table 7, no other tolerances such as those set out in harmonised standards or in any other measurement method shall be applied.

Table 7

Verification tolerances

| Parameters | Verification tolerances |
| --- | --- |
| Total losses (1-η) for motors with a rated output equal to or above 0,12 kW and equal to or below 150 kW. | The determined value (*1) shall not exceed the value (1-η) calculated based on the declared η by more than 15 %. |
| Total losses (1-η) for motors with a rated output of above 150 kW and equal to or below 1 000 kW. | The determined value (*1) shall not exceed the value (1-η) calculated based on the declared η by more than 10 %. |
| Total losses for variable speed drives. | The determined value (*1) shall not exceed the declared value by more than 10 %. |

Parameters

Verification tolerances

Total losses (1-η) for motors with a rated output equal to or above 0,12 kW and equal to or below 150 kW.

The determined value (*1) shall not exceed the value (1-η) calculated based on the declared η by more than 15 %.

Total losses (1-η) for motors with a rated output of above 150 kW and equal to or below 1 000 kW.

The determined value (*1) shall not exceed the value (1-η) calculated based on the declared η by more than 10 %.

Total losses for variable speed drives.

The determined value (*1) shall not exceed the declared value by more than 10 %.

---

(*1)  In the case of three additional units tested as prescribed in point 4(b), the determined value means the arithmetical mean of the values determined for these three additional units.

---

ANNEX IV

BENCHMARKS

At the time of adoption of this Regulation the best available technology on the market for the environmental aspects that were considered significant and are quantifiable is indicated below.

For motors the IE4 level was identified as the best available technology. Motors with losses that are 20 % lower exist but within limited availability and not in all power ranges covered by this Regulation and not in the form of induction motors.

For variable speed drives, the best available technology on the market corresponds to 20 % of the reference power losses referred to in Table 6. By utilising silicon carbide technologies (SiC MOFSET), semiconductor losses could be further reduced by about 50 % compared to a conventional solution.

---

| 25.10.2019 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 272/95 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

25.10.2019

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 272/95

---

COMMISSION REGULATION (EU) 2019/1782

of 1 October 2019

laying down ecodesign requirements for external power supplies pursuant to Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 278/2009

(Text with EEA relevance)

THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,

Having regard to Article 114 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

Having regard to Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 October 2009 establishing a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-related products (1), and in particular Article 15(1) thereof,

Whereas:

| (1) | Pursuant to Directive 2009/125/EC the Commission should set ecodesign requirements for energy-related products which account for significant volumes of sales and trade in the Union and which have a significant environmental impact and present significant potential for improvement through design in terms of their environmental impact, without entailing excessive costs. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

Pursuant to Directive 2009/125/EC the Commission should set ecodesign requirements for energy-related products which account for significant volumes of sales and trade in the Union and which have a significant environmental impact and present significant potential for improvement through design in terms of their environmental impact, without entailing excessive costs.

| (2) | The Communication from the Commission COM(2016)773 (2) (ecodesign working plan) established by the Commission in application of Article 16(1) of Directive 2009/125/EC sets out the working priorities under the ecodesign and energy labelling framework for the period 2016-2019. The ecodesign working plan identifies the energy-related product groups to be considered as priorities for the undertaking of preparatory studies and eventual adoption of implementing measures, as well as the review of Commission Regulation (EC) No 278/2009 (3). |
| --- | --- |

(2)

The Communication from the Commission COM(2016)773 (2) (ecodesign working plan) established by the Commission in application of Article 16(1) of Directive 2009/125/EC sets out the working priorities under the ecodesign and energy labelling framework for the period 2016-2019. The ecodesign working plan identifies the energy-related product groups to be considered as priorities for the undertaking of preparatory studies and eventual adoption of implementing measures, as well as the review of Commission Regulation (EC) No 278/2009 (3).

| (3) | Measures from the ecodesign working plan have an estimated potential to deliver by 2030 annual final energy savings in excess of 260 TWh, which is equivalent to reducing greenhouse gas emissions by approximately 100 million tonnes. External power supplies are one of the product groups listed in the working plan. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

Measures from the ecodesign working plan have an estimated potential to deliver by 2030 annual final energy savings in excess of 260 TWh, which is equivalent to reducing greenhouse gas emissions by approximately 100 million tonnes. External power supplies are one of the product groups listed in the working plan.

| (4) | The Commission established ecodesign requirements for external power supplies in Regulation (EC) No 278/2009. Pursuant to this Regulation the Commission should review it in the light of technological progress. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

The Commission established ecodesign requirements for external power supplies in Regulation (EC) No 278/2009. Pursuant to this Regulation the Commission should review it in the light of technological progress.

| (5) | The Commission has reviewed Regulation (EC) No 278/2009 and analysed the technical, environmental and economic aspects of external power supplies as well as real-life user behaviour. The review was carried out in close cooperation with stakeholders and interested parties from the Union and third countries. The results of the review were made public and presented to the Consultation Forum established by Article 18 of Directive 2009/125/EC. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

The Commission has reviewed Regulation (EC) No 278/2009 and analysed the technical, environmental and economic aspects of external power supplies as well as real-life user behaviour. The review was carried out in close cooperation with stakeholders and interested parties from the Union and third countries. The results of the review were made public and presented to the Consultation Forum established by Article 18 of Directive 2009/125/EC.

| (6) | The review study shows that external power supplies are placed on the Union market in large quantities, and outlines the benefits of updating the ecodesign requirements and adapting them to technological progress. |
| --- | --- |

(6)

The review study shows that external power supplies are placed on the Union market in large quantities, and outlines the benefits of updating the ecodesign requirements and adapting them to technological progress.

| (7) | Multiple voltage output external power supplies, which are not covered by Regulation (EC) No 278/2009, are being placed on the Union market in increasing numbers. They should therefore be included in the scope of the Regulation to ensure further energy savings and provide a level playing field. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

Multiple voltage output external power supplies, which are not covered by Regulation (EC) No 278/2009, are being placed on the Union market in increasing numbers. They should therefore be included in the scope of the Regulation to ensure further energy savings and provide a level playing field.

| (8) | It is appropriate for external power supplies that adapt their output voltage to the primary load to continue to be included in the scope of the Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

It is appropriate for external power supplies that adapt their output voltage to the primary load to continue to be included in the scope of the Regulation.

| (9) | Ecodesign requirements should harmonise the energy consumption of external power supplies, thus contributing to the functioning of the internal market. They should also improve the environmental performance of external power supplies. Potential annual final energy savings of 4,3 TWh by 2030, corresponding to 1,45 million tonnes of CO2 equivalent, were estimated compared with the situation where no further measures are taken. |
| --- | --- |

(9)

Ecodesign requirements should harmonise the energy consumption of external power supplies, thus contributing to the functioning of the internal market. They should also improve the environmental performance of external power supplies. Potential annual final energy savings of 4,3 TWh by 2030, corresponding to 1,45 million tonnes of CO2 equivalent, were estimated compared with the situation where no further measures are taken.

| (10) | The relevant product parameters should be measured using reliable, accurate and reproducible methods. Those methods should take into account recognised state-of-the-art measurement methods including, where available, harmonised standards adopted by the European standardisation organisations, as listed in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council (4). |
| --- | --- |

(10)

The relevant product parameters should be measured using reliable, accurate and reproducible methods. Those methods should take into account recognised state-of-the-art measurement methods including, where available, harmonised standards adopted by the European standardisation organisations, as listed in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council (4).

| (11) | In accordance with Article 8 of Directive 2009/125/EC, this Regulation should specify the applicable conformity assessment procedures. |
| --- | --- |

(11)

In accordance with Article 8 of Directive 2009/125/EC, this Regulation should specify the applicable conformity assessment procedures.

| (12) | To facilitate compliance checks, manufacturers, importers or authorised representatives should provide information in the technical documentation referred to in Annexes IV and V to Directive 2009/125/EC in so far as that information relates to the requirements laid down in this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

(12)

To facilitate compliance checks, manufacturers, importers or authorised representatives should provide information in the technical documentation referred to in Annexes IV and V to Directive 2009/125/EC in so far as that information relates to the requirements laid down in this Regulation.

| (13) | In addition to the legally binding requirements laid down in this Regulation, benchmarks for best available technologies should be identified to make information on products’ environmental performance over their life cycle subject to this Regulation widely available and easily accessible, in accordance with Directive 2009/125/EC, Annex I, part 3, point 2. |
| --- | --- |

(13)

In addition to the legally binding requirements laid down in this Regulation, benchmarks for best available technologies should be identified to make information on products’ environmental performance over their life cycle subject to this Regulation widely available and easily accessible, in accordance with Directive 2009/125/EC, Annex I, part 3, point 2.

| (14) | A review of this Regulation should assess the appropriateness and effectiveness of its provisions in achieving its goals. The timing of the review should be sufficient for all provisions to be implemented and show an effect on the market. |
| --- | --- |

(14)

A review of this Regulation should assess the appropriateness and effectiveness of its provisions in achieving its goals. The timing of the review should be sufficient for all provisions to be implemented and show an effect on the market.

| (15) | Regulation (EC) No 278/2009 should therefore be repealed. |
| --- | --- |

(15)

Regulation (EC) No 278/2009 should therefore be repealed.

| (16) | The measures provided for in this Regulation are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee established by Article 19(1) of Directive 2009/125/EC, |
| --- | --- |

(16)

The measures provided for in this Regulation are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee established by Article 19(1) of Directive 2009/125/EC,

HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:

Article 1

Subject matter and scope

1.   This Regulation establishes ecodesign requirements for the placing on the market or putting into service of external power supplies.

2.   This Regulation shall not apply to:

| (a) | voltage converters; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

voltage converters;

| (b) | uninterruptible power supplies; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

uninterruptible power supplies;

| (c) | battery chargers without power supply function; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

battery chargers without power supply function;

| (d) | lighting converters; |
| --- | --- |

(d)

lighting converters;

| (e) | external power supplies for medical devices; |
| --- | --- |

(e)

external power supplies for medical devices;

| (f) | active power over Ethernet injectors; |
| --- | --- |

(f)

active power over Ethernet injectors;

| (g) | docking stations for autonomous appliances; |
| --- | --- |

(g)

docking stations for autonomous appliances;

| (h) | external power supplies placed on the market before 1 April 2025 solely as a service part or spare part for replacing an identical external power supply placed on the market before 1 April 2020, under the condition that the service part or spare part, or its packaging, clearly indicate ‘External power supply to be used exclusively as spare part for’ and the primary load product(s) it is intended to be used with. |
| --- | --- |

(h)

external power supplies placed on the market before 1 April 2025 solely as a service part or spare part for replacing an identical external power supply placed on the market before 1 April 2020, under the condition that the service part or spare part, or its packaging, clearly indicate ‘External power supply to be used exclusively as spare part for’ and the primary load product(s) it is intended to be used with.

Article 2

Definitions

For the purpose of this Regulation the following definitions shall apply:

| (1) | ‘external power supply’ means a device which meets all of the following criteria:






  (a) | it is designed to convert alternating current (AC) power input from the mains power source input into one or more lower voltage direct current (DC) or AC outputs; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(1)

‘external power supply’ means a device which meets all of the following criteria:

(a)

it is designed to convert alternating current (AC) power input from the mains power source input into one or more lower voltage direct current (DC) or AC outputs;

| (b) | it is used with one or more separate devices that constitute the primary load; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

it is used with one or more separate devices that constitute the primary load;

| (c) | it is contained in a physical enclosure separate from the device or devices that constitute the primary load; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

it is contained in a physical enclosure separate from the device or devices that constitute the primary load;

| (d) | it is connected to the device or devices that constitute the primary load with removable or hard-wired male/female electrical connections, cables, cords or other wirings; |
| --- | --- |

(d)

it is connected to the device or devices that constitute the primary load with removable or hard-wired male/female electrical connections, cables, cords or other wirings;

| (e) | it has nameplate output power not exceeding 250 watts; and |
| --- | --- |

(e)

it has nameplate output power not exceeding 250 watts; and

| (f) | it is used with electrical and electronic household and office equipment included in Annex I; |
| --- | --- |

(f)

it is used with electrical and electronic household and office equipment included in Annex I;

| (2) | ‘low voltage external power supply’ means an external power supply with a nameplate output voltage of less than 6 volts and a nameplate output current greater than or equal to 550 milliamperes; |
| --- | --- |

(2)

‘low voltage external power supply’ means an external power supply with a nameplate output voltage of less than 6 volts and a nameplate output current greater than or equal to 550 milliamperes;

| (3) | ‘multiple voltage output external power supply’ means an external power supply able to convert AC power input from the mains power source into more than one simultaneous output at lower DC or AC voltage; |
| --- | --- |

(3)

‘multiple voltage output external power supply’ means an external power supply able to convert AC power input from the mains power source into more than one simultaneous output at lower DC or AC voltage;

| (4) | ‘voltage converter’ means a device converting the 230 volts mains power source input to 110 volts power output with characteristics similar to mains power source input characteristics; |
| --- | --- |

(4)

‘voltage converter’ means a device converting the 230 volts mains power source input to 110 volts power output with characteristics similar to mains power source input characteristics;

| (5) | ‘uninterruptible power supply’ means a device that automatically provides backup power when the electrical power from the mains power source drops to an unacceptable voltage level; |
| --- | --- |

(5)

‘uninterruptible power supply’ means a device that automatically provides backup power when the electrical power from the mains power source drops to an unacceptable voltage level;

| (6) | ‘battery charger’ means a device that connects directly to a removable battery at its output interface; |
| --- | --- |

(6)

‘battery charger’ means a device that connects directly to a removable battery at its output interface;

| (7) | ‘lighting converter’ means an external power supply used with extra low voltage light sources; |
| --- | --- |

(7)

‘lighting converter’ means an external power supply used with extra low voltage light sources;

| (8) | ‘active power over Ethernet injector’ means a device that converts the mains power source input to a lower DC voltage output, has one or more Ethernet input and/or one or more Ethernet output ports, delivers power to one or several devices connected to the Ethernet output port(s), and provides the rated voltage at the output ports(s) only when compatible devices are detected following a standardised process; |
| --- | --- |

(8)

‘active power over Ethernet injector’ means a device that converts the mains power source input to a lower DC voltage output, has one or more Ethernet input and/or one or more Ethernet output ports, delivers power to one or several devices connected to the Ethernet output port(s), and provides the rated voltage at the output ports(s) only when compatible devices are detected following a standardised process;

| (9) | ‘docking station for autonomous appliances’ means a device in which a battery-operated appliance that executes tasks requiring the appliance to move without any user intervention is placed for charging, and that can guide the independent movements of the appliance; |
| --- | --- |

(9)

‘docking station for autonomous appliances’ means a device in which a battery-operated appliance that executes tasks requiring the appliance to move without any user intervention is placed for charging, and that can guide the independent movements of the appliance;

| (10) | ‘mains’ means the electricity supply from the grid of 230 (± 10 %) volts of alternating current at 50 Hz; |
| --- | --- |

(10)

‘mains’ means the electricity supply from the grid of 230 (± 10 %) volts of alternating current at 50 Hz;

| (11) | ‘information technology equipment’ means any equipment which has a primary function of either entry, storage, display, retrieval, transmission, processing, switching, or control, of data or of telecommunication messages or a combination of these functions and may be equipped with one or more terminal ports typically operated for information transfer; |
| --- | --- |

(11)

‘information technology equipment’ means any equipment which has a primary function of either entry, storage, display, retrieval, transmission, processing, switching, or control, of data or of telecommunication messages or a combination of these functions and may be equipped with one or more terminal ports typically operated for information transfer;

| (12) | ‘domestic environment’ means an environment where the use of broadcast radio and television receivers may be expected within a distance of 10 m of the equipment concerned; |
| --- | --- |

(12)

‘domestic environment’ means an environment where the use of broadcast radio and television receivers may be expected within a distance of 10 m of the equipment concerned;

| (13) | ‘nameplate output power’ (PO) means the maximum output power as specified by the manufacturer; |
| --- | --- |

(13)

‘nameplate output power’ (PO) means the maximum output power as specified by the manufacturer;

O

| (14) | ‘no-load condition’ means the condition in which the input of an external power supply is connected to the mains power source, but the output is not connected to any primary load; |
| --- | --- |

(14)

‘no-load condition’ means the condition in which the input of an external power supply is connected to the mains power source, but the output is not connected to any primary load;

| (15) | ‘active mode’ means a condition in which the input of an external power supply is connected to the mains power source and the output is connected to a primary load; |
| --- | --- |

(15)

‘active mode’ means a condition in which the input of an external power supply is connected to the mains power source and the output is connected to a primary load;

| (16) | ‘active mode efficiency’ means the ratio of the power produced by an external power supply in active mode to the input power required to produce it; |
| --- | --- |

(16)

‘active mode efficiency’ means the ratio of the power produced by an external power supply in active mode to the input power required to produce it;

| (17) | ‘average active efficiency’ means the average of the active mode efficiencies at 25 %, 50 %, 75 % and 100 % of the nameplate output power; |
| --- | --- |

(17)

‘average active efficiency’ means the average of the active mode efficiencies at 25 %, 50 %, 75 % and 100 % of the nameplate output power;

| (18) | ‘equivalent model’ means a model which has the same technical characteristics relevant for the technical information to be provided, but which is placed on the market or put into service by the same manufacturer, importer or authorised representative as another model with a different model identifier; |
| --- | --- |

(18)

‘equivalent model’ means a model which has the same technical characteristics relevant for the technical information to be provided, but which is placed on the market or put into service by the same manufacturer, importer or authorised representative as another model with a different model identifier;

| (19) | ‘model identifier’ means the code, usually alphanumeric, which distinguishes a specific product model from other models with the same trade mark or the same manufacturer’s, importer’s or authorised representative’s name. |
| --- | --- |

(19)

‘model identifier’ means the code, usually alphanumeric, which distinguishes a specific product model from other models with the same trade mark or the same manufacturer’s, importer’s or authorised representative’s name.

Article 3

Ecodesign requirements

The ecodesign requirements set out in Annex II shall apply from the dates indicated therein.

Article 4

Conformity assessment

1.   The conformity assessment procedure referred to in Article 8 of Directive 2009/125/EC shall be the internal design control system set out in Annex IV to that Directive or the management system set out in Annex V to that Directive.

2.   For the purposes of the conformity assessment pursuant to Article 8 of Directive 2009/125/EC, the technical documentation shall contain the declared values of parameters listed in Annex II, point 2(c).

3.   Where the information included in the technical documentation for a particular model has been obtained:

| (a) | from a model that has the same technical characteristics relevant for the technical information to be provided but is produced by a different manufacturer; or |
| --- | --- |

(a)

from a model that has the same technical characteristics relevant for the technical information to be provided but is produced by a different manufacturer; or

| (b) | by calculation on the basis of design or extrapolation from another model of the same or a different manufacturer, or both; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

by calculation on the basis of design or extrapolation from another model of the same or a different manufacturer, or both;

the technical documentation shall include the details and the results of such calculation, the assessment undertaken by manufacturers to verify the accuracy of the calculation and, where appropriate, the declaration of identity between the models of different manufacturers.

The technical documentation shall include a list of all equivalent models, including the model identifiers.

Article 5

Verification procedure for market surveillance purposes

Member States’ authorities shall apply the verification procedure laid down in Annex III when performing the market surveillance checks referred to in Article 3, point 2 of Directive 2009/125/EC.

Article 6

Benchmarks

The benchmarks for the best-performing products and technologies available on the market at the time of adopting this Regulation are set out in Annex IV.

Article 7

Review

The Commission shall review this Regulation in the light of technological progress and shall present the results of this review, including, if appropriate, a draft revision proposal, to the Consultation Forum by 14 November 2022.

The review shall assess in particular: the feasibility of setting a requirement regarding minimum energy efficiency at 10 % load; options for including within the scope of the Regulation wireless chargers, active power over Ethernet injectors, and external power supplies used with electrical and electronic household and office equipment that is not included in Annex I; and options for including requirements in support of circular economy objectives, including interoperability.

Article 8

Repeal

Regulation (EC) No 278/2009 is repealed as from 1 April 2020.

Article 9

Entry into force and application

This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

Official Journal of the European Union

It shall apply from 1 April 2020.

This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.

Done at Brussels, 1 October 2019.

For the Commission

The President

Jean-Claude JUNCKER

---

(1)  
  OJ L 285, 31.10.2009, p. 10.

1

(2)  Communication from the Commission, Ecodesign working plan 2016-2019, COM(2016) 773 final, 30.11.2016.

2

(3)  Commission Regulation (EC) No 278/2009 of 6 April 2009 implementing Directive 2005/32/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to ecodesign requirements for no-load condition electric power consumption and average active efficiency of external power supplies (OJ L 93, 7.4.2009, p. 3).

3

(4)  Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 October 2012 on European standardisation, amending Council Directives 89/686/EEC and 93/15/EEC and Directives 94/9/EC, 94/25/EC, 95/16/EC, 97/23/EC, 98/34/EC, 2004/22/EC, 2007/23/EC, 2009/23/EC and 2009/105/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Council Decision 87/95/EEC and Decision No 1673/2006/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 316, 14.11.2012, p. 12).

4

---

ANNEX I

List of electrical and electronic household and office equipment

| 1. | Household appliances:






  — | Appliances for cooking and other processing of food, preparing beverages, opening or sealing containers or packages, cleaning, and maintenance of clothes, |
| --- | --- | --- |

1.

Household appliances:

—

Appliances for cooking and other processing of food, preparing beverages, opening or sealing containers or packages, cleaning, and maintenance of clothes,

| — | Appliances for hair cutting, hair drying, hair treatment, tooth brushing, shaving, massage and other body care appliances, |
| --- | --- |

—

Appliances for hair cutting, hair drying, hair treatment, tooth brushing, shaving, massage and other body care appliances,

| — | Electric knives, |
| --- | --- |

—

Electric knives,

| — | Scales, |
| --- | --- |

—

Scales,

| — | Clocks, watches and equipment for the purpose of measuring, indicating or registering time. |
| --- | --- |

—

Clocks, watches and equipment for the purpose of measuring, indicating or registering time.

| 2. | Information technology equipment, including copying and printing equipment, and set-top boxes, intended primarily for use in the domestic environment. |
| --- | --- |

2.

Information technology equipment, including copying and printing equipment, and set-top boxes, intended primarily for use in the domestic environment.

| 3. | Consumer equipment:






  — | Radio sets, |
| --- | --- | --- |

3.

Consumer equipment:

—

Radio sets,

| — | Video cameras, |
| --- | --- |

—

Video cameras,

| — | Video recorders, |
| --- | --- |

—

Video recorders,

| — | Hi-fi recorders, |
| --- | --- |

—

Hi-fi recorders,

| — | Audio amplifiers, |
| --- | --- |

—

Audio amplifiers,

| — | Home theatre systems, |
| --- | --- |

—

Home theatre systems,

| — | Televisions, |
| --- | --- |

—

Televisions,

| — | Musical instruments, |
| --- | --- |

—

Musical instruments,

| — | Other equipment for the purpose of recording or reproducing sound or images, including signals or other technologies for the distribution of sound and image other than by telecommunications. |
| --- | --- |

—

Other equipment for the purpose of recording or reproducing sound or images, including signals or other technologies for the distribution of sound and image other than by telecommunications.

| 4. | Electrical and electronic toys, leisure and sports equipment:






  — | Electric trains or car racing sets, |
| --- | --- | --- |

4.

Electrical and electronic toys, leisure and sports equipment:

—

Electric trains or car racing sets,

| — | Game consoles, including hand-held game consoles, |
| --- | --- |

—

Game consoles, including hand-held game consoles,

| — | Sports equipment with electric or electronic components; |
| --- | --- |

—

Sports equipment with electric or electronic components;

| — | Other toys, leisure and sports equipment. |
| --- | --- |

—

Other toys, leisure and sports equipment.

---

ANNEX II

Ecodesign requirements for external power supplies

1.   Energy efficiency requirements:

| (a) | from 1 April 2020, the no-load condition power consumption shall not exceed the following values: | AC-AC external power supplies, except low voltage and multiple voltage output external power supplies | AC-DC external power supplies, except low voltage and multiple voltage output external power supplies | Low voltage external power supplies | Multiple voltage output external power supplies |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| PO ≤ 49,0 W | 0,21 W | 0,10 W | 0,10 W | 0,30 W |
| PO > 49,0 W | 0,21 W | 0,21 W | 0,21 W | 0,30 W |

(a)

from 1 April 2020, the no-load condition power consumption shall not exceed the following values:

AC-AC external power supplies, except low voltage and multiple voltage output external power supplies

AC-DC external power supplies, except low voltage and multiple voltage output external power supplies

Low voltage external power supplies

Multiple voltage output external power supplies

PO ≤ 49,0 W

0,21 W

0,10 W

0,10 W

0,30 W

PO > 49,0 W

0,21 W

0,21 W

0,21 W

0,30 W

| (b) | from 1 April 2020, the average active efficiency shall be not less than the following values: | AC-AC external power supplies, except low voltage and multiple voltage output external power supplies | AC-DC external power supplies, except low voltage and multiple voltage output external power supplies | Low voltage external power supplies | Multiple voltage output external power supplies |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| PO ≤ 1,0 W | 0,5 × PO/1W+ 0,160 | 0,5 × PO/1W+ 0,160 | 0,517 × PO/1W+ 0,087 | 0,497 × PO/1W+ 0,067 |
| 1 W < PO ≤ 49,0 W | 0,071 × ln(PO/1W) – 0,0014 × PO/1W+ 0,67 | 0,071 × ln(PO/1W) – 0,0014 × PO/1W+ 0,67 | 0,0834 × ln(PO/1W) – 0,0014 × Po/1W+ 0,609 | 0,075 × ln(PO/1W) + 0,561 |
| PO > 49,0 W | 0,880 | 0,880 | 0,870 | 0,860 |

(b)

from 1 April 2020, the average active efficiency shall be not less than the following values:

AC-AC external power supplies, except low voltage and multiple voltage output external power supplies

AC-DC external power supplies, except low voltage and multiple voltage output external power supplies

Low voltage external power supplies

Multiple voltage output external power supplies

PO ≤ 1,0 W

0,5 × PO/1W+ 0,160

0,5 × PO/1W+ 0,160

0,517 × PO/1W+ 0,087

0,497 × PO/1W+ 0,067

1 W < PO ≤ 49,0 W

0,071 × ln(PO/1W) – 0,0014 × PO/1W+ 0,67

0,071 × ln(PO/1W) – 0,0014 × PO/1W+ 0,67

0,0834 × ln(PO/1W) – 0,0014 × Po/1W+ 0,609

0,075 × ln(PO/1W) + 0,561

PO > 49,0 W

0,880

0,880

0,870

0,860

2.   Information requirements:

| (a) | from 1 April 2020, the nameplate shall include the following information:








  Nameplate information | Value and precision | Unit | Notes |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Output power | X,X | W | In cases where more than one physical output or more than one output voltage at load condition 1 are measured, the sets of available Output voltage — Output current – Output power shall be given. |
| Output voltage | X,X | V | In cases where more than one physical output or more than one output voltage at load condition 1 are measured, the sets of available Output voltage — Output current – Output power shall be given. |
| Output current | X,X | A | In cases where more than one physical output or more than one output voltage at load condition 1 are measured, the sets of available Output voltage — Output current – Output power shall be given. |

(a)

from 1 April 2020, the nameplate shall include the following information:

Nameplate information

Value and precision

Unit

Notes

Output power

X,X

W

In cases where more than one physical output or more than one output voltage at load condition 1 are measured, the sets of available Output voltage — Output current – Output power shall be given.

Output voltage

X,X

V

In cases where more than one physical output or more than one output voltage at load condition 1 are measured, the sets of available Output voltage — Output current – Output power shall be given.

Output current

X,X

A

In cases where more than one physical output or more than one output voltage at load condition 1 are measured, the sets of available Output voltage — Output current – Output power shall be given.

| (b) | from 1 April 2020, instruction manuals for end-users (where applicable), and free access websites of manufacturers, importers or authorised representatives shall include the following information, in the order as set out below:








  Information published | Value and precision | Unit | Notes |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Manufacturer’s name or trade mark, commercial registration number and address | - | - | - |
| Model identifier | - | - | - |
| Input voltage | X | V | Specified by the manufacturer. Shall be a value or a range. |
| Input AC frequency | X | Hz | Specified by the manufacturer. Shall be a value or a range. |
| Output voltage | X,X | V | Nameplate output voltage. Shall indicate whether is AC or DC.
  In cases where more than one physical output or more than one output voltage at load condition 1 are measured, the sets of available Output voltage — Output current – Output power shall be published. |
| Output current | X,X | A | Nameplate output current.
  In cases where more than one physical output or more than one output voltage at load condition 1 are measured, the sets of available Output voltage — Output current – Output power shall be published. |
| Output power | X,X | W | Nameplate output power.
  In cases where more than one physical output or more than one output voltage at load condition 1 are measured, the sets of available Output voltage — Output current – Output power shall be published. |
| Average active efficiency | X,X | % | Declared by the manufacturer based on the value calculated as arithmetical mean of efficiency at load conditions 1-4.
  In cases where multiple average active efficiencies are declared for multiple output voltages available at load condition 1, the value published shall be the average active efficiency declared for the lowest output voltage. |
| Efficiency at low load (10 %) | X,X | % | Declared by the manufacturer based on the value calculated at load condition 5.
  External power supplies with a nameplate output power of 10 W or less shall be exempted from this requirement.
  In cases where multiple average active efficiencies are declared for multiple output voltages available at load condition 1, the value published shall be the value declared for the lowest output voltage. |
| No-load power consumption | X,XX | W | Declared by the manufacturer based on the value measured for load condition 6. |

(b)

from 1 April 2020, instruction manuals for end-users (where applicable), and free access websites of manufacturers, importers or authorised representatives shall include the following information, in the order as set out below:

Information published

Value and precision

Unit

Notes

Manufacturer’s name or trade mark, commercial registration number and address

-

-

-

Model identifier

-

-

-

Input voltage

X

V

Specified by the manufacturer. Shall be a value or a range.

Input AC frequency

X

Hz

Specified by the manufacturer. Shall be a value or a range.

Output voltage

X,X

V

Nameplate output voltage. Shall indicate whether is AC or DC.

In cases where more than one physical output or more than one output voltage at load condition 1 are measured, the sets of available Output voltage — Output current – Output power shall be published.

Output current

X,X

A

Nameplate output current.

In cases where more than one physical output or more than one output voltage at load condition 1 are measured, the sets of available Output voltage — Output current – Output power shall be published.

Output power

X,X

W

Nameplate output power.

In cases where more than one physical output or more than one output voltage at load condition 1 are measured, the sets of available Output voltage — Output current – Output power shall be published.

Average active efficiency

X,X

%

Declared by the manufacturer based on the value calculated as arithmetical mean of efficiency at load conditions 1-4.

In cases where multiple average active efficiencies are declared for multiple output voltages available at load condition 1, the value published shall be the average active efficiency declared for the lowest output voltage.

Efficiency at low load (10 %)

X,X

%

Declared by the manufacturer based on the value calculated at load condition 5.

External power supplies with a nameplate output power of 10 W or less shall be exempted from this requirement.

In cases where multiple average active efficiencies are declared for multiple output voltages available at load condition 1, the value published shall be the value declared for the lowest output voltage.

No-load power consumption

X,XX

W

Declared by the manufacturer based on the value measured for load condition 6.

The relevant load conditions are as follows:

| Percentage of nameplate output current |
| --- |
| Load condition 1 | 100 % ± 2 % |
| Load condition 2 | 75 % ± 2 % |
| Load condition 3 | 50 % ± 2 % |
| Load condition 4 | 25 % ± 2 % |
| Load condition 5 | 10 % ± 1 % |
| Load condition 6 | 0 % (no-load condition) |

Percentage of nameplate output current

Load condition 1

100 % ± 2 %

Load condition 2

75 % ± 2 %

Load condition 3

50 % ± 2 %

Load condition 4

25 % ± 2 %

Load condition 5

10 % ± 1 %

Load condition 6

0 % (no-load condition)

| (c) | from 1 April 2020, the technical documentation for the purposes of conformity assessment pursuant to Article 4 shall contain the following elements:






  (1) | for external power supplies with a nameplate output power greater than 10 watts:






  Reported Quantity | Description |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Root mean square output current (mA) | Measured at load conditions 1-5 |
| Root mean square output voltage (V) |
| Active output power (W) |
| Root mean square input voltage (V) | Measured at load conditions 1-6 |
| Root mean square input power (W) |
| Total harmonic distortion of the input current |
| True power factor |
| Power consumed (W) | Calculated at load conditions 1-5, measured at load condition 6 |
| Active mode efficiency | Calculated at load conditions 1-5 |
| Average active efficiency | Arithmetical mean of efficiency at load conditions 1-4 |

(c)

from 1 April 2020, the technical documentation for the purposes of conformity assessment pursuant to Article 4 shall contain the following elements:

(1)

for external power supplies with a nameplate output power greater than 10 watts:

Reported Quantity

Description

Root mean square output current (mA)

Measured at load conditions 1-5

Root mean square output voltage (V)

Active output power (W)

Root mean square input voltage (V)

Measured at load conditions 1-6

Root mean square input power (W)

Total harmonic distortion of the input current

True power factor

Power consumed (W)

Calculated at load conditions 1-5, measured at load condition 6

Active mode efficiency

Calculated at load conditions 1-5

Average active efficiency

Arithmetical mean of efficiency at load conditions 1-4

In cases where more than one physical output or more than one output voltage at load condition 1 are measured, the relevant reported quantities shall be specified for each measurement.

The relevant load conditions are set out in point 2(b);

| (2) | for external power supplies with a nameplate output power of 10 watts or less:






  Reported Quantity | Description |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Root mean square output current (mA) | Measured at load conditions 1-4 |
| Root mean square output voltage (V) |
| Active output power (W) |
| Root mean square input voltage (V) | Measured at load conditions 1-4 and 6 |
| Root mean square input power (W) |
| Total harmonic distortion of the input current |
| True power factor |
| Power consumed (W) | Calculated at load conditions 1-4, measured at load condition 6 |
| Active mode efficiency | Calculated at load conditions 1-4 |
| Average active efficiency | Arithmetical mean of efficiency at load conditions 1-4 |

(2)

for external power supplies with a nameplate output power of 10 watts or less:

Reported Quantity

Description

Root mean square output current (mA)

Measured at load conditions 1-4

Root mean square output voltage (V)

Active output power (W)

Root mean square input voltage (V)

Measured at load conditions 1-4 and 6

Root mean square input power (W)

Total harmonic distortion of the input current

True power factor

Power consumed (W)

Calculated at load conditions 1-4, measured at load condition 6

Active mode efficiency

Calculated at load conditions 1-4

Average active efficiency

Arithmetical mean of efficiency at load conditions 1-4

In cases where more than one physical output or more than one output voltage at load condition 1 are measured, the relevant reported quantities shall be specified for each measurement.

The relevant load conditions are set out in point 2(b).

3.   Measurements and calculations

For the purposes of compliance and verification of compliance with the requirements of this Regulation, measurements and calculations shall be made using harmonised standards the reference numbers of which have been published for this purpose in the Official Journal of the European Union, or other reliable, accurate and reproducible methods, which take into account the generally recognised state of the art.

---

ANNEX III

Verification procedure for market surveillance purposes

The verification tolerances defined in this Annex relate only to the verification of the measured parameters by Member State authorities and shall not be used by the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative as an allowed tolerance to establish the values in the technical documentation or in interpreting these values with a view to achieving compliance or to communicate better performance by any means.

When verifying the compliance of a product model with the requirements laid down in this Regulation pursuant to Article 3, point 2 of Directive 2009/125/EC, for the requirements referred to in this Annex, the authorities of the Member States shall apply the following procedure:

| 1. | The Member State authorities shall verify one single unit of the model. |
| --- | --- |

1.

The Member State authorities shall verify one single unit of the model.

| 2. | The model shall be considered to comply with the applicable requirements if:






  (a) | the values given in the technical documentation pursuant to point 2 of Annex IV to Directive 2009/125/EC (declared values), and, where applicable, the values used to calculate these values, are not more favourable for the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative than the results of the corresponding measurements carried out pursuant to paragraph (g) thereof; and |
| --- | --- | --- |

2.

The model shall be considered to comply with the applicable requirements if:

(a)

the values given in the technical documentation pursuant to point 2 of Annex IV to Directive 2009/125/EC (declared values), and, where applicable, the values used to calculate these values, are not more favourable for the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative than the results of the corresponding measurements carried out pursuant to paragraph (g) thereof; and

| (b) | the declared values meet any requirements laid down in this Regulation, and any required product information published by the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative does not contain values that are more favourable for the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative than the declared values; and |
| --- | --- |

(b)

the declared values meet any requirements laid down in this Regulation, and any required product information published by the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative does not contain values that are more favourable for the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative than the declared values; and

| (c) | when the Member State authorities test the unit of the model, the determined values (the values of the relevant parameters as measured in testing and the values calculated from these measurements) comply with the respective verification tolerances as given in Table 1; and |
| --- | --- |

(c)

when the Member State authorities test the unit of the model, the determined values (the values of the relevant parameters as measured in testing and the values calculated from these measurements) comply with the respective verification tolerances as given in Table 1; and

| (d) | when the Member State authorities check the unit of the model, it complies with the information requirements in point 2 of Annex II. |
| --- | --- |

(d)

when the Member State authorities check the unit of the model, it complies with the information requirements in point 2 of Annex II.

| 3. | If the results referred to in point 2(a), (b) or (d) are not achieved, the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not to comply with this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

3.

If the results referred to in point 2(a), (b) or (d) are not achieved, the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not to comply with this Regulation.

| 4. | If the result referred to in point 2(c) is not achieved, the Member State authorities shall select three additional units of the same model for testing. As an alternative, the three additional units selected may be of one or more equivalent models. |
| --- | --- |

4.

If the result referred to in point 2(c) is not achieved, the Member State authorities shall select three additional units of the same model for testing. As an alternative, the three additional units selected may be of one or more equivalent models.

| 5. | The model shall be considered to comply with the applicable requirements if, for these three units, the arithmetical mean of the determined values complies with the respective verification tolerances given in Table 1. |
| --- | --- |

5.

The model shall be considered to comply with the applicable requirements if, for these three units, the arithmetical mean of the determined values complies with the respective verification tolerances given in Table 1.

| 6. | If the result referred to in point 5 is not achieved, the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not to comply with this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

6.

If the result referred to in point 5 is not achieved, the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not to comply with this Regulation.

| 7. | The Member State authorities shall provide all relevant information to the authorities of the other Member States and to the Commission without delay after a decision is taken on non-compliance of the model according to points 3 or 6. |
| --- | --- |

7.

The Member State authorities shall provide all relevant information to the authorities of the other Member States and to the Commission without delay after a decision is taken on non-compliance of the model according to points 3 or 6.

The Member State authorities shall use the measurement and calculation methods set out in Annex II.

The Member State authorities shall only apply the verification tolerances that are set out in Table 1 and shall use only the procedure described in points 1 to 7 for the requirements referred to in this Annex. For the parameters in Table 1, no other tolerances, such as those set out in harmonised standards or in any other measurement method, shall be applied.

Table 1

Verification tolerances

| Parameters | Verification tolerances |
| --- | --- |
| No-load condition | The determined value (*1) shall not exceed the declared value by more than 0,01 W. |
| Active mode efficiency at each of the applicable load conditions | The determined value (*1) shall not be lower than the declared value by more than 5 %. |
| Average active efficiency | The determined value (*1) shall not be lower than the declared value by more than 5 %. |

Parameters

Verification tolerances

No-load condition

The determined value (*1) shall not exceed the declared value by more than 0,01 W.

Active mode efficiency at each of the applicable load conditions

The determined value (*1) shall not be lower than the declared value by more than 5 %.

Average active efficiency

The determined value (*1) shall not be lower than the declared value by more than 5 %.

---

(*1)  In the case of three additional units tested as prescribed in point 4, the determined value means the arithmetical mean of the values determined for these three additional units.

---

ANNEX IV

Benchmarks

At the time of entry into force of this Regulation, the best available technology on the market for external power supplies in terms of their no-load power consumption and average active efficiency was identified as follows:

| (a) | No-load condition:
  The lowest available no-load condition power consumption of external power supplies can be approximated as:






  — | 0,002 watt, for PO ≤ 49,0 watts, |
| --- | --- | --- |

(a)

No-load condition:

The lowest available no-load condition power consumption of external power supplies can be approximated as:

—

0,002 watt, for PO ≤ 49,0 watts,

| — | 0,010 watt, for PO > 49,0 watts. |
| --- | --- |

—

0,010 watt, for PO > 49,0 watts.

| (b) | Average active efficiency:
  The best available active average efficiency of external power supplies can be approximated as:






  — | 0,767, for PO ≤ 1,0 watt, |
| --- | --- | --- |

(b)

Average active efficiency:

The best available active average efficiency of external power supplies can be approximated as:

—

0,767, for PO ≤ 1,0 watt,

| — | 0,905, for 1,0 watt < PO ≤ 49,0 watts, |
| --- | --- |

—

0,905, for 1,0 watt < PO ≤ 49,0 watts,

| — | 0,962, for PO > 49,0 watts. |
| --- | --- |

—

0,962, for PO > 49,0 watts.

---

| 25.10.2019 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 272/107 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

25.10.2019

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 272/107

---

COMMISSION REGULATION (EU) 2019/1783

of 1 October 2019

amending Regulation (EU) No 548/2014 on implementing Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to small, medium and large power transformers

(Text with EEA relevance)

THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,

Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

Having regard to Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 October 2009 setting out a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-related products (1) and in particular Article 15(1) thereof,

Whereas:

| (1) | Article 7 of Commission Regulation (EU) No 548/2014 (2) requires the Commission to review that Regulation in the light of technological progress and present the results of this review to the Consultation Forum in 2017. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

Article 7 of Commission Regulation (EU) No 548/2014 (2) requires the Commission to review that Regulation in the light of technological progress and present the results of this review to the Consultation Forum in 2017.

| (2) | The Commission has carried out a review study that analysed the specific aspects set out in Article 7 of Regulation (EU) No 548/2014. The study was undertaken together with stakeholders and interested parties from the Union and the results have been made publicly available. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

The Commission has carried out a review study that analysed the specific aspects set out in Article 7 of Regulation (EU) No 548/2014. The study was undertaken together with stakeholders and interested parties from the Union and the results have been made publicly available.

| (3) | The study confirmed that the impact of energy consumption during the use phase on the Global Warming Potential remains dominant. The analysis made did not provide sufficient evidence to support proposing environmental requirements other than a minimum energy performance. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

The study confirmed that the impact of energy consumption during the use phase on the Global Warming Potential remains dominant. The analysis made did not provide sufficient evidence to support proposing environmental requirements other than a minimum energy performance.

| (4) | The study confirmed that Regulation (EU) No 548/2014 has had a positive effect on the efficiency of power transformers being placed on the market, and found that available transformer models can fulfil minimum requirements set in Tier 1 (July 2015) without difficulties. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

The study confirmed that Regulation (EU) No 548/2014 has had a positive effect on the efficiency of power transformers being placed on the market, and found that available transformer models can fulfil minimum requirements set in Tier 1 (July 2015) without difficulties.

| (5) | It is generally recognised that the most appropriate method to optimise transformer designs in order to minimise electricity losses continues to be the valuation and capitalisation of future losses using proper capitalisation factors for load and no load losses in the tendering process. However, for the purposes of product regulation only the use of prescribed values for minimum efficiency or maximum losses is feasible. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

It is generally recognised that the most appropriate method to optimise transformer designs in order to minimise electricity losses continues to be the valuation and capitalisation of future losses using proper capitalisation factors for load and no load losses in the tendering process. However, for the purposes of product regulation only the use of prescribed values for minimum efficiency or maximum losses is feasible.

| (6) | The study also confirmed that for manufacturers there are no major technical barriers to manufacturing transformers compliant with the minimum requirements set out in Tier 2 for entry into force in July 2021. |
| --- | --- |

(6)

The study also confirmed that for manufacturers there are no major technical barriers to manufacturing transformers compliant with the minimum requirements set out in Tier 2 for entry into force in July 2021.

| (7) | The study analysed the economic viability of transformers compliant with minimum requirements set out in Tier 2 applicable as of July 2021 and found that lifecycle costs for compliant medium and large power transformers are always lower than Tier 1 compliant models, when these are being put into service in new installation sites. However, in specific situations where medium power transformers are being installed in existing urban substation locations, there can be space and weight constraints that affect the maximum size and weight of the replacement transformer to be used. Therefore, when the replacement of an existing transformer is technically infeasible or entails disproportionate costs, a regulatory relief should be justified. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

The study analysed the economic viability of transformers compliant with minimum requirements set out in Tier 2 applicable as of July 2021 and found that lifecycle costs for compliant medium and large power transformers are always lower than Tier 1 compliant models, when these are being put into service in new installation sites. However, in specific situations where medium power transformers are being installed in existing urban substation locations, there can be space and weight constraints that affect the maximum size and weight of the replacement transformer to be used. Therefore, when the replacement of an existing transformer is technically infeasible or entails disproportionate costs, a regulatory relief should be justified.

| (8) | An existing regulatory exemption for the replacement of large power transformers related to disproportionate costs associated with their transportation and/or installation should be complemented by an exemption for new installations, where such cost constraints are also applicable. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

An existing regulatory exemption for the replacement of large power transformers related to disproportionate costs associated with their transportation and/or installation should be complemented by an exemption for new installations, where such cost constraints are also applicable.

| (9) | Experience shows that transformers may be held in stock by utilities and other economic actors for long periods of time before they are installed at their final sites. It should however remain clear that compliance with applicable requirements should be have been demonstrated either when the transformer is placed on the market or when it was put into service, but not both. |
| --- | --- |

(9)

Experience shows that transformers may be held in stock by utilities and other economic actors for long periods of time before they are installed at their final sites. It should however remain clear that compliance with applicable requirements should be have been demonstrated either when the transformer is placed on the market or when it was put into service, but not both.

| (10) | The existence of a market for the repair of transformers makes it necessary to provide guidance on the circumstances under which a transformer that has undergone certain repair operations should be considered equivalent to a new product and therefore it should comply with the requirements set out in Annex I of this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

(10)

The existence of a market for the repair of transformers makes it necessary to provide guidance on the circumstances under which a transformer that has undergone certain repair operations should be considered equivalent to a new product and therefore it should comply with the requirements set out in Annex I of this Regulation.

| (11) | To improve the effectiveness of this Regulation and to protect consumers, products that automatically alter their performance in test conditions to improve the declared parameters should be prohibited from being placed on the market or put into service. |
| --- | --- |

(11)

To improve the effectiveness of this Regulation and to protect consumers, products that automatically alter their performance in test conditions to improve the declared parameters should be prohibited from being placed on the market or put into service.

| (12) | To facilitate verification testing market surveillance authorities should be allowed to test, or witness the testing of, larger transformers at premises such as those of the manufacturer. |
| --- | --- |

(12)

To facilitate verification testing market surveillance authorities should be allowed to test, or witness the testing of, larger transformers at premises such as those of the manufacturer.

| (13) | Experience gained in implementing Regulation (EU) No 548/2014 has revealed the existence of national deviations in standard voltages in electricity distribution grids in certain Member States. These deviations justify different threshold voltage levels in the categorisation of transformers, and they inform what minimum energy performance requirements should be applicable. Therefore, the inclusion of a notification mechanism to provide publicity for specific situations in Member States is justified. |
| --- | --- |

(13)

Experience gained in implementing Regulation (EU) No 548/2014 has revealed the existence of national deviations in standard voltages in electricity distribution grids in certain Member States. These deviations justify different threshold voltage levels in the categorisation of transformers, and they inform what minimum energy performance requirements should be applicable. Therefore, the inclusion of a notification mechanism to provide publicity for specific situations in Member States is justified.

| (14) | The measures provided for in this Regulation are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee established by Article 19(1) of Directive 2009/125/EC, |
| --- | --- |

(14)

The measures provided for in this Regulation are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee established by Article 19(1) of Directive 2009/125/EC,

HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:

Article 1

Regulation (EU) No 548/2014 is amended as follows:

| (1) | Article 1 is replaced by the following:

  ‘Article 1


  Subject matter and scope


  1.   This Regulation sets out ecodesign requirements for placing on the market or putting into service power transformers with a minimum power rating of 1 kVA used in 50 Hz electricity transmission and distribution networks or for industrial applications.
  This Regulation shall apply to transformers purchased after 11 June 2014.


  2.   This Regulation shall not apply to transformers specifically designed for the following applications:






  (a) | instrument transformers, specifically designed to transmit an information signal to measuring instruments, meters and protective or control devices or similar apparatus; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(1)

Article 1 is replaced by the following:

‘Article 1

Subject matter and scope

1.   This Regulation sets out ecodesign requirements for placing on the market or putting into service power transformers with a minimum power rating of 1 kVA used in 50 Hz electricity transmission and distribution networks or for industrial applications.

This Regulation shall apply to transformers purchased after 11 June 2014.

2.   This Regulation shall not apply to transformers specifically designed for the following applications:

(a)

instrument transformers, specifically designed to transmit an information signal to measuring instruments, meters and protective or control devices or similar apparatus;

| (b) | transformers specifically designed and intended to provide a DC power supply to electronic or rectifier loads. This exemption does not include transformers that are intended to provide an AC supply from DC sources such as transformers for wind turbine and photovoltaic applications or transformers designed for DC transmission and distribution applications; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

transformers specifically designed and intended to provide a DC power supply to electronic or rectifier loads. This exemption does not include transformers that are intended to provide an AC supply from DC sources such as transformers for wind turbine and photovoltaic applications or transformers designed for DC transmission and distribution applications;

| (c) | transformers specifically designed to be directly connected to a furnace; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

transformers specifically designed to be directly connected to a furnace;

| (d) | transformers specifically designed to be installed on fixed or floating offshore platforms, offshore wind turbines or on board ships and all kinds of vessels; |
| --- | --- |

(d)

transformers specifically designed to be installed on fixed or floating offshore platforms, offshore wind turbines or on board ships and all kinds of vessels;

| (e) | transformers specifically designed to provide for a situation limited in time when the normal power supply is interrupted due to either an unplanned occurrence (such as a power failure) or a station refurbishment, but not to permanently upgrade an existing substation; |
| --- | --- |

(e)

transformers specifically designed to provide for a situation limited in time when the normal power supply is interrupted due to either an unplanned occurrence (such as a power failure) or a station refurbishment, but not to permanently upgrade an existing substation;

| (f) | transformers (with separate or auto-connected windings) connected to an AC or DC contact line, directly or through a converter, used in fixed installations for railway applications; |
| --- | --- |

(f)

transformers (with separate or auto-connected windings) connected to an AC or DC contact line, directly or through a converter, used in fixed installations for railway applications;

| (g) | earthing or grounding transformers specifically designed to be connected in a power system to provide a neutral connection for earthing either directly or via an impedance; |
| --- | --- |

(g)

earthing or grounding transformers specifically designed to be connected in a power system to provide a neutral connection for earthing either directly or via an impedance;

| (h) | traction transformers specifically designed to be mounted on rolling stock, connected to an AC or DC contact line, directly or through a converter, for specific use in fixed installations for railway applications; |
| --- | --- |

(h)

traction transformers specifically designed to be mounted on rolling stock, connected to an AC or DC contact line, directly or through a converter, for specific use in fixed installations for railway applications;

| (i) | starting transformers, specifically designed for starting three-phase induction motors so as to eliminate supply voltage dips and that remain de-energised during normal operation; |
| --- | --- |

(i)

starting transformers, specifically designed for starting three-phase induction motors so as to eliminate supply voltage dips and that remain de-energised during normal operation;

| (j) | testing transformers, specifically designed to be used in a circuit to produce a specific voltage or current for the purpose of testing electrical equipment; |
| --- | --- |

(j)

testing transformers, specifically designed to be used in a circuit to produce a specific voltage or current for the purpose of testing electrical equipment;

| (k) | welding transformers, specifically designed for use in arc-welding equipment or resistance-welding equipment; |
| --- | --- |

(k)

welding transformers, specifically designed for use in arc-welding equipment or resistance-welding equipment;

| (l) | transformers specifically designed for explosion-proof applications in accordance with Directive 94/9/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (*1) and underground mining applications; |
| --- | --- |

(l)

transformers specifically designed for explosion-proof applications in accordance with Directive 94/9/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (*1) and underground mining applications;

| (m) | transformers specifically designed for deep water (submerged) applications; |
| --- | --- |

(m)

transformers specifically designed for deep water (submerged) applications;

| (n) | medium Voltage (MV) to Medium Voltage (MV) interface transformers up to 5 MVA used as interface transformers used in a network voltage conversion programme and placed at the junction between two voltage levels of two medium voltage networks and that need to be able to cope with emergency overloads; |
| --- | --- |

(n)

medium Voltage (MV) to Medium Voltage (MV) interface transformers up to 5 MVA used as interface transformers used in a network voltage conversion programme and placed at the junction between two voltage levels of two medium voltage networks and that need to be able to cope with emergency overloads;

| (o) | medium and large power transformers specifically designed to contribute to the safety of nuclear installations, as defined in Article 3 of Council Directive 2009/71/Euratom (*2); |
| --- | --- |

(o)

medium and large power transformers specifically designed to contribute to the safety of nuclear installations, as defined in Article 3 of Council Directive 2009/71/Euratom (*2);

| (p) | three-phase medium power transformers with a power rating below 5 kVA; |
| --- | --- |

(p)

three-phase medium power transformers with a power rating below 5 kVA;

except as regards the requirements set out in point 4(a), (b) and (d).of Annex I to this Regulation.

3.   Medium and large power transformers, regardless of when they were first placed on the market or put into service, shall be reassessed for conformity and comply with this Regulation, if they are subject to all of the following operations:

| (a) | replacement of the core or part thereof; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

replacement of the core or part thereof;

| (b) | replacement of one or more of the complete windings. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

replacement of one or more of the complete windings.

This is without prejudice to the legal obligations under other Union’s harmonisation legislation that these products could be subject to.

(*1)  Directive 94/9/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of 23 March 1994 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States concerning equipment and protective systems intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres (OJ L 100, 19.4.1994, p. 1)."

*1

(*2)  Council Directive 2009/71/Euratom of 25 June 2009 establishing a Community framework for the nuclear safety of nuclear installations. (OJ L 172, 2.7.2009, p. 18).’;"

*2

| (2) | Article 2 is amended as follows:






  (a) | points (3) and (4) are replaced by the following:

  ‘(3)   “medium power transformer” means a power transformer with all windings having rated power lower than or equal to 3 150 kVA, and highest voltage for equipment greater than 1,1 kV and lower than or equal to 36 kV;


  (4)   “large power transformer” means a power transformer with at least one winding having either rated power greater than 3 150 kVA or highest voltage for equipment greater than 36 kV;’; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(2)

Article 2 is amended as follows:

(a)

points (3) and (4) are replaced by the following:

‘(3)   “medium power transformer” means a power transformer with all windings having rated power lower than or equal to 3 150 kVA, and highest voltage for equipment greater than 1,1 kV and lower than or equal to 36 kV;

(4)   “large power transformer” means a power transformer with at least one winding having either rated power greater than 3 150 kVA or highest voltage for equipment greater than 36 kV;’;

| (b) | point (7) is replaced by the following:

  ‘(7)   “medium power pole-mounted transformer” means a power transformer with a rated power of up to 400 kVA suitable for outdoor service and specifically designed to be mounted on the support structures of overhead power lines.’; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

point (7) is replaced by the following:

‘(7)   “medium power pole-mounted transformer” means a power transformer with a rated power of up to 400 kVA suitable for outdoor service and specifically designed to be mounted on the support structures of overhead power lines.’;

| (c) | the following points (17) to (22) are added in Article 2:

  ‘(17)   “declared value(s)” mean the values given in the technical documentation pursuant to point 2 of Annex IV to Directive 2009/125/EC, and where applicable, the values used to calculate these values;


  (18)   “dual voltage transformer” means a transformer with one or more windings with two voltages available in order to be able to operate and supply rated power at either of two different voltage values;


  (19)   “witnessed testing” means actively observing the physical testing of the product under investigation by another party, to draw conclusions on the validity of the test and the test results. This may include conclusions on the compliance of testing and calculations methods used with applicable standards and legislation;


  (20)   “factory acceptance test” means a test on an ordered product where the customer uses witnessed testing to verify the product’s full accordance with contractual requirements, before they are accepted or put into service;


  (21)   “equivalent model” means a model which has the same technical characteristics relevant for the technical information to be provided, but which is placed on the market or put into service by the same manufacturer or importer as another model with a different model identifier;


  (22)   “model identifier” means the code, usually alphanumeric, which distinguishes a specific product model from other models with the same trade mark or the same manufacturer’s or importer’s name.’; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

the following points (17) to (22) are added in Article 2:

‘(17)   “declared value(s)” mean the values given in the technical documentation pursuant to point 2 of Annex IV to Directive 2009/125/EC, and where applicable, the values used to calculate these values;

(18)   “dual voltage transformer” means a transformer with one or more windings with two voltages available in order to be able to operate and supply rated power at either of two different voltage values;

(19)   “witnessed testing” means actively observing the physical testing of the product under investigation by another party, to draw conclusions on the validity of the test and the test results. This may include conclusions on the compliance of testing and calculations methods used with applicable standards and legislation;

(20)   “factory acceptance test” means a test on an ordered product where the customer uses witnessed testing to verify the product’s full accordance with contractual requirements, before they are accepted or put into service;

(21)   “equivalent model” means a model which has the same technical characteristics relevant for the technical information to be provided, but which is placed on the market or put into service by the same manufacturer or importer as another model with a different model identifier;

(22)   “model identifier” means the code, usually alphanumeric, which distinguishes a specific product model from other models with the same trade mark or the same manufacturer’s or importer’s name.’;

| (3) | Article 3 is replaced as follows:

  ‘The ecodesign requirements set out in Annex I shall apply from the dates indicated therein.
  If threshold voltages in electricity distribution networks deviate from the standard ones across the Union (*3), Member States shall notify the Commission accordingly, so that a public notification can be made for the correct interpretation of Tables I.1, I.2, I.3a, I.3b, I.4, I.5, I.6, I.7, I.8 and I.9 in Annex I.

  (*3)  Cenelec EN 60038 includes in Annex 2B a national deviation in the Czech Republic according to which the standard voltage for the highest voltage for equipment in AC three-phase systems are 38,5 kV instead of 36 kV and 25 kV instead of 24 kV.’;" |
| --- | --- |

(3)

Article 3 is replaced as follows:

‘The ecodesign requirements set out in Annex I shall apply from the dates indicated therein.

If threshold voltages in electricity distribution networks deviate from the standard ones across the Union (*3), Member States shall notify the Commission accordingly, so that a public notification can be made for the correct interpretation of Tables I.1, I.2, I.3a, I.3b, I.4, I.5, I.6, I.7, I.8 and I.9 in Annex I.

*3

(*3)  Cenelec EN 60038 includes in Annex 2B a national deviation in the Czech Republic according to which the standard voltage for the highest voltage for equipment in AC three-phase systems are 38,5 kV instead of 36 kV and 25 kV instead of 24 kV.’;"

*3

| (4) | Article 4 is replaced as follows:

  ‘Article 4
  Conformity assessment

  1.   The conformity assessment procedure referred to in Article 8 of Directive 2009/125/EC shall be the internal design control system set out in Annex IV to that Directive or the management system set out in Annex V to that Directive.


  2.   For the purposes of the conformity assessment pursuant to Article 8 of Directive 2009/125/EC, the technical documentation shall contain a copy of the product information provided in accordance with point 4 of Annex I, and the details and the results of the calculations set out in Annex II to this Regulation.


  3.   Where the information included in the technical documentation for a particular model has been obtained:






  (a) | from a model that has the same technical characteristics relevant for the technical information to be provided but is produced by a different manufacturer; or |
| --- | --- | --- |

(4)

Article 4 is replaced as follows:

‘Article 4

Conformity assessment

1.   The conformity assessment procedure referred to in Article 8 of Directive 2009/125/EC shall be the internal design control system set out in Annex IV to that Directive or the management system set out in Annex V to that Directive.

2.   For the purposes of the conformity assessment pursuant to Article 8 of Directive 2009/125/EC, the technical documentation shall contain a copy of the product information provided in accordance with point 4 of Annex I, and the details and the results of the calculations set out in Annex II to this Regulation.

3.   Where the information included in the technical documentation for a particular model has been obtained:

(a)

from a model that has the same technical characteristics relevant for the technical information to be provided but is produced by a different manufacturer; or

| (b) | by calculation on the basis of design or extrapolation from another model of the same or a different manufacturer, or both; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

by calculation on the basis of design or extrapolation from another model of the same or a different manufacturer, or both;

the technical documentation shall include the details of such calculation, the assessment undertaken by the manufacturer to verify the accuracy of the calculation and, where appropriate, the declaration of identity between the models of different manufacturers.

4.   The technical documentation shall include a list of all equivalent models, including model identifiers.’;

| (5) | Article 7 is replaced by the following:

  ‘Article 7

  Review

  The Commission shall review this Regulation in the light of technological progress and shall present the results of the assessment, including, if appropriate, a draft revision proposal, to the Consultation Forum no later than 1 July 2023. The review shall in particular address the following issues:






  — | the extent to which requirements set out for Tier 2 have been cost-effective and the appropriateness to introduce stricter Tier 3 requirements, |
| --- | --- | --- |

(5)

Article 7 is replaced by the following:

‘Article 7

Review

The Commission shall review this Regulation in the light of technological progress and shall present the results of the assessment, including, if appropriate, a draft revision proposal, to the Consultation Forum no later than 1 July 2023. The review shall in particular address the following issues:

—

the extent to which requirements set out for Tier 2 have been cost-effective and the appropriateness to introduce stricter Tier 3 requirements,

| — | the appropriateness of the concessions introduced for medium and large power transformers in cases where installation costs would have been disproportionate, |
| --- | --- |

—

the appropriateness of the concessions introduced for medium and large power transformers in cases where installation costs would have been disproportionate,

| — | the possibility of utilising the PEI calculation for losses alongside the losses in absolute values for medium power transformers, |
| --- | --- |

—

the possibility of utilising the PEI calculation for losses alongside the losses in absolute values for medium power transformers,

| — | the possibility to adopt a technology-neutral approach to the minimum requirements set out for liquid-immersed, dry-type and, possibly, electronic transformers, |
| --- | --- |

—

the possibility to adopt a technology-neutral approach to the minimum requirements set out for liquid-immersed, dry-type and, possibly, electronic transformers,

| — | the appropriateness of setting minimum performance requirements for small power transformers, |
| --- | --- |

—

the appropriateness of setting minimum performance requirements for small power transformers,

| — | the appropriateness of the exemptions for transformers in offshore applications, |
| --- | --- |

—

the appropriateness of the exemptions for transformers in offshore applications,

| — | the appropriateness of the concessions for pole-mounted transformers and for special combinations of winding voltages for medium power transformers, |
| --- | --- |

—

the appropriateness of the concessions for pole-mounted transformers and for special combinations of winding voltages for medium power transformers,

| — | the possibility and appropriateness of covering environmental impacts other than energy in the use phase, such as noise and material efficiency.’; |
| --- | --- |

—

the possibility and appropriateness of covering environmental impacts other than energy in the use phase, such as noise and material efficiency.’;

| (6) | Article 8 is renumbered into Article 9 and a new Article 8 is added as follows:

  ‘Article 8
  Circumvention
  The manufacturer, importer or authorised representative shall not place on the market products designed to be able to detect they are being tested (e.g. by recognising the test conditions or test cycle), and to react specifically by automatically altering their performance during the test with the aim of reaching a more favourable level for any of the parameters declared by the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative in the technical documentation or included in any documentation provided.’; |
| --- | --- |

(6)

Article 8 is renumbered into Article 9 and a new Article 8 is added as follows:

‘Article 8

Circumvention

The manufacturer, importer or authorised representative shall not place on the market products designed to be able to detect they are being tested (e.g. by recognising the test conditions or test cycle), and to react specifically by automatically altering their performance during the test with the aim of reaching a more favourable level for any of the parameters declared by the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative in the technical documentation or included in any documentation provided.’;

| (7) | the Annexes are amended as set out in the Annex to this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

the Annexes are amended as set out in the Annex to this Regulation.

Article 2

This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.

Done at Brussels, 1 October 2019.

For the Commission

The President

Jean-Claude JUNCKER

---

(1)  
  OJ L 285, 31.10.2009, p. 10.

1

(2)  Commission Regulation (EU) No 548/2014 of 21 May 2014 on implementing Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to small, medium and large power transformers (OJ L 152, 22.5.2014, p. 1).

2

---

ANNEX

The Annexes to Regulation (EU) No 548/2014 are amended as follows:

(1)

| (a) | point 1 is amended as follows:






  (i) | the title of Table I.1 is replaced as follows:

  ‘Maximum load and no-load losses (in W) for three-phase liquid-immersed medium power transformers with one winding with Um ≤ 24kV and the other with Um ≤ 3,6 kV’; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(a)

point 1 is amended as follows:

(i)

the title of Table I.1 is replaced as follows:

‘Maximum load and no-load losses (in W) for three-phase liquid-immersed medium power transformers with one winding with Um ≤ 24kV and the other with Um ≤ 3,6 kV’;

| (ii) | the title of Table I.2 is replaced as follows:

  ‘Maximum load and no-load losses (in W) for three-phase dry-type medium power transformers with one winding with Um ≤ 24kV and the other with Um ≤ 3,6 kV’; |
| --- | --- |

(ii)

the title of Table I.2 is replaced as follows:

‘Maximum load and no-load losses (in W) for three-phase dry-type medium power transformers with one winding with Um ≤ 24kV and the other with Um ≤ 3,6 kV’;

| (iii) | the following paragraphs are added after the first paragraph:

  ‘As of the date of application of Tier 2 requirements (1 July 2021), when the one-to-one replacement of an existing medium power transformer entails disproportionate costs associated with their installation, the replacement transformer is, exceptionally, only required to meet Tier 1 requirements for the given rated power.
  In this respect, installation costs are disproportionate if the costs of the replacement of the complete substation housing the transformer and/or the acquisition or rental of additional floor space are higher than the net present value of the additional avoided electricity losses (tariffs, taxes and levies excluded) of a Tier 2 compliant replacement transformer over its normally expected service life. The net present value shall be calculated based on capitalised loss values using widely accepted social discount rates (*1).
  In this case, the manufacturer, importer, or authorised representative shall include in the technical documentation of the replacement transformer the following information:






  — | Address and contact details of the commissioner of the replacement transformer |
| --- | --- | --- |

(iii)

the following paragraphs are added after the first paragraph:

‘As of the date of application of Tier 2 requirements (1 July 2021), when the one-to-one replacement of an existing medium power transformer entails disproportionate costs associated with their installation, the replacement transformer is, exceptionally, only required to meet Tier 1 requirements for the given rated power.

In this respect, installation costs are disproportionate if the costs of the replacement of the complete substation housing the transformer and/or the acquisition or rental of additional floor space are higher than the net present value of the additional avoided electricity losses (tariffs, taxes and levies excluded) of a Tier 2 compliant replacement transformer over its normally expected service life. The net present value shall be calculated based on capitalised loss values using widely accepted social discount rates (*1).

In this case, the manufacturer, importer, or authorised representative shall include in the technical documentation of the replacement transformer the following information:

—

Address and contact details of the commissioner of the replacement transformer

| — | The station where the replacement transformer is to be installed. This shall be unequivocally identified by either a specific location or a specific installation type (e.g., station or cabin model) |
| --- | --- |

—

The station where the replacement transformer is to be installed. This shall be unequivocally identified by either a specific location or a specific installation type (e.g., station or cabin model)

| — | The technical and/or economic justification of the disproportionate cost to install a transformer that is only Tier 1 compliant instead of a Tier 2 compliant one. If the transformers(s) were commissioned by a tendering process, all the necessary information regarding the analysis of bids and the award decision shall be provided. |
| --- | --- |

—

The technical and/or economic justification of the disproportionate cost to install a transformer that is only Tier 1 compliant instead of a Tier 2 compliant one. If the transformers(s) were commissioned by a tendering process, all the necessary information regarding the analysis of bids and the award decision shall be provided.

In the above cases, the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative shall notify the competent national market surveillance authorities.

https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/file_import/better-regulation-toolbox-61_en_0.pdf ’;

| (iv) | Table I.3 is replaced by Tables I.3a and I.3b as follows:

  ‘Table I.3a


  Correction factors to be applied to the load and no load losses indicated in Tables I.1, I.2 and I.6 for medium power transformers with special combinations of winding voltages (for rated power ≤ 3 150 kVA)









  Special combination of voltages in one winding | Load losses (Pk) | No load losses (Po) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| For both liquid immersed (Table I.1) and dry type (Table I.2) | No correction | No correction |
| Primary highest voltage for equipment Um ≤ 24kV | Secondary highest voltage for equipment Um > 3,6 kV |
| For liquid immersed (Table I.1) | 10 % | 15 % |
| Primary highest voltage for equipment Um = 36kV | Secondary highest voltage for equipment Um ≤ 3,6 kV |
| Primary highest voltage for equipment Um = 36kV | Secondary highest voltage for equipment Um > 3,6 kV | 10 % | 15 % |
| For dry type (Table I.2) | 10 % | 15 % |
| Primary highest voltage for equipment Um = 36kV | Secondary highest voltage for equipment Um ≤ 3,6 kV |
| Primary highest voltage for equipment Um = 36kV | Secondary highest voltage for equipment Um > 3,6 kV | 15 % | 20 % |

(iv)

Table I.3 is replaced by Tables I.3a and I.3b as follows:

‘Table I.3a

Correction factors to be applied to the load and no load losses indicated in Tables I.1, I.2 and I.6 for medium power transformers with special combinations of winding voltages (for rated power ≤ 3 150 kVA)

Special combination of voltages in one winding

Load losses (Pk)

No load losses (Po)

For both liquid immersed (Table I.1) and dry type (Table I.2)

No correction

No correction

Primary highest voltage for equipment Um ≤ 24kV

Secondary highest voltage for equipment Um > 3,6 kV

For liquid immersed (Table I.1)

10 %

15 %

Primary highest voltage for equipment Um = 36kV

Secondary highest voltage for equipment Um ≤ 3,6 kV

Primary highest voltage for equipment Um = 36kV

Secondary highest voltage for equipment Um > 3,6 kV

10 %

15 %

For dry type (Table I.2)

10 %

15 %

Primary highest voltage for equipment Um = 36kV

Secondary highest voltage for equipment Um ≤ 3,6 kV

Primary highest voltage for equipment Um = 36kV

Secondary highest voltage for equipment Um > 3,6 kV

15 %

20 %

Table I.3b

Correction factors to be applied to the load and no load losses indicated in Tables I.1, I.2 and I.6 for medium power transformers with dual voltage in one or both windings differing more than 10 % and rated power ≤ 3 150 kVA.

| Type of dual voltage | Reference voltage for the application of correction factors | Load losses (Pk) (*2) | No load losses (Po) (*2) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dual voltage on one winding with reduced power output on the lower low-voltage winding
  AND
  maximum available power on the lower voltage of the low-voltage winding limited to 0,85 of the rated power assigned to the low-voltage winding at its higher voltage. | losses shall be calculated based on the higher voltage of the low-voltage winding | No correction | No correction |
| Dual voltage on one winding with reduced power output on the lower high-voltage winding
  AND
  maximum available power on the lower voltage of the high-voltage winding limited to 0,85 of the rated power assigned to the high-voltage winding at its higher voltage. | losses shall be calculated based on the higher voltage of the high-voltage winding | No correction | No correction |
| Dual voltage on one winding
  AND
  full rated power available on both windings, i.e., the full nominal power is available regardless of the combination of voltages. | The losses shall be calculated based on the higher voltage of the dual voltage winding | 10 % | 15 % |
| Dual voltage on both windings
  AND
  rated power available on all combinations of windings, i.e., both voltages on one winding are fully rated in combination with one of the voltages on the other winding | the losses shall be calculated based on the higher voltages of both dual voltage windings | 20 % | 20 % |

Type of dual voltage

Reference voltage for the application of correction factors

Load losses (Pk) (*2)

No load losses (Po) (*2)

Dual voltage on one winding with reduced power output on the lower low-voltage winding

AND

maximum available power on the lower voltage of the low-voltage winding limited to 0,85 of the rated power assigned to the low-voltage winding at its higher voltage.

losses shall be calculated based on the higher voltage of the low-voltage winding

No correction

No correction

Dual voltage on one winding with reduced power output on the lower high-voltage winding

AND

maximum available power on the lower voltage of the high-voltage winding limited to 0,85 of the rated power assigned to the high-voltage winding at its higher voltage.

losses shall be calculated based on the higher voltage of the high-voltage winding

No correction

No correction

Dual voltage on one winding

AND

full rated power available on both windings, i.e., the full nominal power is available regardless of the combination of voltages.

The losses shall be calculated based on the higher voltage of the dual voltage winding

10 %

15 %

Dual voltage on both windings

AND

rated power available on all combinations of windings, i.e., both voltages on one winding are fully rated in combination with one of the voltages on the other winding

the losses shall be calculated based on the higher voltages of both dual voltage windings

20 %

20 %

| (b) | in point 1.4, the first paragraph is replaced as follows:






  ‘1.4. | For the one-to-one replacement of existing medium power pole-mounted transformers with power ratings between 25 kVA and 400 kVA, the applicable maximum levels of load and no-load losses are not the ones in Tables I.1 and I.2, but those in Table I.6 below. Maximum allowable losses for kVA ratings other than those explicitly mentioned in Table I.6 shall be obtained by linear interpolation or extrapolation. The correction factors for special combinations of winding voltages indicated in Tables I.3a and I.3b are also applicable.
  For the one-to-one replacement of existing medium power pole-mounted transformers, the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative shall include in the technical documentation of the transformer the following information:






  — | the address and contact details of the commissioner of the replacement transformer; |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

(b)

in point 1.4, the first paragraph is replaced as follows:

‘1.4.

For the one-to-one replacement of existing medium power pole-mounted transformers, the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative shall include in the technical documentation of the transformer the following information:

—

the address and contact details of the commissioner of the replacement transformer;

| — | the station where the replacement transformer is to be installed. This shall be unequivocally identified either by a specific location or an specific installation type (e.g. technical description of the pole). |
| --- | --- |

—

the station where the replacement transformer is to be installed. This shall be unequivocally identified either by a specific location or an specific installation type (e.g. technical description of the pole).

In the above cases, the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative shall notify the competent national market surveillance authorities.

With regard to the installation of new pole-mounted transformers, it is the requirements in Tables I.1 and I.2, in conjunction with Tables I.3a and I.3b where justified, which are applicable.’;

| (c) | point 2 is replaced by the following:






  ‘2. | Minimum energy efficiency requirements for large power transformers |
| --- | --- | --- |

(c)

point 2 is replaced by the following:

‘2.

Minimum efficiency requirements for large power transformers are set out in Tables I.7, I.8 and I.9.

There may be specific instances where the replacement of an existing transformer, or the installation of a new one, meeting the applicable minimum requirements set out in Tables I.7, I.8 and I.9 would result in disproportionate costs. As general rule, costs can be considered to be disproportionate when the extra transportation and/or installation costs of a Tier 2 or Tier 1, as applicable, compliant transformer would be higher than the net present value of the additional avoided electricity losses (tariffs, taxes and levies excluded) over its normally expected service life. This net present value shall be calculated based on capitalised loss values using widely accepted social discount rates (*3).

In those cases, the following fall-back provisions apply:

As of the date of application of Tier 2 requirements (1 July 2021), when the one-to-one replacement of a large power transformers in an existing site entails disproportionate costs associated to its transportation and/or installation, or is technically infeasible, the replacement transformer is, exceptionally, only required to comply with Tier 1 requirements for the given rated power.

Furthermore, if the cost of installing a replacement transformer complying with Tier 1 requirements are also disproportionate, or where no technically feasible solutions exist, no minimum requirements shall apply to the replacement transformer.

As of the date of application of Tier 2 requirements (1 July 2021), when the installation of a new large power transformer in a new site entails disproportionate costs associated to their transportation and/or installation, or is technically infeasible, the new transformer is, exceptionally, only required to meet Tier 1 requirements for the given rated power.

In these cases, the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative responsible for placing on the market or putting into service the transformer shall:

include in the technical documentation of the new or replacement transformer the following information:

| — | address and contact details of the commissioner of the transformer, |
| --- | --- |

—

address and contact details of the commissioner of the transformer,

| — | the specific location where the transformer is to be installed, |
| --- | --- |

—

the specific location where the transformer is to be installed,

| — | the technical and/or economic justification to install a new or replacement transformer that does not comply with Tier 2 or Tier 1 requirements. If the transformer(s) were commissioned by a tendering process, all the necessary information regarding the analysis of bids and the award decision, shall also be provided, |
| --- | --- |

—

the technical and/or economic justification to install a new or replacement transformer that does not comply with Tier 2 or Tier 1 requirements. If the transformer(s) were commissioned by a tendering process, all the necessary information regarding the analysis of bids and the award decision, shall also be provided,

| — | notify the competent national market surveillance authorities.

  Table I.7


  Minimum Peak Efficiency Index requirements for liquid immersed large power transformers









  Rated Power (MVA) | Tier 1 (1.7.2015) | Tier 2 (1.7.2021) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Minimum Peak Efficiency Index (%) |
| ≤ 0,025 | 97,742 | 98,251 |
| 0,05 | 98,584 | 98,891 |
| 0,1 | 98,867 | 99,093 |
| 0,16 | 99,012 | 99,191 |
| 0,25 | 99,112 | 99,283 |
| 0,315 | 99,154 | 99,320 |
| 0,4 | 99,209 | 99,369 |
| 0,5 | 99,247 | 99,398 |
| 0,63 | 99,295 | 99,437 |
| 0,8 | 99,343 | 99,473 |
| 1 | 99,360 | 99,484 |
| 1,25 | 99,418 | 99,487 |
| 1,6 | 99,424 | 99,494 |
| 2 | 99,426 | 99,502 |
| 2,5 | 99,441 | 99,514 |
| 3,15 | 99,444 | 99,518 |
| 4 | 99,465 | 99,532 |
| 5 | 99,483 | 99,548 |
| 6,3 | 99,510 | 99,571 |
| 8 | 99,535 | 99,593 |
| 10 | 99,560 | 99,615 |
| 12,5 | 99,588 | 99,640 |
| 16 | 99,615 | 99,663 |
| 20 | 99,639 | 99,684 |
| 25 | 99,657 | 99,700 |
| 31,5 | 99,671 | 99,712 |
| 40 | 99,684 | 99,724 |
| 50 | 99,696 | 99,734 |
| 63 | 99,709 | 99,745 |
| 80 | 99,723 | 99,758 |
| 100 | 99,737 | 99,770 |
| 125 | 99,737 | 99,780 |
| 160 | 99,737 | 99,790 |
| ≥ 200 | 99,737 | 99,797 |

—

notify the competent national market surveillance authorities.

Table I.7

Minimum Peak Efficiency Index requirements for liquid immersed large power transformers

Rated Power (MVA)

Tier 1 (1.7.2015)

Tier 2 (1.7.2021)

Minimum Peak Efficiency Index (%)

≤ 0,025

97,742

98,251

0,05

98,584

98,891

0,1

98,867

99,093

0,16

99,012

99,191

0,25

99,112

99,283

0,315

99,154

99,320

0,4

99,209

99,369

0,5

99,247

99,398

0,63

99,295

99,437

0,8

99,343

99,473

1

99,360

99,484

1,25

99,418

99,487

1,6

99,424

99,494

2

99,426

99,502

2,5

99,441

99,514

3,15

99,444

99,518

4

99,465

99,532

5

99,483

99,548

6,3

99,510

99,571

8

99,535

99,593

10

99,560

99,615

12,5

99,588

99,640

16

99,615

99,663

20

99,639

99,684

25

99,657

99,700

31,5

99,671

99,712

40

99,684

99,724

50

99,696

99,734

63

99,709

99,745

80

99,723

99,758

100

99,737

99,770

125

99,737

99,780

160

99,737

99,790

≥ 200

99,737

99,797

Minimum PEI values for MVA ratings that fall in between the ratings given in Table I.7 shall be calculated by linear interpolation

Table I.8

Minimum Peak Efficiency Index requirements for dry-type large power transformers with Um ≤ 36kV

| Rated Power (MVA) | Tier 1 (1.7.2015) | Tier 2 (1.7.2021) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Minimum Peak Efficiency Index (%) |
| 3,15 < Sr ≤ 4 | 99,348 | 99,382 |
| 5 | 99,354 | 99,387 |
| 6,3 | 99,356 | 99,389 |
| 8 | 99,357 | 99,390 |
| ≥ 10 | 99,357 | 99,390 |

Rated Power (MVA)

Tier 1 (1.7.2015)

Tier 2 (1.7.2021)

Minimum Peak Efficiency Index (%)

3,15 < Sr ≤ 4

99,348

99,382

5

99,354

99,387

6,3

99,356

99,389

8

99,357

99,390

≥ 10

99,357

99,390

Minimum PEI values for MVA ratings that fall in between the ratings given in Table I.8 shall be calculated by linear interpolation

Table I.9

Minimum Peak Efficiency Index requirements for dry-type large power transformers with Um > 36kV

| Rated Power (MVA) | Tier 1 (1.7.2015) | Tier 2 (1.7.2021) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Minimum Peak Efficiency Index (%) |
| ≤ 0,05 | 96,174 | 96,590 |
| 0,1 | 97,514 | 97,790 |
| 0,16 | 97,792 | 98,016 |
| 0,25 | 98,155 | 98,345 |
| 0,4 | 98,334 | 98,570 |
| 0,63 | 98,494 | 98,619 |
| 0,8 | 98,677 | 98,745 |
| 1 | 98,775 | 98,837 |
| 1,25 | 98,832 | 98,892 |
| 1,6 | 98,903 | 98,960 |
| 2 | 98,942 | 98,996 |
| 2,5 | 98,933 | 99,045 |
| 3,15 | 99,048 | 99,097 |
| 4 | 99,158 | 99,225 |
| 5 | 99,200 | 99,265 |
| 6,3 | 99,242 | 99,303 |
| 8 | 99,298 | 99,356 |
| 10 | 99,330 | 99,385 |
| 12,5 | 99,370 | 99,422 |
| 16 | 99,416 | 99,464 |
| 20 | 99,468 | 99,513 |
| 25 | 99,521 | 99,564 |
| 31,5 | 99,551 | 99,592 |
| 40 | 99,567 | 99,607 |
| 50 | 99,585 | 99,623 |
| ≥ 63 | 99,590 | 99,626 |

Rated Power (MVA)

Tier 1 (1.7.2015)

Tier 2 (1.7.2021)

Minimum Peak Efficiency Index (%)

≤ 0,05

96,174

96,590

0,1

97,514

97,790

0,16

97,792

98,016

0,25

98,155

98,345

0,4

98,334

98,570

0,63

98,494

98,619

0,8

98,677

98,745

1

98,775

98,837

1,25

98,832

98,892

1,6

98,903

98,960

2

98,942

98,996

2,5

98,933

99,045

3,15

99,048

99,097

4

99,158

99,225

5

99,200

99,265

6,3

99,242

99,303

8

99,298

99,356

10

99,330

99,385

12,5

99,370

99,422

16

99,416

99,464

20

99,468

99,513

25

99,521

99,564

31,5

99,551

99,592

40

99,567

99,607

50

99,585

99,623

≥ 63

99,590

99,626

Minimum PEI values for MVA ratings that fall in between the ratings given in Table I.9 shall be calculated by linear interpolation.

https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/file_import/better-regulation-toolbox-61_en_0.pdf’;

| (d) | in point 3, the last subparagraph is replaced by:

  ‘For medium and large power transformers only, the information under (a); (c) and (d) shall also be included on the rating plate of the transformer.’; |
| --- | --- |

(d)

in point 3, the last subparagraph is replaced by:

‘For medium and large power transformers only, the information under (a); (c) and (d) shall also be included on the rating plate of the transformer.’;

| (e) | in point 4, the last paragraph is deleted,
  and a new point (d) is added as follows:






  ‘(d) | the specific reason(s) why transformers are considered to be exempted from the Regulation in accordance with Article 1.2’; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(e)

in point 4, the last paragraph is deleted,

and a new point (d) is added as follows:

‘(d)

the specific reason(s) why transformers are considered to be exempted from the Regulation in accordance with Article 1.2’;

(2)

‘ANNEX II

Measurement methods

For the purpose of compliance with the requirements of this Regulation, measurements shall be made using a reliable, accurate and reproducible measurement procedure, which takes into account the generally recognised state of the art measurement methods, including methods set out in documents the reference numbers of which have been published for that purpose in the Official Journal of the European Union.

Calculation methods

The methodology for calculating the Peak Efficiency Index (PEI) for medium and large power transformers referred to in Tables I.4, I.5, I.7, I.8 and I.9 of Annex I is based on the ratio of the transmitted apparent power of a transformer minus the electrical losses to the transmitted apparent power of the transformer. The calculation of PEI shall use state-of-the-art methodology available in the latest version of the relevant harmonised standards for medium and large power transformers.

The formula to be used for the Peak Efficiency Index calculation is:

Image 2

Where:

| P0 | is the no load losses measured at rated voltage and rated frequency on the rated tap |
| --- | --- |
| Pc0 | is the electrical power required by the cooling system for no load operation, derived from the type test measurements of the power taken by the fan and liquid pump motors (for ONAN and ONAN/ONAF cooling systems Pc0 is always zero) |
| Pck (kPEI) | is the electrical power required by the cooling system in addition to Pc0 to operate at kPEI times the rated load. Pck is a function of the load. Pck (kPEI) is derived from the type test measurements of the power taken by the fan and liquid pump motors (for ONAN cooling systems Pck is always zero). |
| Pk | is the measured load loss at rated current and rated frequency on the rated tap corrected to the reference temperature |
| Sr | is the rated power of the transformer or autotransformer on which Pk is based |
| kPEI | is the load factor at which Peak Efficiency Index occurs’; |

P0

is the no load losses measured at rated voltage and rated frequency on the rated tap

Pc0

is the electrical power required by the cooling system for no load operation, derived from the type test measurements of the power taken by the fan and liquid pump motors (for ONAN and ONAN/ONAF cooling systems Pc0 is always zero)

Pck (kPEI)

is the electrical power required by the cooling system in addition to Pc0 to operate at kPEI times the rated load. Pck is a function of the load. Pck (kPEI) is derived from the type test measurements of the power taken by the fan and liquid pump motors (for ONAN cooling systems Pck is always zero).

Pk

is the measured load loss at rated current and rated frequency on the rated tap corrected to the reference temperature

Sr

is the rated power of the transformer or autotransformer on which Pk is based

kPEI

is the load factor at which Peak Efficiency Index occurs’;

(3)

| | the following paragraph is added after the first paragraph:


  ‘Where a model has been designed to be able to detect it being tested (e.g. by recognizing the test conditions or test cycle), and to react specifically by automatically altering its performance during the test with the objective of reaching a more favourable level for any of the parameters specified in this Regulation or included in the technical documentation, or included in any of the documentation provided, the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not compliant.’ |
| --- | --- |

the following paragraph is added after the first paragraph:

‘Where a model has been designed to be able to detect it being tested (e.g. by recognizing the test conditions or test cycle), and to react specifically by automatically altering its performance during the test with the objective of reaching a more favourable level for any of the parameters specified in this Regulation or included in the technical documentation, or included in any of the documentation provided, the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not compliant.’

| | At the end of point (1) the following is added:


  ‘The Member State authority can do this verification using its own testing equipment.
  If Factory Acceptance Tests (FATs) are planned for such transformers, which will test parameters laid down in Annex I of this Regulation, the Member State authorities may decide to use witnessed testing during these FATs to gather test results which can be used to verify compliance of the transformer under investigation. The authorities may request a manufacturer to disclose information on any planned FATs relevant for witnessed testing.
  If the result referred to in point 2(c) is not achieved, the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not to comply with this Regulation. The Member State authorities shall provide all relevant information to the authorities of the other Member States and to the Commission without delay after a decision is taken on the non-compliance of the model.’ |
| --- | --- |

At the end of point (1) the following is added:

‘The Member State authority can do this verification using its own testing equipment.

If Factory Acceptance Tests (FATs) are planned for such transformers, which will test parameters laid down in Annex I of this Regulation, the Member State authorities may decide to use witnessed testing during these FATs to gather test results which can be used to verify compliance of the transformer under investigation. The authorities may request a manufacturer to disclose information on any planned FATs relevant for witnessed testing.

If the result referred to in point 2(c) is not achieved, the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not to comply with this Regulation. The Member State authorities shall provide all relevant information to the authorities of the other Member States and to the Commission without delay after a decision is taken on the non-compliance of the model.’

| | And point (3) is replaced as follows:







  ‘(3) | If the results referred to in point 2(a), (b) or (c) are not achieved, the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not to comply with this Regulation.’; |
| --- | --- | --- |

And point (3) is replaced as follows:

‘(3)

(4)

| ‘(c) | Medium power transformers with amorphous steel core: Ao-50 %, Ak.’. |
| --- | --- |

‘(c)

Medium power transformers with amorphous steel core: Ao-50 %, Ak.’.

---

(*1)  The European Commission Better Regulation Toolbox suggest using a value of 4 % for the social discount rate

*1

https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/file_import/better-regulation-toolbox-61_en_0.pdf ’;

(*3)  The European Commission Better Regulation Toolbox suggest using a value of 4 % for the social discount rate

*3

https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/file_import/better-regulation-toolbox-61_en_0.pdf’;’

---

(*2)  The losses shall be calculated on the base of the voltage of the winding specified in the second column and can be increased with the correction factors given in the last 2 columns. In any case, whatever the combinations of winding voltages, the losses cannot exceed the values given in Tables I.1, I.2 and I.6 corrected by the factors in this table.’;

*2

(1)  Annex III to Regulation (EU) No 548/2014 as amended by Commission Regulation (EU) 2016/2282 of 30 November 2016 amending Regulations (EC) No 1275/2008, (EC) No 107/2009, (EC) No 278/2009, (EC) No 640/2009, (EC) No 641/2009, (EC) No 642/2009, (EC) No 643/2009, (EU) No 1015/2010, (EU) No 1016/2010, (EU) No 327/2011, (EU) No 206/2012, (EU) No 547/2012, (EU) No 932/2012, (EU) No 617/2013, (EU) No 666/2013, (EU) No 813/2013, (EU) No 814/2013, (EU) No 66/2014, (EU) No 548/2014, (EU) No 1253/2014, (EU) 2015/1095, (EU) 2015/1185, (EU) 2015/1188, (EU) 2015/1189 and (EU) 2016/2281 with regard to the use of tolerances in verification procedures (OJ L 346, 20.12.2016, p. 51).

1

---

| 25.10.2019 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 272/121 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

25.10.2019

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 272/121

---

COMMISSION REGULATION (EU) 2019/1784

of 1 October 2019

laying down ecodesign requirements for welding equipment pursuant to Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council

(Text with EEA relevance)

THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,

Having regard to Article 114 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

Having regard to Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 October 2009 establishing a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-related products (1), and in particular Article 15(1) thereof,

Whereas:

| (1) | Pursuant to Directive 2009/125/EC the Commission should set ecodesign requirements for energy-related products which account for significant volumes of sales and trade in the Union and which have a significant environmental impact and present significant potential for improvement through design in terms of their environmental impact, without entailing excessive costs. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

Pursuant to Directive 2009/125/EC the Commission should set ecodesign requirements for energy-related products which account for significant volumes of sales and trade in the Union and which have a significant environmental impact and present significant potential for improvement through design in terms of their environmental impact, without entailing excessive costs.

| (2) | The Communication from the Commission COM(2016) 773 final (2) (ecodesign working plan) established by the Commission in application of Article 16(1) of Directive 2009/125/EC sets out the working priorities under the ecodesign and energy labelling framework for the period 2016-2019. The ecodesign working plan identifies the energy-related product groups to be considered as priorities for the undertaking of preparatory studies and eventual adoption of implementing measures, as well as the review of the current Regulations. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

The Communication from the Commission COM(2016) 773 final (2) (ecodesign working plan) established by the Commission in application of Article 16(1) of Directive 2009/125/EC sets out the working priorities under the ecodesign and energy labelling framework for the period 2016-2019. The ecodesign working plan identifies the energy-related product groups to be considered as priorities for the undertaking of preparatory studies and eventual adoption of implementing measures, as well as the review of the current Regulations.

| (3) | Measures from the ecodesign working plan have an estimated potential to deliver a total in excess of 260 TWh of annual final energy savings in 2030, which is equivalent to reducing greenhouse gas emissions by approximately 100 million tonnes per year in 2030. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

Measures from the ecodesign working plan have an estimated potential to deliver a total in excess of 260 TWh of annual final energy savings in 2030, which is equivalent to reducing greenhouse gas emissions by approximately 100 million tonnes per year in 2030.

| (4) | The Commission has carried out a preparatory study to analyse the technical, environmental and economic aspects of welding equipment and machine tool products for industrial purposes (3). Welding equipment subject to the study comprises arc and plasma welding equipment for metals, designed and typically used for industrial and professional use (4). It has been considered that welding equipment exclusively powered with engines or batteries should not be regulated. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

The Commission has carried out a preparatory study to analyse the technical, environmental and economic aspects of welding equipment and machine tool products for industrial purposes (3). Welding equipment subject to the study comprises arc and plasma welding equipment for metals, designed and typically used for industrial and professional use (4). It has been considered that welding equipment exclusively powered with engines or batteries should not be regulated.

| (5) | The preparatory study was conducted in close cooperation with stakeholders and interested parties in the EU and elsewhere. The results were made public and presented to the Consultation Forum established under Article 18 of Directive 2009/125/EC. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

The preparatory study was conducted in close cooperation with stakeholders and interested parties in the EU and elsewhere. The results were made public and presented to the Consultation Forum established under Article 18 of Directive 2009/125/EC.

| (6) | The environmental aspects of welding equipment that were identified as significant for the purposes of this Regulation are:






  (a) | energy consumption in the use phase, including when the products are in ‘idle’ mode; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(6)

The environmental aspects of welding equipment that were identified as significant for the purposes of this Regulation are:

(a)

energy consumption in the use phase, including when the products are in ‘idle’ mode;

| (b) | resource efficiency aspects. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

resource efficiency aspects.

| (7) | Annual final energy consumption directly related to welding equipment is expected to be in excess of 6 TWh in 2030, corresponding to 2,4 million tonnes of CO2 equivalent, excluding the energy used in making the associated consumables (such as shielding gases, welding wire). The preparatory study showed that energy consumption in the use phase and various idle or standby modes can be reduced significantly. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

Annual final energy consumption directly related to welding equipment is expected to be in excess of 6 TWh in 2030, corresponding to 2,4 million tonnes of CO2 equivalent, excluding the energy used in making the associated consumables (such as shielding gases, welding wire). The preparatory study showed that energy consumption in the use phase and various idle or standby modes can be reduced significantly.

| (8) | By 2030, it is estimated that the ecodesign requirements in this Regulation will result in annual energy savings of 1,09 TWh, corresponding to total annual savings of about 0,27 Mt CO2 equivalent. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

By 2030, it is estimated that the ecodesign requirements in this Regulation will result in annual energy savings of 1,09 TWh, corresponding to total annual savings of about 0,27 Mt CO2 equivalent.

| (9) | The Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions COM(2015) 614 final (5) (circular economy action plan) and the ecodesign working plan underline the importance of using the ecodesign framework to support the move towards a more resource efficient and circular economy. Directive 2012/19/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (6) refers to Directive 2009/125/EC and indicates that ecodesign requirements should facilitate the re-use, dismantling and recovery of waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) by tackling the issues upstream. Accordingly this Regulation lays down requirements on non-energy-related aspects, including:






  (a) | disassembly; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(9)

The Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions COM(2015) 614 final (5) (circular economy action plan) and the ecodesign working plan underline the importance of using the ecodesign framework to support the move towards a more resource efficient and circular economy. Directive 2012/19/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (6) refers to Directive 2009/125/EC and indicates that ecodesign requirements should facilitate the re-use, dismantling and recovery of waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) by tackling the issues upstream. Accordingly this Regulation lays down requirements on non-energy-related aspects, including:

(a)

disassembly;

| (b) | reparability; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

reparability;

| (c) | critical raw materials. |
| --- | --- |

(c)

critical raw materials.

| (10) | In addition, it requires that welding equipment be accompanied by information on the use of shielding gases during welding and the quantities of welding wire or filler material used. |
| --- | --- |

(10)

In addition, it requires that welding equipment be accompanied by information on the use of shielding gases during welding and the quantities of welding wire or filler material used.

| (11) | The energy and resource consumption of welding equipment could be reduced by applying existing non-proprietary techniques without an increase in the combined costs of purchasing and operation. |
| --- | --- |

(11)

The energy and resource consumption of welding equipment could be reduced by applying existing non-proprietary techniques without an increase in the combined costs of purchasing and operation.

| (12) | The preparatory study has concluded that the proposed ecodesign requirements do not affect the functionality or affordability of welding equipment from the end-user’s perspective and do not negatively affect health, safety or the environment. |
| --- | --- |

(12)

The preparatory study has concluded that the proposed ecodesign requirements do not affect the functionality or affordability of welding equipment from the end-user’s perspective and do not negatively affect health, safety or the environment.

| (13) | The timing for the introduction of ecodesign requirements allows manufacturers to redesign the products covered by this Regulation. It takes account of the impact on costs for manufacturers, in particular the large proportion of small and medium-sized enterprises in the welding equipment manufacturing sector in the EU, while ensuring the timely achievement of the objectives of this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

(13)

The timing for the introduction of ecodesign requirements allows manufacturers to redesign the products covered by this Regulation. It takes account of the impact on costs for manufacturers, in particular the large proportion of small and medium-sized enterprises in the welding equipment manufacturing sector in the EU, while ensuring the timely achievement of the objectives of this Regulation.

| (14) | Product parameters should be measured and calculated using reliable, accurate and reproducible methods that take into account recognised state-of-the-art measurement and calculation techniques, including, where available, harmonised standards adopted by the European standardisation organisations following a request from the Commission, in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council (7). |
| --- | --- |

(14)

Product parameters should be measured and calculated using reliable, accurate and reproducible methods that take into account recognised state-of-the-art measurement and calculation techniques, including, where available, harmonised standards adopted by the European standardisation organisations following a request from the Commission, in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council (7).

| (15) | In accordance with Article 8 of Directive 2009/125/EC, this Regulation should specify which conformity assessment procedures apply. |
| --- | --- |

(15)

In accordance with Article 8 of Directive 2009/125/EC, this Regulation should specify which conformity assessment procedures apply.

| (16) | To facilitate compliance checks, manufacturers should provide the information contained in the technical documentation referred to in Annexes IV and V to Directive 2009/125/EC where that information relates to the requirements laid down in this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

(16)

To facilitate compliance checks, manufacturers should provide the information contained in the technical documentation referred to in Annexes IV and V to Directive 2009/125/EC where that information relates to the requirements laid down in this Regulation.

| (17) | In addition to the legally binding requirements laid down in this Regulation, benchmarks for best available techniques should be identified to make information on the lifecycle environmental performance of products subject to this Regulation widely available and easily accessible, in accordance with part 3(2) of Annex I to Directive 2009/125/EC. |
| --- | --- |

(17)

In addition to the legally binding requirements laid down in this Regulation, benchmarks for best available techniques should be identified to make information on the lifecycle environmental performance of products subject to this Regulation widely available and easily accessible, in accordance with part 3(2) of Annex I to Directive 2009/125/EC.

| (18) | In order to improve the effectiveness and credibility of this Regulation and to protect consumers, products that automatically alter their performance in test conditions to improve the declared parameters should be prohibited. |
| --- | --- |

(18)

In order to improve the effectiveness and credibility of this Regulation and to protect consumers, products that automatically alter their performance in test conditions to improve the declared parameters should be prohibited.

| (19) | A review of this Regulation should assess the appropriateness and effectiveness of its provisions in achieving its goals. The timing of the review should allow for all provisions to be implemented and show an effect on the market. |
| --- | --- |

(19)

A review of this Regulation should assess the appropriateness and effectiveness of its provisions in achieving its goals. The timing of the review should allow for all provisions to be implemented and show an effect on the market.

| (20) | In order to improve the operation of the internal market and the environmental performance of welding equipment throughout the Union, ecodesign requirements should harmonise the relevant energy consumption and resource efficiency requirements. The requirements should be revised not later than 2024 in the light of technological evolution, in order to take advantage of further possibilities of improving the equipment’s performance and the operation of the internal market. |
| --- | --- |

(20)

In order to improve the operation of the internal market and the environmental performance of welding equipment throughout the Union, ecodesign requirements should harmonise the relevant energy consumption and resource efficiency requirements. The requirements should be revised not later than 2024 in the light of technological evolution, in order to take advantage of further possibilities of improving the equipment’s performance and the operation of the internal market.

| (21) | The measures provided for in this Regulation were discussed by the Consultation Forum referred to in Article 18 of Directive 2009/125/EC. |
| --- | --- |

(21)

The measures provided for in this Regulation were discussed by the Consultation Forum referred to in Article 18 of Directive 2009/125/EC.

| (22) | The measures provided for in this Regulation are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee established under Article 19(1) of Directive 2009/125/EC, |
| --- | --- |

(22)

The measures provided for in this Regulation are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee established under Article 19(1) of Directive 2009/125/EC,

HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:

Article 1

Subject matter and scope

1.   This Regulation establishes ecodesign requirements for the placing on the market or the putting into service of electrical mains-operated welding equipment.

2.   This Regulation shall apply to welding equipment using one or more of the following welding and allied processes:

| (a) | manual metal arc welding; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

manual metal arc welding;

| (b) | shielded metal arc welding; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

shielded metal arc welding;

| (c) | self-shielded flux-cored welding; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

self-shielded flux-cored welding;

| (d) | flux cored arc welding; |
| --- | --- |

(d)

flux cored arc welding;

| (e) | metal active gas and metal inert gas welding; |
| --- | --- |

(e)

metal active gas and metal inert gas welding;

| (f) | tungsten inert gas welding; |
| --- | --- |

(f)

tungsten inert gas welding;

| (g) | plasma arc cutting. |
| --- | --- |

(g)

plasma arc cutting.

3.   This Regulation shall not apply to welding equipment using the following welding and allied processes:

| (a) | submerged arc welding; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

submerged arc welding;

| (b) | limited-duty arc welding; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

limited-duty arc welding;

| (c) | resistance welding; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

resistance welding;

| (d) | stud welding. |
| --- | --- |

(d)

stud welding.

Article 2

Definitions

For the purposes of this Regulation, the following definitions shall apply:

| 1. | ‘welding equipment’ means products that are used for manual, automated or semi-automated welding, brazing, soldering or cutting (or all of the above) via arc welding and allied processes, and that is stationary or transportable, and consists of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves and which are joined together to produce coalescence of metals by heating them to the welding temperature (with or without the application of pressure) or by the application of pressure alone, with or without the use of filler metal, and with or without the use of shielding gas(es), using appropriate tools and techniques, resulting in a product of defined geometry; |
| --- | --- |

1.

‘welding equipment’ means products that are used for manual, automated or semi-automated welding, brazing, soldering or cutting (or all of the above) via arc welding and allied processes, and that is stationary or transportable, and consists of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves and which are joined together to produce coalescence of metals by heating them to the welding temperature (with or without the application of pressure) or by the application of pressure alone, with or without the use of filler metal, and with or without the use of shielding gas(es), using appropriate tools and techniques, resulting in a product of defined geometry;

| 2. | ‘manual metal arc welding’ means an arc-welding process with a coated electrode where the operator’s hand controls the travel speed of the welding operation and the rate at which the electrode is fed into the electric arc; |
| --- | --- |

2.

‘manual metal arc welding’ means an arc-welding process with a coated electrode where the operator’s hand controls the travel speed of the welding operation and the rate at which the electrode is fed into the electric arc;

| 3. | ‘shielded metal arc welding’ means an arc-welding process whereby coalescence is produced by heating with an electric arc between a covered metal electrode and the work-piece and work area. Shielding is obtained from decomposition of the electrode covering. Pressure is not used and filler metal is obtained from the electrode; |
| --- | --- |

3.

‘shielded metal arc welding’ means an arc-welding process whereby coalescence is produced by heating with an electric arc between a covered metal electrode and the work-piece and work area. Shielding is obtained from decomposition of the electrode covering. Pressure is not used and filler metal is obtained from the electrode;

| 4. | ‘self-shielded flux-cored welding’ means a wire welding process in which a continuous hollow-wire electrode is fed through the welding gun into the weld joint without the need to use an external shielding gas to protect the weld pool from contamination. Instead of an external shielding gas, a flux compound within the hollow wire reacts with the welding arc to form a gas that protects the weld pool; |
| --- | --- |

4.

‘self-shielded flux-cored welding’ means a wire welding process in which a continuous hollow-wire electrode is fed through the welding gun into the weld joint without the need to use an external shielding gas to protect the weld pool from contamination. Instead of an external shielding gas, a flux compound within the hollow wire reacts with the welding arc to form a gas that protects the weld pool;

| 5. | ‘flux cored arc welding’ means a welding process that uses composite tubular filler metal electrodes consisting of a metal sheath and a core of various powdered materials, producing an extensive slag cover on the face of a weld bead. The use of external shield gas(es) may or may not be required; |
| --- | --- |

5.

‘flux cored arc welding’ means a welding process that uses composite tubular filler metal electrodes consisting of a metal sheath and a core of various powdered materials, producing an extensive slag cover on the face of a weld bead. The use of external shield gas(es) may or may not be required;

| 6. | ‘metal inert gas welding’ means a gas metal arc welding process whereby coalescence is produced by heating with an arc between a continuous filler metal (consumable) electrode and the workpiece area. Shielding is obtained entirely from an externally supplied gas, or gas mixture, that is inert; |
| --- | --- |

6.

‘metal inert gas welding’ means a gas metal arc welding process whereby coalescence is produced by heating with an arc between a continuous filler metal (consumable) electrode and the workpiece area. Shielding is obtained entirely from an externally supplied gas, or gas mixture, that is inert;

| 7. | ‘metal active gas welding’ means a gas metal arc welding process whereby coalescence is produced by heating with an arc between a continuous filler metal (consumable) electrode and the workpiece area. Shielding is obtained entirely from an externally supplied gas, or gas mixture, that is active; |
| --- | --- |

7.

‘metal active gas welding’ means a gas metal arc welding process whereby coalescence is produced by heating with an arc between a continuous filler metal (consumable) electrode and the workpiece area. Shielding is obtained entirely from an externally supplied gas, or gas mixture, that is active;

| 8. | ‘tungsten inert gas welding’ means an arc welding process whereby coalescence is produced by heating with an arc between a single tungsten (non-consumable) electrode and the workpiece area. Shielding is obtained from a gas or gas mixture. Pressure may or may not be used and filler metal may or may not be used; |
| --- | --- |

8.

‘tungsten inert gas welding’ means an arc welding process whereby coalescence is produced by heating with an arc between a single tungsten (non-consumable) electrode and the workpiece area. Shielding is obtained from a gas or gas mixture. Pressure may or may not be used and filler metal may or may not be used;

| 9. | ‘plasma arc cutting’ means an arc cutting process that uses a constricted arc and removes the molten metal in a high velocity jet of ionised gas (plasma gas) issuing from the constricting orifice. Plasma arc cutting is a direct-current electrode-negative process; |
| --- | --- |

9.

‘plasma arc cutting’ means an arc cutting process that uses a constricted arc and removes the molten metal in a high velocity jet of ionised gas (plasma gas) issuing from the constricting orifice. Plasma arc cutting is a direct-current electrode-negative process;

| 10. | ‘plasma gas’ (also referred to as ‘orifice gas’ or ‘cutting gas’) means a gas directed into the torch to surround the electrode, which becomes ionised by the arc to form a plasma and issues from the torch nozzle as the plasma jet; |
| --- | --- |

10.

‘plasma gas’ (also referred to as ‘orifice gas’ or ‘cutting gas’) means a gas directed into the torch to surround the electrode, which becomes ionised by the arc to form a plasma and issues from the torch nozzle as the plasma jet;

| 11. | ‘shielding gas’ (also referred to as ‘secondary gas’) means a gas that does not pass through the orifice of the nozzle, but instead passes around the nozzle and forms a shield around the electric arc; |
| --- | --- |

11.

‘shielding gas’ (also referred to as ‘secondary gas’) means a gas that does not pass through the orifice of the nozzle, but instead passes around the nozzle and forms a shield around the electric arc;

| 12. | ‘submerged arc welding’ means an arc welding process that uses an arc or arcs exceeding 600 amperes between a bare metal electrode or electrodes and the weld pool. The arc and molten metal are shielded by a blanket of granular flux on the workpieces. No pressure is applied and the process uses filler metal from the electrode and sometimes from a supplementary source such as a welding rod, flux or metal granules; |
| --- | --- |

12.

‘submerged arc welding’ means an arc welding process that uses an arc or arcs exceeding 600 amperes between a bare metal electrode or electrodes and the weld pool. The arc and molten metal are shielded by a blanket of granular flux on the workpieces. No pressure is applied and the process uses filler metal from the electrode and sometimes from a supplementary source such as a welding rod, flux or metal granules;

| 13. | ‘limited-duty arc welding’ means arc welding and allied processes that are not for industrial and professional applications and that:






  (a) | use single-phase public low-voltage input; |
| --- | --- | --- |

13.

‘limited-duty arc welding’ means arc welding and allied processes that are not for industrial and professional applications and that:

(a)

use single-phase public low-voltage input;

| (b) | if engine driven, do not exceed an output power of 7,5 kVA; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

if engine driven, do not exceed an output power of 7,5 kVA;

| (c) | do not require arc-striking and stabilising devices, liquid cooling systems or gas consoles for operation; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

do not require arc-striking and stabilising devices, liquid cooling systems or gas consoles for operation;

| 14. | ‘resistance welding’ means a thermo-electrical process in which heat is generated at the interface of the parts to be joined by passing an electrical current through the parts for a precisely controlled time and under a controlled pressure. No consumables such as welding rods or shielding gases are required; |
| --- | --- |

14.

‘resistance welding’ means a thermo-electrical process in which heat is generated at the interface of the parts to be joined by passing an electrical current through the parts for a precisely controlled time and under a controlled pressure. No consumables such as welding rods or shielding gases are required;

| 15. | ‘stud welding’ means a welding process in which a metal stud or a similar part is joined (manually, in automated or in semi-automated way) to a workpiece using an arc of electricity to heat both parts; |
| --- | --- |

15.

‘stud welding’ means a welding process in which a metal stud or a similar part is joined (manually, in automated or in semi-automated way) to a workpiece using an arc of electricity to heat both parts;

| 16. | ‘equivalent model’ means a model which has the same technical characteristics relevant for the technical information to be provided, but which is placed on the market or put into service by the same manufacturer or authorised representative or importer as another model with a different model identifier; |
| --- | --- |

16.

‘equivalent model’ means a model which has the same technical characteristics relevant for the technical information to be provided, but which is placed on the market or put into service by the same manufacturer or authorised representative or importer as another model with a different model identifier;

| 17. | ‘model identifier’ means the code, usually alphanumeric, which distinguishes a specific product model from other models with the same trade mark or the same manufacturer’s, authorised representative’s or importer’s name. |
| --- | --- |

17.

‘model identifier’ means the code, usually alphanumeric, which distinguishes a specific product model from other models with the same trade mark or the same manufacturer’s, authorised representative’s or importer’s name.

Article 3

Ecodesign requirements

The ecodesign requirements set out in Annex II shall apply from the dates indicated therein.

Article 4

Conformity assessment

1.   The conformity assessment procedure referred to in Article 8 of Directive 2009/125/EC shall be the internal design control system set out in Annex IV, or the management system set out in Annex V, to that Directive.

2.   For the purposes of conformity assessment pursuant to Article 8 of Directive 2009/125/EC, the technical documentation file shall contain a copy of the product information provided in accordance with Annex II, points 2 and 3, and the details and results of the calculations set out in Annex III to this Regulation.

3.   Where the information in the technical documentation for a particular model has been obtained:

| (a) | from a model that has the same technical characteristics relevant for the technical information to be provided but is produced by a different manufacturer; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

from a model that has the same technical characteristics relevant for the technical information to be provided but is produced by a different manufacturer;

| (b) | by calculation on the basis of design or extrapolation from another model of the same or a different manufacturer, or both; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

by calculation on the basis of design or extrapolation from another model of the same or a different manufacturer, or both;

the technical documentation shall include the details of such calculation, the assessment undertaken by the manufacturer to verify the accuracy of the calculation and, where appropriate, the declaration of identity between the models of different manufacturers.

The technical documentation shall include a list of all equivalent models, including the model identifiers.

Article 5

Verification procedure for market surveillance purposes

Member States shall apply the verification procedure set out in Annex IV when performing the market surveillance checks referred to in point 2 of Article 3 of Directive 2009/125/EC.

Article 6

Circumvention and software updates

The manufacturer, authorised representative or importer shall not place on the market products designed to be able to detect they are being tested (e.g. by recognising the test conditions or test cycle), and to react specifically by automatically altering their performance during the test with the aim of reaching a more favourable level for any of the parameters declared by the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative in the technical documentation or included in any documentation provided.

The energy consumption of the product and any of the other declared parameters shall not deteriorate after a software or firmware update when measured with the same test standard originally used for the declaration of conformity, except with explicit consent of the end-user prior to the update. No performance change shall occur as result of rejecting the update.

A software update shall never have the effect of changing the product’s performance in a way that makes it non-compliant with the ecodesign requirements applicable for the declaration of conformity.

Article 7

Benchmarks

The benchmarks for the best-performing products and techniques available on the market at the time this Regulation is adopted are set out in Annex V.

Article 8

Review

The Commission shall review this Regulation in the light of technological progress and shall present the results of this assessment, including, if appropriate, a draft revision proposal to the Consultation Forum no later than 14 November 2024.

The review shall assess, in particular, whether it is appropriate to set specific ecodesign requirements with regard to the following:

| (a) | stricter limits to power source efficiency and idle state power consumption; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

stricter limits to power source efficiency and idle state power consumption;

| (b) | the emissions to air associated with the use of welding equipment; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

the emissions to air associated with the use of welding equipment;

| (c) | additional resource efficiency requirements for the products in accordance with the objectives of circular economy; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

additional resource efficiency requirements for the products in accordance with the objectives of circular economy;

| (d) | products using submerged arc welding, limited duty arc welding, resistance welding and stud welding processes. |
| --- | --- |

(d)

products using submerged arc welding, limited duty arc welding, resistance welding and stud welding processes.

Additionally, it shall also assess whether it is appropriate to expand the scope of this Regulation to professional machine tools, and in particular set specific ecodesign requirements for machine tools with regard to minimum efficiency values in non-processing, standby and other low power modes.

Article 9

Entry into force and application

This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

Official Journal of the European Union

This Regulation shall apply from 1 January 2021.

This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.

Done at Brussels, 1 October 2019.

For the Commission

The President

Jean-Claude JUNCKER

---

(1)  
  OJ L 285, 31.10.2009, p. 10.

1

(2)  Communication from the Commission. Ecodesign working plan 2016-2019 (COM(2016) 773 final, Brussels, 30.11.2016).

2

(3)  Machine tools were initially covered in the preparatory work, but they have been excluded from the scope of this Regulation due to the difficulty of determining minimum efficiency requirements on the basis of the currently available information. Additional data collection, especially on the technical options for reducing energy consumption in non-processing states such as standby and other low-power modes, could result in ecodesign measures being proposed for machine tools in the future.

3

(4)  As defined in IEC 60 974-1: Arc welding equipment — Part 1: Welding power sources. Specifically excluded from the scope of this Regulation are arc welding and cutting equipment designed for limited-duty operation by the layperson in accordance with IEC 60 974-6: Arc welding equipment — Part 6: Limited duty equipment.

4

(5)  Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions. Closing The Loop — An EU action plan for the circular economy (COM(2015) 614 final, Brussels, 2.12.2015).

5

(6)  Directive 2012/19/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 4 July 2012 on waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) (OJ L 197, 24.7.2012, p. 38).

6

(7)  Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 October 2012 on European standardisation (OJ L 316, 14.11.2012, p. 12).

7

---

ANNEX I

Definitions applicable for the Annexes

The following definitions shall apply:

| (1) | ‘power source efficiency’ means the ratio, expressed in a percentage, of the output power at standardised welding conditions and standardised welding load voltages, to the highest power consumption of the power source; |
| --- | --- |

(1)

‘power source efficiency’ means the ratio, expressed in a percentage, of the output power at standardised welding conditions and standardised welding load voltages, to the highest power consumption of the power source;

| (2) | ‘idle state’ means the operating state in which the power is switched on and the welding circuit is not energised; |
| --- | --- |

(2)

‘idle state’ means the operating state in which the power is switched on and the welding circuit is not energised;

| (3) | ‘idle state power consumption’ means the power demand, in watts, in idle state; |
| --- | --- |

(3)

‘idle state power consumption’ means the power demand, in watts, in idle state;

| (4) | ‘power source’ means a device that utilises alternating current (AC) to either power one or more AC power outputs, or which converts AC to one or more DC power outputs, for the purpose of powering a welding equipment; |
| --- | --- |

(4)

‘power source’ means a device that utilises alternating current (AC) to either power one or more AC power outputs, or which converts AC to one or more DC power outputs, for the purpose of powering a welding equipment;

| (5) | ‘control panel’ means an overall operating interface, containing controls and indicators, between the user and the welding equipment; |
| --- | --- |

(5)

‘control panel’ means an overall operating interface, containing controls and indicators, between the user and the welding equipment;

| (6) | ‘equipment housing’ means a casing intended to protect the product from the environment, including ambient humidity and possible shock impacts; |
| --- | --- |

(6)

‘equipment housing’ means a casing intended to protect the product from the environment, including ambient humidity and possible shock impacts;

| (7) | ‘battery’ means a device as defined in Article 3 of Directive 2006/66/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (1), in the sense also of ‘battery pack’ or ‘industrial battery or accumulator’ in the same Article; |
| --- | --- |

(7)

‘battery’ means a device as defined in Article 3 of Directive 2006/66/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (1), in the sense also of ‘battery pack’ or ‘industrial battery or accumulator’ in the same Article;

| (8) | ‘welding torch’ means a device which delivers the welding current to the electrode, which may include transferring the current to a consumable electrode, where used, and which also delivers the shielding gas, where used, to the electric arc area; |
| --- | --- |

(8)

‘welding torch’ means a device which delivers the welding current to the electrode, which may include transferring the current to a consumable electrode, where used, and which also delivers the shielding gas, where used, to the electric arc area;

| (9) | ‘gas supply hose’ means a supply hose specifically designed for supply of fuel gases (such as acetylene), compressed air and shielding gases used in welding, normally consisting of a tube and a protective cover, often specific to the gas type used, and sometimes to the operating conditions; |
| --- | --- |

(9)

‘gas supply hose’ means a supply hose specifically designed for supply of fuel gases (such as acetylene), compressed air and shielding gases used in welding, normally consisting of a tube and a protective cover, often specific to the gas type used, and sometimes to the operating conditions;

| (10) | ‘gas supply regulator’ means a device which reduces the higher pressure of the supplied compressed gases to the lower pressure that can be safely used in the welding equipment, often equipped with a metering valve or flowmeter to measure and/or control gas flow; |
| --- | --- |

(10)

‘gas supply regulator’ means a device which reduces the higher pressure of the supplied compressed gases to the lower pressure that can be safely used in the welding equipment, often equipped with a metering valve or flowmeter to measure and/or control gas flow;

| (11) | ‘welding wire drive’ means a device, used to feed welding wire or filler material, that may be of the type of push, pull or a push-pull combination; |
| --- | --- |

(11)

‘welding wire drive’ means a device, used to feed welding wire or filler material, that may be of the type of push, pull or a push-pull combination;

| (12) | ‘fan’ means a rotary bladed machine used to maintain a continuous flow of gas, typically air, passing through it and acts for instance as the internal cooling system for the power source; |
| --- | --- |

(12)

‘fan’ means a rotary bladed machine used to maintain a continuous flow of gas, typically air, passing through it and acts for instance as the internal cooling system for the power source;

| (13) | ‘electricity supply cable’ means an electric energy supply cable meeting the performance and safety requirements of internationally recognised welding cable standards; |
| --- | --- |

(13)

‘electricity supply cable’ means an electric energy supply cable meeting the performance and safety requirements of internationally recognised welding cable standards;

| (14) | ‘professional repairer’ means an operator or undertaking which provides services of repair and professional maintenance for welding equipment; |
| --- | --- |

(14)

‘professional repairer’ means an operator or undertaking which provides services of repair and professional maintenance for welding equipment;

| (15) | ‘spare part’ means a separate part that can replace a part with the same or similar function in a welding equipment. |
| --- | --- |

(15)

‘spare part’ means a separate part that can replace a part with the same or similar function in a welding equipment.

---

(1)  Directive 2006/66/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 September 2006 on batteries and accumulators and waste batteries and accumulators and repealing Directive 91/157/EEC (OJ L 266, 26.9.2006, p. 1).

---

ANNEX II

Ecodesign requirements

1.   Energy efficiency requirements

From 1 January 2023, the power source efficiency of welding equipment, shall not be lower than the values set out in Table 1, and the idle state power consumption shall not exceed the values set out in Table 1.

Table 1

Power source efficiency and idle state power consumption

| | Minimum power source efficiency | Maximum idle state power consumption |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Welding equipment powered by three-phase power sources with direct current (DC) output | 85 % | 50 W |
| Welding equipment powered by single-phase power sources with direct current (DC) output | 80 % | 50 W |
| Welding equipment powered by single-phase and three-phase power sources with alternating current (AC) output | 80 % | 50 W |

Minimum power source efficiency

Maximum idle state power consumption

Welding equipment powered by three-phase power sources with direct current (DC) output

85 %

50 W

Welding equipment powered by single-phase power sources with direct current (DC) output

80 %

50 W

Welding equipment powered by single-phase and three-phase power sources with alternating current (AC) output

80 %

50 W

Compliance with the ecodesign requirements on power source efficiency and idle state power consumption shall be assessed, measured and calculated in accordance with the methods set out in Annex III.

2.   Resource efficiency requirements

From 1 January 2021, welding equipment shall meet the following requirements:

| (a) | Availability of spare parts






  (1) | Manufacturers, authorised representatives or importers of welding equipment shall make available to professional repairers at least the following spare parts for a minimum period of 10 years after the production of the last unit of a welding equipment model:






  (a) | control panel; |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

(a)

Availability of spare parts

(1)

Manufacturers, authorised representatives or importers of welding equipment shall make available to professional repairers at least the following spare parts for a minimum period of 10 years after the production of the last unit of a welding equipment model:

(a)

control panel;

| (b) | power source(s); |
| --- | --- |

(b)

power source(s);

| (c) | equipment housing; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

equipment housing;

| (d) | battery(ies); |
| --- | --- |

(d)

battery(ies);

| (e) | welding torch; |
| --- | --- |

(e)

welding torch;

| (f) | gas supply hose(s); |
| --- | --- |

(f)

gas supply hose(s);

| (g) | gas supply regulator(s); |
| --- | --- |

(g)

gas supply regulator(s);

| (h) | welding wire or filler material drive; |
| --- | --- |

(h)

welding wire or filler material drive;

| (i) | fan(s); |
| --- | --- |

(i)

fan(s);

| (j) | electricity supply cable; |
| --- | --- |

(j)

electricity supply cable;

| (k) | software and firmware including reset software. |
| --- | --- |

(k)

software and firmware including reset software.

| (2) | Manufacturers shall ensure that these spare parts can be replaced with the use of commonly available tools and without permanent damage to the equipment and the part. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

Manufacturers shall ensure that these spare parts can be replaced with the use of commonly available tools and without permanent damage to the equipment and the part.

| (3) | The list of these spare parts and the procedure for ordering them shall be publicly available on the free access website of the manufacturer, authorised representative or importer, at the latest two years after placing on the market of the first unit of a model and until the end of the availability of these spare parts. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

The list of these spare parts and the procedure for ordering them shall be publicly available on the free access website of the manufacturer, authorised representative or importer, at the latest two years after placing on the market of the first unit of a model and until the end of the availability of these spare parts.

| (b) | Access to repair and maintenance information
  No later than two years after the placing on the market of the first unit of a model, and until the end of the period mentioned under point a.1, the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative shall provide access to the welding equipment repair and maintenance information to professional repairers in the following conditions:






  1. | the manufacturer’s, authorised representative’s or importer’s website shall indicate the process for professional repairers to register for access to information; to accept such a request, manufacturers, authorised representatives or importers may require the professional repairer to demonstrate that:






  (i) | the professional repairer has the technical expertise to repair and maintain welding equipment and complies with the applicable regulations for repairers of electrical equipment in the Member States where it operates. Reference to an official registration system as professional repairer, where such system exists in the Member States concerned, shall be accepted as proof of compliance with this point; |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

(b)

Access to repair and maintenance information

No later than two years after the placing on the market of the first unit of a model, and until the end of the period mentioned under point a.1, the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative shall provide access to the welding equipment repair and maintenance information to professional repairers in the following conditions:

1.

the manufacturer’s, authorised representative’s or importer’s website shall indicate the process for professional repairers to register for access to information; to accept such a request, manufacturers, authorised representatives or importers may require the professional repairer to demonstrate that:

(i)

the professional repairer has the technical expertise to repair and maintain welding equipment and complies with the applicable regulations for repairers of electrical equipment in the Member States where it operates. Reference to an official registration system as professional repairer, where such system exists in the Member States concerned, shall be accepted as proof of compliance with this point;

| (ii) | the professional repairer is covered by insurance covering liabilities resulting from its activity regardless of whether this is required by the Member State; |
| --- | --- |

(ii)

the professional repairer is covered by insurance covering liabilities resulting from its activity regardless of whether this is required by the Member State;

| 2. | the manufacturer, authorised representative or importer shall accept or refuse the registration within 5 working days from the date of request by the professional repairer.
  Once registered, a professional repairer shall have access, within one working day after requesting it, to the requested repair and maintenance information. The information may be provided for an equivalent model or model of the same family, if relevant. The available repair and maintenance information shall include:






  — | the unequivocal welding equipment identification information, |
| --- | --- | --- |

2.

the manufacturer, authorised representative or importer shall accept or refuse the registration within 5 working days from the date of request by the professional repairer.

Once registered, a professional repairer shall have access, within one working day after requesting it, to the requested repair and maintenance information. The information may be provided for an equivalent model or model of the same family, if relevant. The available repair and maintenance information shall include:

—

the unequivocal welding equipment identification information,

| — | a disassembly map or exploded view, |
| --- | --- |

—

a disassembly map or exploded view,

| — | a list of necessary repair and test equipment, |
| --- | --- |

—

a list of necessary repair and test equipment,

| — | component and diagnosis information (such as minimum and maximum theoretical values for measurement), |
| --- | --- |

—

component and diagnosis information (such as minimum and maximum theoretical values for measurement),

| — | wiring and connection diagrams, |
| --- | --- |

—

wiring and connection diagrams,

| — | diagnostic fault and error codes (including manufacturer-specific codes where applicable), |
| --- | --- |

—

diagnostic fault and error codes (including manufacturer-specific codes where applicable),

| — | data records of reported failure incidents stored in the welding equipment (where applicable), and |
| --- | --- |

—

data records of reported failure incidents stored in the welding equipment (where applicable), and

| — | instructions for installation of relevant software and firmware including reset software. |
| --- | --- |

—

instructions for installation of relevant software and firmware including reset software.

Manufacturers, authorised representatives or importers may charge reasonable and proportionate fees for access to the repair and maintenance information or for receiving regular updates. A fee is reasonable if it does not discourage access by failing to take into account the extent to which the professional repairer uses the information.

| (c) | Maximum delivery time for spare parts
  During the period mentioned under point a.1, the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative shall ensure the delivery to professional repairers of spare parts for welding equipment within 15 working days after having received the order.
  This availability may be limited to professional repairers registered in accordance with point (b). |
| --- | --- |

(c)

Maximum delivery time for spare parts

During the period mentioned under point a.1, the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative shall ensure the delivery to professional repairers of spare parts for welding equipment within 15 working days after having received the order.

This availability may be limited to professional repairers registered in accordance with point (b).

| (d) | Information on the display of welding equipment
  Where a display is provided for a welding equipment it shall provide indication of the use of welding wire or filler material in grams per minute or equivalent standardised units of measurement. |
| --- | --- |

(d)

Information on the display of welding equipment

Where a display is provided for a welding equipment it shall provide indication of the use of welding wire or filler material in grams per minute or equivalent standardised units of measurement.

| (e) | Requirements for dismantling for material recovery and recycling while avoiding pollution
  Manufacturers shall ensure that welding equipment are designed in such a way that the materials and components referred to in Annex VII to Directive 2012/19/EU can be removed with the use of commonly available tools.
  Manufacturers shall fulfil the obligations laid down in point 1 of Article 15 of Directive 2012/19/EU. |
| --- | --- |

(e)

Requirements for dismantling for material recovery and recycling while avoiding pollution

Manufacturers shall ensure that welding equipment are designed in such a way that the materials and components referred to in Annex VII to Directive 2012/19/EU can be removed with the use of commonly available tools.

Manufacturers shall fulfil the obligations laid down in point 1 of Article 15 of Directive 2012/19/EU.

3.   Information requirements

From 1 January 2021, manufacturers, their authorised representatives or importers shall ensure that the following information is provided in the instruction manuals for installers and end-users, and for at least 10 years after the first unit of a welding equipment model is placed on the market, on the free-access websites of manufacturers, their authorised representatives or importers:

| (a) | the product type; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

the product type;

| (b) | the manufacturer’s name, registered trade name and registered address at which they can be contacted; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

the manufacturer’s name, registered trade name and registered address at which they can be contacted;

| (c) | the product model identifier; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

the product model identifier;

| (d) | the power source efficiency (in %); |
| --- | --- |

(d)

the power source efficiency (in %);

| (e) | the idle state power consumption (in watts); |
| --- | --- |

(e)

the idle state power consumption (in watts);

| (f) | a list of equivalent models; |
| --- | --- |

(f)

a list of equivalent models;

| (g) | information relevant to recycling and disposal at end-of-life; |
| --- | --- |

(g)

information relevant to recycling and disposal at end-of-life;

| (h) | a list of critical raw materials present in indicative amounts higher than 1 gram at component level, if any, and an indication of the component(s) in which these critical raw materials are present; |
| --- | --- |

(h)

a list of critical raw materials present in indicative amounts higher than 1 gram at component level, if any, and an indication of the component(s) in which these critical raw materials are present;

| (i) | indicative shielding gas utilisation for representative welding schedules and programmes; |
| --- | --- |

(i)

indicative shielding gas utilisation for representative welding schedules and programmes;

| (j) | indicative welding wire or filler material utilisation for representative welding schedules and programmes. |
| --- | --- |

(j)

indicative welding wire or filler material utilisation for representative welding schedules and programmes.

The following information shall be provided on the rating plate of welding equipment:

| (a) | the year of manufacture. |
| --- | --- |

(a)

the year of manufacture.

---

ANNEX III

Measurements methods and calculations

For the purposes of compliance and verification of compliance with the requirements of this Regulation, measurements and calculations shall be made using harmonised standards, the reference numbers of which have been published for this purpose in the Official Journal of the European Union, or using other reliable, accurate and reproducible methods which take into account the generally recognised state-of-the-art, and produce results deemed to be of low uncertainty.

---

ANNEX IV

Verification procedure for market surveillance purposes

The verification tolerances defined in this Annex relate only to the verification of the measured parameters by Member State authorities and shall not be used by the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative as an allowed tolerance to establish the values in the technical documentation or in interpreting these values with a view to achieving compliance or to communicate better performance by any means.

Where a model has been designed to be able to detect it is being tested (e.g. by recognizing test conditions or test cycle), and to react specifically by automatically altering its performance during the test with the objective of reaching a more favourable level for any of the parameters specified in this Regulation or included in the technical documentation or included in any of the documentation provided, the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not compliant.

When verifying the compliance of a product model with the requirements laid down in this Regulation pursuant to Article 3(2) of Directive 2009/125/EC, for the requirements referred to in this Annex, the authorities of the Member States shall apply the following procedure:

| 1. | The Member State authorities shall verify one unit of the model. |
| --- | --- |

1.

The Member State authorities shall verify one unit of the model.

| 2. | The model shall be considered to comply with the applicable requirements where the following conditions are met:






  (a) | the values given in the technical documentation pursuant to point 2 of Annex IV to Directive 2009/125/EC (declared values), and, where applicable, the values used to calculate these values, are not more favourable for the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative than the results of the corresponding measurements carried out pursuant to paragraph (g) thereof; and |
| --- | --- | --- |

2.

The model shall be considered to comply with the applicable requirements where the following conditions are met:

(a)

the values given in the technical documentation pursuant to point 2 of Annex IV to Directive 2009/125/EC (declared values), and, where applicable, the values used to calculate these values, are not more favourable for the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative than the results of the corresponding measurements carried out pursuant to paragraph (g) thereof; and

| (b) | the declared values meet any requirements laid down in this Regulation, and any required product information published by the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative does not contain values that are more favourable for the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative than the declared values; and |
| --- | --- |

(b)

the declared values meet any requirements laid down in this Regulation, and any required product information published by the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative does not contain values that are more favourable for the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative than the declared values; and

| (c) | when the Member State authorities check the unit of the model, they find that the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative has put in place a system that complies with the requirements in the second paragraph of Article 6; and |
| --- | --- |

(c)

when the Member State authorities check the unit of the model, they find that the manufacturer, importer or authorised representative has put in place a system that complies with the requirements in the second paragraph of Article 6; and

| (d) | when the Member State authorities check the unit of the model, it complies with the requirement in the third paragraph of Article 6, the resource efficiency requirements in point 2 of Annex II and the information requirements in point 3 of Annex II; and |
| --- | --- |

(d)

when the Member State authorities check the unit of the model, it complies with the requirement in the third paragraph of Article 6, the resource efficiency requirements in point 2 of Annex II and the information requirements in point 3 of Annex II; and

| (e) | when the Member State authorities test the unit of the model, the determined values (the values of the relevant parameters as measured in testing and the values calculated from these measurements) comply with the respective verification tolerances as given in Table 2. |
| --- | --- |

(e)

when the Member State authorities test the unit of the model, the determined values (the values of the relevant parameters as measured in testing and the values calculated from these measurements) comply with the respective verification tolerances as given in Table 2.

| 3. | Where the results referred to in points 2(a), 2(b), 2(c) or 2(d) are not achieved, the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not to comply with the Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

3.

Where the results referred to in points 2(a), 2(b), 2(c) or 2(d) are not achieved, the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not to comply with the Regulation.

| 4. | Where the result referred to in point 2(e) is not achieved, the Member State authorities shall select three additional units of the same model for testing. As an alternative, the three additional units selected may be of one or more equivalent models. |
| --- | --- |

4.

Where the result referred to in point 2(e) is not achieved, the Member State authorities shall select three additional units of the same model for testing. As an alternative, the three additional units selected may be of one or more equivalent models.

| 5. | The model shall be considered to comply with the applicable requirements if, for these three units, the arithmetical mean of the determined values complies with the respective verification tolerances given in Table 2. |
| --- | --- |

5.

The model shall be considered to comply with the applicable requirements if, for these three units, the arithmetical mean of the determined values complies with the respective verification tolerances given in Table 2.

| 6. | Where the result referred to in point 5 is not achieved, the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not to comply with the Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

6.

Where the result referred to in point 5 is not achieved, the model and all equivalent models shall be considered not to comply with the Regulation.

| 7. | The Member State authorities shall provide all relevant information to the authorities of the other Member States and to the Commission immediately after a decision has been taken on the non-compliance of the model according to points 3 or 6.
  The Member State authorities shall use the measurement and calculation methods set out in Annex III.
  The Member State authorities shall only apply the verification tolerances that are set out in Table 2 and shall only use the procedure described in points 1 to 7 for the requirements referred to in this Annex. For the parameters in Table 2, no other verification tolerances, such as those set out in harmonised standards or in any other measurement method, shall be applied.

  Table 2


  Verification tolerances








  Parameters | Verification tolerances |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Power source efficiency (%) | The determined value (*1) shall not be lower than the declared value by more than 2 %. |
| Idle state power consumption (watt) | The determined value (*1) shall not exceed the declared value by more than 10 %. |

7.

The Member State authorities shall provide all relevant information to the authorities of the other Member States and to the Commission immediately after a decision has been taken on the non-compliance of the model according to points 3 or 6.

The Member State authorities shall use the measurement and calculation methods set out in Annex III.

The Member State authorities shall only apply the verification tolerances that are set out in Table 2 and shall only use the procedure described in points 1 to 7 for the requirements referred to in this Annex. For the parameters in Table 2, no other verification tolerances, such as those set out in harmonised standards or in any other measurement method, shall be applied.

Table 2

Verification tolerances

Parameters

Verification tolerances

Power source efficiency (%)

The determined value (*1) shall not be lower than the declared value by more than 2 %.

Idle state power consumption (watt)

The determined value (*1) shall not exceed the declared value by more than 10 %.

---

(*1)  in the case of three additional units tested as prescribed in point 4, the determined value means the arithmetical mean of the values determined for these three additional units

---

ANNEX V

Benchmarks

The following benchmarks are identified for the purpose of Part 3, point 2 of Annex I to Directive 2009/125/EC.

The best available technology on the market, at the time of entry into force of this Regulation, for the environmental aspects that were considered significant and are quantifiable is indicated below.

Table 3

Benchmarks for power source efficiency and idle state power consumption

| Product type | Power source efficiency | Maximum idle state power consumption |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Welding equipment powered by three-phase power sources with direct current (DC) output | 92 % | 10 W |
| Welding equipment powered by single-phase power sources with direct current (DC) output | 90 % | 10 W |
| Welding equipment powered by single-phase and three-phase power sources with alternating current (AC) output | 83 % | 10 W |

Product type

Power source efficiency

Maximum idle state power consumption

Welding equipment powered by three-phase power sources with direct current (DC) output

92 %

10 W

Welding equipment powered by single-phase power sources with direct current (DC) output

90 %

10 W

Welding equipment powered by single-phase and three-phase power sources with alternating current (AC) output

83 %

10 W

---

| 25.10.2019 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 272/136 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

25.10.2019

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 272/136

---

COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING REGULATION (EU) 2019/1785

of 18 October 2019

approving non-minor amendments to the specification for a name entered in the register of protected designations of origin and protected geographical indications (‘Ragusano’ (PDO))

THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,

Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

Having regard to Regulation (EU) No 1151/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 November 2012 on quality schemes for agricultural products and foodstuffs (1), and in particular Article 52(2) thereof,

Whereas:

| (1) | Pursuant to the first subparagraph of Article 53(1) of Regulation (EU) No 1151/2012, the Commission has examined Italy’s application for the approval of amendments to the specification for the protected designation of origin ‘Ragusano’, registered under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1263/96 (2). |
| --- | --- |

(1)

Pursuant to the first subparagraph of Article 53(1) of Regulation (EU) No 1151/2012, the Commission has examined Italy’s application for the approval of amendments to the specification for the protected designation of origin ‘Ragusano’, registered under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1263/96 (2).

| (2) | Since the amendments in question are not minor within the meaning of Article 53(2) of Regulation (EU) No 1151/2012, the Commission published the amendment application in the Official Journal of the European Union (3) as required by Article 50(2)(a) of that Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

Since the amendments in question are not minor within the meaning of Article 53(2) of Regulation (EU) No 1151/2012, the Commission published the amendment application in the Official Journal of the European Union (3) as required by Article 50(2)(a) of that Regulation.

| (3) | As no statement of opposition under Article 51 of Regulation (EU) No 1151/2012 has been received by the Commission, the amendments to the specification should be approved, |
| --- | --- |

(3)

As no statement of opposition under Article 51 of Regulation (EU) No 1151/2012 has been received by the Commission, the amendments to the specification should be approved,

HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:

Article 1

The amendments to the specification published in the Official Journal of the European Union regarding the name ‘Ragusano’ (PDO) are hereby approved.

Article 2

This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.

Done at Brussels, 18 October 2019.

For the Commission,

On behalf of the President,

Phil HOGAN

Member of the Commission

---

(1)  
  OJ L 343, 14.12.2012, p. 1.

1

(2)  Commission Regulation (EC) No 1263/96 of 1 July 1996 supplementing the Annex to Regulation (EC) No 1107/96 on the registration of geographical indications and designations of origin under the procedure laid down in Article 17 of Regulation (EEC) No 2081/92 (OJ L 163, 2.7.1996, p. 19).

2

(3)  
  OJ C 216, 27.6.2019, p. 17.

3

---

| 25.10.2019 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 272/137 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

25.10.2019

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 272/137

---

COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING REGULATION (EU) 2019/1786

of 23 October 2019

amending Regulation (EC) No 1484/95 as regards fixing representative prices in the poultrymeat and egg sectors and for egg albumin

THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,

Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

Having regard to Regulation (EU) No 1308/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 December 2013 establishing a common organisation of the markets in agricultural products and repealing Council Regulations (EEC) No 922/72, (EEC) No 234/79, (EC) No 1037/2001 and (EC) No 1234/2007 (1), and in particular Article 183(b) thereof,

Having regard to Regulation (EU) No 510/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 April 2014 laying down the trade arrangements applicable to certain goods resulting from the processing of agricultural products and repealing Council Regulations (EC) No 1216/2009 and (EC) No 614/2009 (2), and in particular Article 5(6)(a) thereof,

Whereas:

| (1) | Commission Regulation (EC) No 1484/95 (3) lays down detailed rules for implementing the system of additional import duties and fixes representative prices in the poultrymeat and egg sectors and for egg albumin. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

Commission Regulation (EC) No 1484/95 (3) lays down detailed rules for implementing the system of additional import duties and fixes representative prices in the poultrymeat and egg sectors and for egg albumin.

| (2) | Regular monitoring of the data used to determine representative prices for poultrymeat and egg products and for egg albumin shows that the representative import prices for certain products should be amended to take account of variations in price according to origin. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

Regular monitoring of the data used to determine representative prices for poultrymeat and egg products and for egg albumin shows that the representative import prices for certain products should be amended to take account of variations in price according to origin.

| (3) | Regulation (EC) No 1484/95 should therefore be amended accordingly. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

Regulation (EC) No 1484/95 should therefore be amended accordingly.

| (4) | Given the need to ensure that this measure applies as soon as possible after the updated data have been made available, this Regulation should enter into force on the day of its publication, |
| --- | --- |

(4)

Given the need to ensure that this measure applies as soon as possible after the updated data have been made available, this Regulation should enter into force on the day of its publication,

HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:

Article 1

Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 1484/95 is replaced by the text set out in the Annex to this Regulation.

Article 2

This Regulation shall enter into force on the day of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.

Done at Brussels, 23 October 2019.

For the Commission,

On behalf of the President,

Jerzy PLEWA

Director-General

Directorate-General for Agriculture and Rural Development

---

(1)  
  OJ L 347, 20.12.2013, p. 671.

1

(2)  
  OJ L 150, 20.5.2014, p. 1.

2

(3)  Commission Regulation (EC) No 1484/95 of 28 June 1995 laying down detailed rules for implementing the system of additional import duties and fixing representative prices in the poultrymeat and egg sectors and for egg albumin, and repealing Regulation No 163/67/EEC (OJ L 145, 29.6.1995, p. 47).

3

---

ANNEX

‘ANNEX I

| CN code | Description | Representative price
  (EUR/100 kg) | Security under Article 3
  (EUR/100 kg) | Origin (1) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 0207 12 90 | Fowls of the species Gallus domesticus, not cut in pieces, presented as “65 % chickens”, frozen | 136,2 | 0 | AR |
| 0207 14 10 | Fowls of the species Gallus domesticus, boneless cuts, frozen | 231,2
  210,6
  244,8
  236,9 | 21
  27
  17
  19 | AR
  BR
  CL
  TH |
| 1602 32 11 | Preparations of fowls of the species Gallus domesticus, uncooked | 272,1 | 4 | BR |

CN code

Description

Representative price

(EUR/100 kg)

Security under Article 3

(EUR/100 kg)

Origin (1)

0207 12 90

Fowls of the species Gallus domesticus, not cut in pieces, presented as “65 % chickens”, frozen

136,2

0

AR

0207 14 10

Fowls of the species Gallus domesticus, boneless cuts, frozen

231,2

210,6

244,8

236,9

21

27

17

19

AR

BR

CL

TH

1602 32 11

Preparations of fowls of the species Gallus domesticus, uncooked

272,1

4

BR

---

(1)  Nomenclature of countries laid down by Commission Regulation (EU) No 1106/2012 of 27 November 2012 implementing Regulation (EC) No 471/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council on Community statistics relating to external trade with non-member countries, as regards the update of the nomenclature of countries and territories (OJ L 328, 28.11.2012, p. 7).

1

---

| 25.10.2019 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 272/140 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

25.10.2019

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 272/140

---

COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING REGULATION (EU) 2019/1787

of 24 October 2019

amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 imposing special conditions governing the import of feed and food originating in or consigned from Japan following the accident at the Fukushima nuclear power station

(Text with EEA relevance)

THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,

Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

Having regard to Regulation (EC) No 178/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 28 January 2002 laying down the general principles and requirements of food law, establishing the European Food Safety Authority and laying down procedures in matters of food safety (1), and in particular Article 53(1)(b)(ii) thereof,

Whereas:

| (1) | Article 53 of Regulation (EC) No 178/2002 provides for the possibility to adopt appropriate Union emergency measures for food and feed imported from a third country in order to protect public health, animal health or the environment, where the risk cannot be contained satisfactorily by means of measures taken by the Member States individually. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

Article 53 of Regulation (EC) No 178/2002 provides for the possibility to adopt appropriate Union emergency measures for food and feed imported from a third country in order to protect public health, animal health or the environment, where the risk cannot be contained satisfactorily by means of measures taken by the Member States individually.

| (2) | Following the accident at the Fukushima nuclear power station on 11 March 2011, the Commission was informed that radionuclide levels in certain food products originating in Japan exceeded the action levels in food applicable in Japan. Such contamination may constitute a threat to public and animal health in the Union and therefore Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 297/2011 (2) was adopted. That Regulation was replaced by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 961/2011 (3) which was later replaced by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 284/2012 (4). The latter was replaced by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 996/2012 (5) which was later replaced by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 322/2014 (6) and which was in turn replaced by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 (7). |
| --- | --- |

(2)

Following the accident at the Fukushima nuclear power station on 11 March 2011, the Commission was informed that radionuclide levels in certain food products originating in Japan exceeded the action levels in food applicable in Japan. Such contamination may constitute a threat to public and animal health in the Union and therefore Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 297/2011 (2) was adopted. That Regulation was replaced by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 961/2011 (3) which was later replaced by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 284/2012 (4). The latter was replaced by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 996/2012 (5) which was later replaced by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 322/2014 (6) and which was in turn replaced by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 (7).

| (3) | Since Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6, as amended by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/2058 (8) provides that the measures provided therein are to be reviewed by 30 June 2019 and in order to take into account further development of the situation and occurrence data for 2017 and 2018 on radioactivity in feed and food, it is appropriate to amend Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

Since Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6, as amended by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/2058 (8) provides that the measures provided therein are to be reviewed by 30 June 2019 and in order to take into account further development of the situation and occurrence data for 2017 and 2018 on radioactivity in feed and food, it is appropriate to amend Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6.

| (4) | The existing measures have been reviewed taking into account more than 100 000 occurrence data on radioactivity in feed and food other than beef and more than 534 000 occurrence data on radioactivity in beef, provided by the Japanese authorities concerning the seventh and eight growing season (January 2017 until December 2018) after the accident. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

The existing measures have been reviewed taking into account more than 100 000 occurrence data on radioactivity in feed and food other than beef and more than 534 000 occurrence data on radioactivity in beef, provided by the Japanese authorities concerning the seventh and eight growing season (January 2017 until December 2018) after the accident.

| (5) | The data submitted by the Japanese authorities for 2017 and 2018 provide evidence that no exceedance of the maximum levels of radioactivity were observed in feed and food originating from Chiba, Tochigi and Iwate during the eighth growing season after the accident and it is no longer necessary to require the sampling and analysis of feed and food originating in the prefectures of Chiba, Tochigi and Iwate regarding the presence of radioactivity before export to the Union. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

The data submitted by the Japanese authorities for 2017 and 2018 provide evidence that no exceedance of the maximum levels of radioactivity were observed in feed and food originating from Chiba, Tochigi and Iwate during the eighth growing season after the accident and it is no longer necessary to require the sampling and analysis of feed and food originating in the prefectures of Chiba, Tochigi and Iwate regarding the presence of radioactivity before export to the Union.

| (6) | For feed and food products originating in the prefecture of Fukushima, taking into account the occurrence data provided by the Japanese authorities for 2017 and 2018, it is appropriate to lift the requirement of sampling and analysis before export to the Union for soybeans, giant butterbur, bracken, Japanese royal fern and ostrich fern and products derived thereof. For the other feed and food originating in that prefecture, it is appropriate to maintain the requirement of sampling and analysis before export to the Union. |
| --- | --- |

(6)

For feed and food products originating in the prefecture of Fukushima, taking into account the occurrence data provided by the Japanese authorities for 2017 and 2018, it is appropriate to lift the requirement of sampling and analysis before export to the Union for soybeans, giant butterbur, bracken, Japanese royal fern and ostrich fern and products derived thereof. For the other feed and food originating in that prefecture, it is appropriate to maintain the requirement of sampling and analysis before export to the Union.

| (7) | As regards the prefectures of Miyagi, Ibaraki and Gunma, it is currently required to sample and analyse mushrooms, fishery products and certain edible wild plants and derived products thereof, before export to the Union. The occurrence data for the eighth growing season provide evidence that it is appropriate to no longer require sampling and analysis before export to the Union for fish and fishery products and certain edible wild plants and derived products thereof from the prefectures of Miyagi, Ibaraki and Gunma and also for mushrooms from the prefecture of Ibaraki. With regard to edible wild plants and derived products thereof, the sampling and analysis should no longer be required for bamboo shoots for the prefectures Ibaraki and Gunma, but it should be maintained for the prefecture Miyagi; and the sampling and analysis should no longer be required for Ostrich fern and Japanese royal fern for the prefecture Miyagi. On the other hand, non-compliances have been found in Aralia spp. from the prefecture Gunma during the eighth growing season and therefore it is appropriate to require sampling and analysis for Aralia spp. and derived products thereof from the prefecture Gunma before its export to the Union. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

As regards the prefectures of Miyagi, Ibaraki and Gunma, it is currently required to sample and analyse mushrooms, fishery products and certain edible wild plants and derived products thereof, before export to the Union. The occurrence data for the eighth growing season provide evidence that it is appropriate to no longer require sampling and analysis before export to the Union for fish and fishery products and certain edible wild plants and derived products thereof from the prefectures of Miyagi, Ibaraki and Gunma and also for mushrooms from the prefecture of Ibaraki. With regard to edible wild plants and derived products thereof, the sampling and analysis should no longer be required for bamboo shoots for the prefectures Ibaraki and Gunma, but it should be maintained for the prefecture Miyagi; and the sampling and analysis should no longer be required for Ostrich fern and Japanese royal fern for the prefecture Miyagi. On the other hand, non-compliances have been found in Aralia spp. from the prefecture Gunma during the eighth growing season and therefore it is appropriate to require sampling and analysis for Aralia spp. and derived products thereof from the prefecture Gunma before its export to the Union.

| (8) | As regards the prefectures of Nagano and Niigata, it is currently required to sample and analyse mushrooms and certain edible wild plants and the processed and derived products thereof before export to the Union. The occurrence data for the eight growing season provide evidence that it is appropriate to no longer require sampling and analysis before export to the Union for mushrooms for both prefectures and also for the edible wild plants Ostrich fern, Japanese royal fern and Aralia spp, and derived products thereof from the prefecture of Nagano. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

As regards the prefectures of Nagano and Niigata, it is currently required to sample and analyse mushrooms and certain edible wild plants and the processed and derived products thereof before export to the Union. The occurrence data for the eight growing season provide evidence that it is appropriate to no longer require sampling and analysis before export to the Union for mushrooms for both prefectures and also for the edible wild plants Ostrich fern, Japanese royal fern and Aralia spp, and derived products thereof from the prefecture of Nagano.

| (9) | The occurrence data from the seventh and eighth growing season provide evidence that it is appropriate to maintain the requirement for sampling and analysis before export to the Union for mushrooms and koshiabura and derived products thereof originating from the prefectures of Shizuoka, Yamanashi and Yamagata. |
| --- | --- |

(9)

The occurrence data from the seventh and eighth growing season provide evidence that it is appropriate to maintain the requirement for sampling and analysis before export to the Union for mushrooms and koshiabura and derived products thereof originating from the prefectures of Shizuoka, Yamanashi and Yamagata.

| (10) | Taking into account the occurrence data from the seventh and eighth growing season, it is appropriate to structure the provisions of Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 in a manner that prefectures of which the same feed and food has to be sampled and analysed before export to the Union are grouped together. |
| --- | --- |

(10)

Taking into account the occurrence data from the seventh and eighth growing season, it is appropriate to structure the provisions of Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 in a manner that prefectures of which the same feed and food has to be sampled and analysed before export to the Union are grouped together.

| (11) | The controls performed at import show that the special conditions provided for by Union law are correctly implemented by the Japanese authorities and non-compliance has not been found at import controls for more than seven years. Therefore, it is appropriate to keep the low frequency of controls at import. |
| --- | --- |

(11)

The controls performed at import show that the special conditions provided for by Union law are correctly implemented by the Japanese authorities and non-compliance has not been found at import controls for more than seven years. Therefore, it is appropriate to keep the low frequency of controls at import.

| (12) | It is appropriate to provide for a review of the provisions of Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 when the results of sampling and analysis on the presence of radioactivity of feed and food of the ninth and tenth growing season (2019 and 2020) after the accident are available, i.e. by 30 June 2021. |
| --- | --- |

(12)

It is appropriate to provide for a review of the provisions of Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 when the results of sampling and analysis on the presence of radioactivity of feed and food of the ninth and tenth growing season (2019 and 2020) after the accident are available, i.e. by 30 June 2021.

| (13) | Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 should therefore be amended accordingly. |
| --- | --- |

(13)

Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 should therefore be amended accordingly.

| (14) | The measures provided for in this Regulation are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on Plants, Animals, Food and Feed, |
| --- | --- |

(14)

The measures provided for in this Regulation are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on Plants, Animals, Food and Feed,

HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:

Article 1

Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 is amended as follows:

| (1) | Article 5(4) is replaced by the following:






  ‘4. | Fish and fishery products referred to in Annex II, caught or harvested in the coastal waters of the prefecture of Fukushima shall be accompanied by a declaration referred to in paragraph 1 and by an analytical report containing the results of sampling and analysis, irrespective of where such products are landed.’; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(1)

Article 5(4) is replaced by the following:

‘4.

Fish and fishery products referred to in Annex II, caught or harvested in the coastal waters of the prefecture of Fukushima shall be accompanied by a declaration referred to in paragraph 1 and by an analytical report containing the results of sampling and analysis, irrespective of where such products are landed.’;

| (2) | Article 14 is replaced by the following:

  ‘
  Article 14


  Review

  This Regulation shall be reviewed before 30 June 2021.’; |
| --- | --- |

(2)

Article 14 is replaced by the following:

‘
  Article 14

Review

This Regulation shall be reviewed before 30 June 2021.’;

| (3) | Annex II is replaced by the text set out in Annex I to this Regulation; |
| --- | --- |

(3)

Annex II is replaced by the text set out in Annex I to this Regulation;

| (4) | Annex III is replaced by the text set out in Annex II to this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

Annex III is replaced by the text set out in Annex II to this Regulation.

Article 2

Transitional provision

Consignments of feed and food falling under the scope of Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 which left Japan prior to the entry into force of this Regulation may be imported into the Union under the conditions laid down by Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 prior to the entry into force of this Regulation.

Article 3

Entry into force

This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

Official Journal of the European Union.

This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.

Done at Brussels, 24 October 2019.

For the Commission

The President

Jean-Claude JUNCKER

---

(1)  
  OJ L 31, 1.2.2002, p. 1.

1

(2)  Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 297/2011 of 25 March 2011 imposing special conditions governing the import of feed and food originating in or consigned from Japan following the accident at the Fukushima nuclear power station (OJ L 80, 26.3.2011, p. 5).

2

(3)  Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 961/2011 of 27 September 2011 imposing special conditions governing the import of feed and food originating in or consigned from Japan following the accident at the Fukushima nuclear power station and repealing Regulation (EU) No 297/2011

3

(OJ L 252, 28.9.2011, p. 10).

(4)  Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 284/2012 of 29 March 2012 imposing special conditions governing the import of feed and food originating in or consigned from Japan following the accident at the Fukushima nuclear power station and repealing Implementing Regulation (EU) No 961/2011 (OJ L 92, 30.3.2012, p. 16).

4

(5)  Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 996/2012 of 26 October 2012 imposing special conditions governing the import of feed and food originating in or consigned from Japan following the accident at the Fukushima nuclear power station and repealing Implementing Regulation (EU) No 284/2012 (OJ L 299, 27.10.2012, p. 31).

5

(6)  Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 322/2014 of 28 March 2014 imposing special conditions governing the import of feed and food originating in or consigned from Japan following the accident at the Fukushima nuclear power station (OJ L 95, 29.3.2014, p. 1).

6

(7)  Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 of 5 January 2016 imposing special conditions governing the import of feed and food originating in or consigned from Japan following the accident at the Fukushima nuclear power station and repealing Implementing Regulation (EU) No0 322/2014

7

(OJ L 3, 6.1.2016, p. 5).

(8)  Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/2058 of 10 November 2017 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 imposing special conditions governing the import of feed and food originating in or consigned from Japan following the accident at the Fukushima nuclear power station (OJ L 294, 11.11.2017, p. 29).

8

---

ANNEX I

Annex II to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 is replaced by the following:

‘ANNEX II

Food and feed for which sampling and analysis regarding the presence of caesium-134 and caesium-137 are required before export to the Union

(a)   products originating in the prefecture of Fukushima:

| — | mushrooms and derived products thereof falling within CN codes 0709 51 00, 0709 59, 0710 80 61, 0710 80 69, 0711 51 00, 0711 59 00, 0712 31 00, 0712 32 00, 0712 33 00, ex 0712 39 00, 2003 10, 2003 90 and ex 2005 99 80; |
| --- | --- |

—

mushrooms and derived products thereof falling within CN codes 0709 51 00, 0709 59, 0710 80 61, 0710 80 69, 0711 51 00, 0711 59 00, 0712 31 00, 0712 32 00, 0712 33 00, ex 0712 39 00, 2003 10, 2003 90 and ex 2005 99 80;

| — | fish and fishery products falling within CN codes 0302, 0303, 0304, 0305, 0308, 1504 10, 1504 20, 1604 with the exception of:






  — | Japanese amberjack (Seriola quinqueradiata) and yellowtail amberjack (Seriola lalandi) falling within CN codes ex 0302 89 90, ex 0303 89 90, ex 0304 49 90, ex 0304 59 90, ex 0304 89 90, ex 0304 99 99, ex 0305 10 00, ex 0305 20 00, ex 0305 39 90, ex 0305 49 80, ex 0305 5985, ex 0305 69 80, ex 0305 72 00, ex 0305 79 00, ex 1504 10, ex 1504 20, ex 1604 19 91, ex 1604 19 97 and ex 1604 20 90; |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

fish and fishery products falling within CN codes 0302, 0303, 0304, 0305, 0308, 1504 10, 1504 20, 1604 with the exception of:

—

Japanese amberjack (Seriola quinqueradiata) and yellowtail amberjack (Seriola lalandi) falling within CN codes ex 0302 89 90, ex 0303 89 90, ex 0304 49 90, ex 0304 59 90, ex 0304 89 90, ex 0304 99 99, ex 0305 10 00, ex 0305 20 00, ex 0305 39 90, ex 0305 49 80, ex 0305 5985, ex 0305 69 80, ex 0305 72 00, ex 0305 79 00, ex 1504 10, ex 1504 20, ex 1604 19 91, ex 1604 19 97 and ex 1604 20 90;

| — | greater amberjack (Seriola dumerili) falling within CN codes ex 0302 89 90, ex 0303 89 90, ex 0304 49 90, ex 0304 59 90, ex 0304 89 90, ex 0304 99 99, ex 0305 10 00, ex 0305 20 00, ex 0305 39 90, ex 0305 49 80, ex 0305 5985, ex 0305 69 80, ex 0305 72 00, ex 0305 79 00, ex 1504 10, ex 1504 20, ex 1604 19 91, ex 1604 19 97 and ex 1604 20 90; |
| --- | --- |

—

greater amberjack (Seriola dumerili) falling within CN codes ex 0302 89 90, ex 0303 89 90, ex 0304 49 90, ex 0304 59 90, ex 0304 89 90, ex 0304 99 99, ex 0305 10 00, ex 0305 20 00, ex 0305 39 90, ex 0305 49 80, ex 0305 5985, ex 0305 69 80, ex 0305 72 00, ex 0305 79 00, ex 1504 10, ex 1504 20, ex 1604 19 91, ex 1604 19 97 and ex 1604 20 90;

| — | Japanese seabream (Pagrus major) falling within CN codes 0302 85 90, ex 0303 89 90, ex 0304 49 90, ex 0304 59 90, ex 0304 89 90, ex 0304 99 99, ex 0305 10 00, ex 0305 20 00, ex 0305 39 90, ex 0305 49 80, ex 0305 5985, ex 0305 69 80, ex 0305 72 00, ex 0305 79 00, ex 1504 10, ex 1504 20, ex 1604 19 91, ex 1604 19 97 and ex 1604 20 90; |
| --- | --- |

—

Japanese seabream (Pagrus major) falling within CN codes 0302 85 90, ex 0303 89 90, ex 0304 49 90, ex 0304 59 90, ex 0304 89 90, ex 0304 99 99, ex 0305 10 00, ex 0305 20 00, ex 0305 39 90, ex 0305 49 80, ex 0305 5985, ex 0305 69 80, ex 0305 72 00, ex 0305 79 00, ex 1504 10, ex 1504 20, ex 1604 19 91, ex 1604 19 97 and ex 1604 20 90;

| — | white trevally (Pseudocaranx dentex) falling within CN codes ex 0302 49 90, ex 0303 89 90, ex 0304 49 90, ex 0304 59 90, ex 0304 89 90, ex 0304 99 99, ex 0305 10 00, ex 0305 20 00, ex 0305 39 90, ex 0305 49 80, ex 0305 5985, ex 0305 69 80, ex 0305 72 00, ex 0305 79 00, ex 1504 10, ex 1504 20, ex 1604 19 91, ex 1604 19 97 and ex 1604 20 90; |
| --- | --- |

—

white trevally (Pseudocaranx dentex) falling within CN codes ex 0302 49 90, ex 0303 89 90, ex 0304 49 90, ex 0304 59 90, ex 0304 89 90, ex 0304 99 99, ex 0305 10 00, ex 0305 20 00, ex 0305 39 90, ex 0305 49 80, ex 0305 5985, ex 0305 69 80, ex 0305 72 00, ex 0305 79 00, ex 1504 10, ex 1504 20, ex 1604 19 91, ex 1604 19 97 and ex 1604 20 90;

| — | Pacific bluefin tuna (Thunnus orientalis) falling within CN codes ex 0302 35, ex 0303 45, ex 0304 49 90, ex 0304 59 90, ex 0304 89 90, ex 0304 99 99, ex 0305 10 00, ex 0305 20 00, ex 0305 39 90, ex 0305 49 80, ex 0305 59 85, ex 0305 69 80, ex 0305 72 00, ex 0305 79 00, ex 1504 10, ex 1504 20, ex 1604 14 41, ex 1604 14 48 and ex 1604 20 70; |
| --- | --- |

—

Pacific bluefin tuna (Thunnus orientalis) falling within CN codes ex 0302 35, ex 0303 45, ex 0304 49 90, ex 0304 59 90, ex 0304 89 90, ex 0304 99 99, ex 0305 10 00, ex 0305 20 00, ex 0305 39 90, ex 0305 49 80, ex 0305 59 85, ex 0305 69 80, ex 0305 72 00, ex 0305 79 00, ex 1504 10, ex 1504 20, ex 1604 14 41, ex 1604 14 48 and ex 1604 20 70;

| — | Pacific chub mackerel (Scomber japonicus) falling within CN codes ex 0302 44 00, ex 0303 54 10, ex 0304 49 90, ex 0304 59 90, ex 0304 89 49, ex 0304 99 99, ex 0305 10 00, ex 0305 20 00, ex 0305 39 90, ex 0305 49 30, ex 0305 54 90, ex 0305 69 80, ex 0305 72 00, ex 0305 79 00, ex 1504 10, ex 1504 20, 1604 15 and ex 1604 20 50; |
| --- | --- |

—

Pacific chub mackerel (Scomber japonicus) falling within CN codes ex 0302 44 00, ex 0303 54 10, ex 0304 49 90, ex 0304 59 90, ex 0304 89 49, ex 0304 99 99, ex 0305 10 00, ex 0305 20 00, ex 0305 39 90, ex 0305 49 30, ex 0305 54 90, ex 0305 69 80, ex 0305 72 00, ex 0305 79 00, ex 1504 10, ex 1504 20, 1604 15 and ex 1604 20 50;

| — | Aralia spp. and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 0709 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90 and ex 0712 90; |
| --- | --- |

—

Aralia spp. and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 0709 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90 and ex 0712 90;

| — | bamboo shoot (Phyllostacys pubescens) and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 07 09 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90, ex 0712 90, ex 2004 90 and 2005 91 00; |
| --- | --- |

—

bamboo shoot (Phyllostacys pubescens) and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 07 09 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90, ex 0712 90, ex 2004 90 and 2005 91 00;

| — | koshiabura (shoot of Eleuterococcus sciadophylloides) and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 0709 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90 and ex 0712 90; |
| --- | --- |

—

koshiabura (shoot of Eleuterococcus sciadophylloides) and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 0709 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90 and ex 0712 90;

| — | (Japanese) persimmon (Diospyros sp.) and products derived thereof falling within CN codes 0810 70 00, ex 0811 90, ex 0812 90 and ex 0813 50; |
| --- | --- |

—

(Japanese) persimmon (Diospyros sp.) and products derived thereof falling within CN codes 0810 70 00, ex 0811 90, ex 0812 90 and ex 0813 50;

(b)   products originating in the prefecture of Miyagi

| — | mushrooms and derived products thereof falling within CN codes 0709 51 00, 0709 59, 0710 80 61, 0710 80 69, 0711 51 00, 0711 59 00, 0712 31 00, 0712 32 00, 0712 33 00, ex 0712 39 00, 2003 10, 2003 90 and ex 2005 99 80; |
| --- | --- |

—

mushrooms and derived products thereof falling within CN codes 0709 51 00, 0709 59, 0710 80 61, 0710 80 69, 0711 51 00, 0711 59 00, 0712 31 00, 0712 32 00, 0712 33 00, ex 0712 39 00, 2003 10, 2003 90 and ex 2005 99 80;

| — | Aralia spp. and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 0709 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90 and ex 0712 90; |
| --- | --- |

—

Aralia spp. and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 0709 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90 and ex 0712 90;

| — | bamboo shoot (Phyllostacys pubescens) and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 07 09 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90, ex 0712 90, ex 2004 90 and 2005 91 00; |
| --- | --- |

—

bamboo shoot (Phyllostacys pubescens) and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 07 09 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90, ex 0712 90, ex 2004 90 and 2005 91 00;

| — | bracken (Pteridium aquilinum) and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 0709 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90 and ex 0712 90; |
| --- | --- |

—

bracken (Pteridium aquilinum) and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 0709 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90 and ex 0712 90;

| — | koshiabura (shoot of Eleuterococcus sciadophylloides) and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 0709 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90 and ex 0712 90; |
| --- | --- |

—

koshiabura (shoot of Eleuterococcus sciadophylloides) and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 0709 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90 and ex 0712 90;

(c)   products originating in the prefecture of Gunma

| — | mushrooms and derived products thereof falling within CN codes 0709 51 00, 0709 59, 0710 80 61, 0710 80 69, 0711 51 00, 0711 59 00, 0712 31 00, 0712 32 00, 0712 33 00, ex 0712 39 00, 2003 10, 2003 90 and ex 2005 99 80; |
| --- | --- |

—

mushrooms and derived products thereof falling within CN codes 0709 51 00, 0709 59, 0710 80 61, 0710 80 69, 0711 51 00, 0711 59 00, 0712 31 00, 0712 32 00, 0712 33 00, ex 0712 39 00, 2003 10, 2003 90 and ex 2005 99 80;

| — | Aralia spp. and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 0709 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90 and ex 0712 90; |
| --- | --- |

—

Aralia spp. and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 0709 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90 and ex 0712 90;

| — | koshiabura (shoot of Eleuterococcus sciadophylloides) and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 0709 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90 and ex 0712 90; |
| --- | --- |

—

koshiabura (shoot of Eleuterococcus sciadophylloides) and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 0709 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90 and ex 0712 90;

(d)   products originating in the prefectures of Yamanashi, Yamagata or Shizuoka:

| — | mushrooms and derived products thereof falling within CN codes 0709 51 00, 0709 59, 0710 80 61, 0710 80 69, 0711 51 00, 0711 59 00, 0712 31 00, 0712 32 00, 0712 33 00, ex 0712 39 00, 2003 10, 2003 90 and ex 2005 99 80; |
| --- | --- |

—

mushrooms and derived products thereof falling within CN codes 0709 51 00, 0709 59, 0710 80 61, 0710 80 69, 0711 51 00, 0711 59 00, 0712 31 00, 0712 32 00, 0712 33 00, ex 0712 39 00, 2003 10, 2003 90 and ex 2005 99 80;

| — | koshiabura (shoot of Eleuterococcus sciadophylloides) and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 0709 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90 and ex 0712 90; |
| --- | --- |

—

koshiabura (shoot of Eleuterococcus sciadophylloides) and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 0709 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90 and ex 0712 90;

(e)   products originating in the prefectures of Ibaraki, Nagano or Niigata:

| — | koshiabura (shoot of Eleuterococcus sciadophylloides) and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 0709 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90 and ex 0712 90; |
| --- | --- |

—

koshiabura (shoot of Eleuterococcus sciadophylloides) and derived products thereof falling within CN codes ex 0709 99, ex 0710 80, ex 0711 90 and ex 0712 90;

(f)   compound products containing more than 50 % of the products listed under points (a) to (e) of this Annex.

---

ANNEX II

Annex III to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 is replaced by the following:

‘ANNEX III

Declaration for the import into the Union of

...(Product and country of origin)

Batch Identification Code ...Declaration Number ...

In accordance with Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 imposing special conditions governing the import of feed and food originating in or consigned from Japan following the accident at the Fukushima nuclear power station the

...

(authorised representative referred to in paragraph 2 or 3 of Article 6 of Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6)

DECLARES that the ......(products referred to in Article 5(1) of Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6) of this consignment composed of ......(description of consignment, product, number and type of packages, gross or net weight) embarked at ...(embarkation place) on ...(date of embarkation) by ...(identification of transporter) going to ...(place and country of destination) which comes from the establishment ... ...(name and address of establishment)

is compliant with the legislation in force in Japan as regards the maximum levels for the sum of caesium-134 and caesium-137.

DECLARES that the consignment concerns:

| ☐ | products referred to in Annex II to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 as amended by Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1787, which have been harvested and/or processed before 11 March 2011; |
| --- | --- |

☐

products referred to in Annex II to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 as amended by Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1787, which have been harvested and/or processed before 11 March 2011;

| ☐ | products referred to in Annex II to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 as amended by Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1787, which do not originate in and are not consigned from one of the prefectures listed in Annex II to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 as amended by Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1787, for which the sampling and analysis of this product is required; |
| --- | --- |

☐

products referred to in Annex II to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 as amended by Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1787, which do not originate in and are not consigned from one of the prefectures listed in Annex II to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 as amended by Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1787, for which the sampling and analysis of this product is required;

| ☐ | products referred to in Annex II to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 as amended by Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1787, which are consigned from but do not originate in one of the prefectures listed in Annex II to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 as amended by Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1787 for which the sampling and analysis of this product is required and have not been exposed to radioactivity during transiting; |
| --- | --- |

☐

products referred to in Annex II to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 as amended by Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1787, which are consigned from but do not originate in one of the prefectures listed in Annex II to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 as amended by Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1787 for which the sampling and analysis of this product is required and have not been exposed to radioactivity during transiting;

| ☐ | products referred to in Annex II to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 as amended by Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1787, which originate in one of the prefectures listed in Annex II to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 as amended by Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1787, for which the sampling and analysis of this product is required, and have been sampled on ...(date) and subjected to laboratory analysis on ...(date) in the ...(name of laboratory), to determine the level of the radionuclides, caesium-134 and caesium-137. The analytical report is attached; |
| --- | --- |

☐

products referred to in Annex II to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 as amended by Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1787, which originate in one of the prefectures listed in Annex II to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 as amended by Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1787, for which the sampling and analysis of this product is required, and have been sampled on ...(date) and subjected to laboratory analysis on ...(date) in the ...(name of laboratory), to determine the level of the radionuclides, caesium-134 and caesium-137. The analytical report is attached;

| ☐ | products referred to in Annex II to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 as amended by Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1787 of unknown origin or a derived product thereof or a compound feed or food containing more than 50 % of those products as (an) ingredient(s) of unknown origin, which have been sampled on ...(date) and subjected to laboratory analysis on ...(date) in the ...(name of laboratory), to determine the level of the radionuclides, caesium-134 and caesium-137. The analytical report is attached. |
| --- | --- |

☐

products referred to in Annex II to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6 as amended by Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1787 of unknown origin or a derived product thereof or a compound feed or food containing more than 50 % of those products as (an) ingredient(s) of unknown origin, which have been sampled on ...(date) and subjected to laboratory analysis on ...(date) in the ...(name of laboratory), to determine the level of the radionuclides, caesium-134 and caesium-137. The analytical report is attached.

Done at ...on ...

Stamp and signature of the authorised representative referred to in Article 6(2) or (3) of Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/6

---

DECISIONS

| 25.10.2019 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 272/147 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

25.10.2019

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 272/147

---

COUNCIL DECISION (CFSP) 2019/1788

of 24 October 2019

amending Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763 concerning restrictive measures in view of the situation in Burundi

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,

Having regard to the Treaty on European Union, and in particular Article 29 thereof,

Having regard to the proposal from the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy,

Whereas:

| (1) | On 1 October 2015, the Council adopted Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763 (1), concerning restrictive measures in view of the situation in Burundi. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

On 1 October 2015, the Council adopted Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763 (1), concerning restrictive measures in view of the situation in Burundi.

| (2) | On the basis of a review of Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763, the restrictive measures should be renewed until 31 October 2020. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

On the basis of a review of Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763, the restrictive measures should be renewed until 31 October 2020.

| (3) | A provision should be added to Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763 specifying that the Council and the High Representative may process personal data in order to carry out their tasks under that Decision. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

A provision should be added to Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763 specifying that the Council and the High Representative may process personal data in order to carry out their tasks under that Decision.

| (4) | Individual designations set out in the Annex to Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763 were reviewed, and the information concerning one natural person should be amended. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

Individual designations set out in the Annex to Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763 were reviewed, and the information concerning one natural person should be amended.

| (5) | Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763 should therefore be amended accordingly, |
| --- | --- |

(5)

Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763 should therefore be amended accordingly,

HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Article 1

Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763 is amended as follows:

| (1) | The following article is inserted:

  ‘Article 4a

  1.   The Council and the High Representative may process personal data in order to carry out their tasks under this Decision, in particular:






  (a) | as regards the Council, for preparing and making amendments to the Annex; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(1)

The following article is inserted:

‘Article 4a

1.   The Council and the High Representative may process personal data in order to carry out their tasks under this Decision, in particular:

(a)

as regards the Council, for preparing and making amendments to the Annex;

| (b) | as regards the High Representative, for preparing amendments to the Annex. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

as regards the High Representative, for preparing amendments to the Annex.

2.   The Council and the High Representative may process, where applicable, relevant data relating to criminal offences committed by listed natural persons, to criminal convictions of such persons or to security measures concerning such persons, only to the extent that such processing is necessary for the preparation of the Annex.

3.   For the purposes of this Decision, the Council and the High Representative are designated as “controllers” within the meaning of point (8) of Article 3 of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council (*1), in order to ensure that the natural persons concerned can exercise their rights under Regulation (EU) 2018/1725.

(*1)  Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2018 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data by the Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Regulation (EC) No 45/2001 and Decision No 1247/2002/EC (OJ L 295, 21.11.2018, p. 39).’."

*1

| (2) | The second paragraph of Article 6 is replaced by the following:

  ‘This Decision shall apply until 31 October 2020.’. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

The second paragraph of Article 6 is replaced by the following:

‘This Decision shall apply until 31 October 2020.’.

| (3) | The Annex is amended as set out in the Annex to this Decision. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

The Annex is amended as set out in the Annex to this Decision.

Article 2

This Decision shall enter into force on the day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

Done at Luxembourg, 24 October 2019.

For the Council

The President

A.-K. PEKONEN

---

(1)  Council Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763 of 1 October 2015 concerning restrictive measures in view of the situation in Burundi (OJ L 257, 2.10.2015, p. 37).

1

---

ANNEX

In the Annex to Decision (CFSP) 2015/1763, entry 1 under the heading ‘List of natural and legal persons, entities and bodies referred to in Articles 1 and 2’ is replaced by the following:

| | Name | Identifying Information | Grounds for designation |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| ‘1. | Godefroid BIZIMANA | Gender: Male
  DOB: 23.4.1968
  POB: NYAGASEKE, MABAYI, CIBITOKE
  Burundian nationality. Passport number: DP0001520 | “Chargé de missions de la Présidence” and former Deputy Director General of the National Police. Responsible for undermining democracy by making operational decisions that have led to a disproportionate use of force and acts of violent repression towards peaceful demonstrations that started on 26 April 2015 following the announcement of the presidential candidacy of President Nkurunziza.’ |

Name

Identifying Information

Grounds for designation

‘1.

Godefroid BIZIMANA

Gender: Male

DOB: 23.4.1968

POB: NYAGASEKE, MABAYI, CIBITOKE

Burundian nationality. Passport number: DP0001520

“Chargé de missions de la Présidence” and former Deputy Director General of the National Police. Responsible for undermining democracy by making operational decisions that have led to a disproportionate use of force and acts of violent repression towards peaceful demonstrations that started on 26 April 2015 following the announcement of the presidential candidacy of President Nkurunziza.’

---

| 25.10.2019 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 272/150 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

25.10.2019

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 272/150

---

COUNCIL DECISION (CFSP) 2019/1789

of 24 October 2019

amending Decision 2010/573/CFSP concerning restrictive measures against the leadership of the Transnistrian region of the Republic of Moldova

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,

Having regard to the Treaty on European Union, and in particular Article 29 thereof,

Having regard to the proposal from the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy,

Whereas:

| (1) | On 27 September 2010, the Council adopted Decision 2010/573/CFSP (1) concerning restrictive measures against the leadership of the Transnistrian region of the Republic of Moldova. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

On 27 September 2010, the Council adopted Decision 2010/573/CFSP (1) concerning restrictive measures against the leadership of the Transnistrian region of the Republic of Moldova.

| (2) | A provision should be added to Decision 2010/573/CFSP specifying that the Council and the High Representative may process personal data in order to carry out their tasks under that Decision. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

A provision should be added to Decision 2010/573/CFSP specifying that the Council and the High Representative may process personal data in order to carry out their tasks under that Decision.

| (3) | On the basis of a review of Decision 2010/573/CFSP, the restrictive measures against the leadership of the Transnistrian region of the Republic of Moldova should be extended until 31 October 2020. The Council will carry out a review of the situation with regard to the restrictive measures after six months. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

On the basis of a review of Decision 2010/573/CFSP, the restrictive measures against the leadership of the Transnistrian region of the Republic of Moldova should be extended until 31 October 2020. The Council will carry out a review of the situation with regard to the restrictive measures after six months.

| (4) | Decision 2010/573/CFSP should therefore be amended accordingly, |
| --- | --- |

(4)

Decision 2010/573/CFSP should therefore be amended accordingly,

HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Article 1

Decision 2010/573/CFSP is hereby amended as follows:

| (1) | the following Article is inserted:

  ‘
  Article 2a


  1.   The Council and the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy (the “High Representative”) may process personal data in order to carry out their tasks under this Decision, in particular:






  (a) | as regards the Council, for preparing and making amendments to the Annex; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(1)

the following Article is inserted:

‘
  Article 2a

1.   The Council and the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy (the “High Representative”) may process personal data in order to carry out their tasks under this Decision, in particular:

(a)

as regards the Council, for preparing and making amendments to the Annex;

| (b) | as regards the High Representative, for preparing amendments to the Annex. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

as regards the High Representative, for preparing amendments to the Annex.

2.   The Council and the High Representative may process, where applicable, relevant data relating to criminal offences committed by listed natural persons, to criminal convictions of such persons or to security measures concerning such persons, only to the extent that such processing is necessary for the preparation of the Annex.

3.   For the purposes of this Decision, the Council and the High Representative are designated as “controllers” within the meaning of point (8) of Article 3 of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council (*1), in order to ensure that the natural persons concerned can exercise their rights under Regulation (EU) 2018/1725.

(*1)  Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2018 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data by the Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Regulation (EC) No 45/2001 and Decision No 1247/2002/EC (OJ L 295, 21.11.2018, p. 39).’;"

*1

| (2) | Article 4(2) is replaced by the following:

  ‘2.   This Decision shall apply until 31 October 2020. It shall be kept under constant review. It shall be renewed or amended, as appropriate, if the Council deems that its objectives have not been met.’. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

Article 4(2) is replaced by the following:

‘2.   This Decision shall apply until 31 October 2020. It shall be kept under constant review. It shall be renewed or amended, as appropriate, if the Council deems that its objectives have not been met.’.

Article 2

This Decision shall enter into force on the day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

Done at Luxembourg, 24 October 2019.

For the Council

The President

A.-K. PEKONEN

---

(1)  Council Decision 2010/573/CFSP of 27 September 2010 concerning restrictive measures against the leadership of the Transnistrian region of the Republic of Moldova (OJ L 253, 28.9.2010, p. 54).

1

---

| 25.10.2019 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 272/152 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

25.10.2019

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 272/152

---

COUNCIL DECISION (CFSP) 2019/1790

of 24 October 2019

amending Decision 2010/638/CFSP concerning restrictive measures against the Republic of Guinea

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,

Having regard to the Treaty on European Union, and in particular Article 29 thereof,

Having regard to the proposal from the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy,

Whereas:

| (1) | On 25 October 2010, the Council adopted Decision 2010/638/CFSP (1) concerning restrictive measures against the Republic of Guinea. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

On 25 October 2010, the Council adopted Decision 2010/638/CFSP (1) concerning restrictive measures against the Republic of Guinea.

| (2) | On the basis of a review of Decision 2010/638/CFSP, those restrictive measures should be extended until 27 October 2020. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

On the basis of a review of Decision 2010/638/CFSP, those restrictive measures should be extended until 27 October 2020.

| (3) | A provision should be added to Decision 2010/638/CFSP specifying that the Council and the High Representative may process personal data in order to carry out their tasks under that Decision. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

A provision should be added to Decision 2010/638/CFSP specifying that the Council and the High Representative may process personal data in order to carry out their tasks under that Decision.

| (4) | Decision 2010/638/CFSP should therefore be amended accordingly, |
| --- | --- |

(4)

Decision 2010/638/CFSP should therefore be amended accordingly,

HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Article 1

Decision 2010/638/CFSP is hereby amended as follows:

| (1) | The following article is inserted:

  ‘
  Article 5a


  1.   The Council and the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy (the “High Representative”) may process personal data in order to carry out their tasks under this Decision, in particular:






  (a) | as regards the Council, for preparing and making amendments to the Annex; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(1)

The following article is inserted:

‘
  Article 5a

1.   The Council and the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy (the “High Representative”) may process personal data in order to carry out their tasks under this Decision, in particular:

(a)

as regards the Council, for preparing and making amendments to the Annex;

| (b) | as regards the High Representative, for preparing amendments to the Annex. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

as regards the High Representative, for preparing amendments to the Annex.

2.   The Council and the High Representative may process, where applicable, relevant data relating to criminal offences committed by listed natural persons, to criminal convictions of such persons or to security measures concerning such persons, only to the extent that such processing is necessary for the preparation of the Annex.

3.   For the purposes of this Decision, the Council and the High Representative are designated as “controllers” within the meaning of point (8) of Article 3 of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council (*1), in order to ensure that the natural persons concerned can exercise their rights under Regulation (EU) 2018/1725.

(*1)  Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2018 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data by the Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Regulation (EC) No 45/2001 and Decision No 1247/2002/EC (OJ L 295, 21.11.2018, p. 39).’;"

*1

| (2) | Article 8(2) is replaced by the following:

  ‘2.   This Decision shall apply until 27 October 2020. It shall be kept under constant review. It shall be renewed or amended, as appropriate, if the Council deems that its objectives have not been met.’. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

Article 8(2) is replaced by the following:

‘2.   This Decision shall apply until 27 October 2020. It shall be kept under constant review. It shall be renewed or amended, as appropriate, if the Council deems that its objectives have not been met.’.

Article 2

This Decision shall enter into force on the day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

Done at Brussels, 24 October 2019.

For the Council

The President

A.-K. PEKONEN

---

(1)  Council Decision 2010/638/CFSP of 25 October 2010 concerning restrictive measures against the Republic of Guinea (OJ L 280, 26.10.2010, p. 10).

1

---

RULES OF PROCEDURE

| 25.10.2019 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 272/154 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

25.10.2019

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 272/154

---

DECISION OF THE EUROPEAN FOOD SAFETY AUTHORITY

of 19 June 2019

on internal rules concerning restrictions of certain rights of data subjects in relation to processing of personal data in the framework of the functioning of EFSA

THE MANAGEMENT BOARD,

Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

Having regard to Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2018 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data by the Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Regulation (EC) No 45/2001 and Decision No 1247/2002/EC (1), and in particular Article 25 thereof,

Having regard to Regulation (EC) No 178/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 28 January 2002 laying down the general principles and requirements of food law, establishing the European Food Safety Authority and laying down procedures in matters of food safety (2), and in particular Articles 25, 26 and 48,

Having regard to the rules of procedure of EFSA’s Management Board (3) and in particular Article 8 thereof,

Having regard to the Opinion of the European Data Protection Supervisor (‘the EDPS’) of 14 May 2019 and to the EDPS Guidance on Article 25 of the new Regulation and internal rules,

After consulting the Staff Committee,

Whereas:

| (1) | EFSA carries out its activities in accordance with its Founding Regulation (EC) No 178/2002. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

EFSA carries out its activities in accordance with its Founding Regulation (EC) No 178/2002.

| (2) | In accordance with Article 25(1) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 restrictions of the application of Articles 14 to 22, 35 and 36, as well as Article 4 of that Regulation in so far as its provisions correspond to the rights and obligations provided for in Articles 14 to 22 should be based on internal rules to be adopted by EFSA, where these are not based on legal acts adopted on the basis of the Treaties. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

In accordance with Article 25(1) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 restrictions of the application of Articles 14 to 22, 35 and 36, as well as Article 4 of that Regulation in so far as its provisions correspond to the rights and obligations provided for in Articles 14 to 22 should be based on internal rules to be adopted by EFSA, where these are not based on legal acts adopted on the basis of the Treaties.

| (3) | These internal rules, including its provisions on the assessment of the necessity and proportionality of a restriction, should not apply where a legal act adopted on the basis of the Treaties provides for a restriction of data subject rights. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

These internal rules, including its provisions on the assessment of the necessity and proportionality of a restriction, should not apply where a legal act adopted on the basis of the Treaties provides for a restriction of data subject rights.

| (4) | Where EFSA performs its duties with respect to data subject’s rights under Regulation (EU) 2018/1725, it shall consider whether any of the exemptions laid down in that Regulation apply. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

Where EFSA performs its duties with respect to data subject’s rights under Regulation (EU) 2018/1725, it shall consider whether any of the exemptions laid down in that Regulation apply.

| (5) | Within the framework of its administrative functioning, EFSA may conduct administrative inquiries, disciplinary proceedings, carry out preliminary activities related to cases of potential irregularities reported to OLAF, process whistleblowing cases, process (formal and informal) procedures of harassment, process internal and external complaints, conduct internal audits, carry out investigations by the Data Protection Officer in line with Article 45(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 and internal (IT) security investigations.
  EFSA processes several categories of personal data, including hard data (‘objective’ data such as identification data, contact data, professional data, administrative details, data received from specific sources, electronic communications and traffic data) and/or soft data (‘subjective’ data related to the case such as reasoning, behavioural data, appraisals, performance and conduct data and data related to or brought forward in connection with the subject matter of the procedure or activity). |
| --- | --- |

(5)

Within the framework of its administrative functioning, EFSA may conduct administrative inquiries, disciplinary proceedings, carry out preliminary activities related to cases of potential irregularities reported to OLAF, process whistleblowing cases, process (formal and informal) procedures of harassment, process internal and external complaints, conduct internal audits, carry out investigations by the Data Protection Officer in line with Article 45(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 and internal (IT) security investigations.

EFSA processes several categories of personal data, including hard data (‘objective’ data such as identification data, contact data, professional data, administrative details, data received from specific sources, electronic communications and traffic data) and/or soft data (‘subjective’ data related to the case such as reasoning, behavioural data, appraisals, performance and conduct data and data related to or brought forward in connection with the subject matter of the procedure or activity).

| (6) | EFSA, represented by its Executive Director, acts as the overall data controller irrespective of further delegations of the controller role within EFSA to reflect operational responsibilities for specific personal data processing. |
| --- | --- |

(6)

EFSA, represented by its Executive Director, acts as the overall data controller irrespective of further delegations of the controller role within EFSA to reflect operational responsibilities for specific personal data processing.

| (7) | The personal data are stored securely in an electronic environment or on paper preventing unlawful access or transfer of data to persons who do not have a need to know. The personal data processed are retained for no longer than necessary and appropriate for the purposes for which the data are processed for the period specified in the data protection notices, privacy statements or records of EFSA. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

The personal data are stored securely in an electronic environment or on paper preventing unlawful access or transfer of data to persons who do not have a need to know. The personal data processed are retained for no longer than necessary and appropriate for the purposes for which the data are processed for the period specified in the data protection notices, privacy statements or records of EFSA.

| (8) | The internal rules should apply to all processing operations carried out by EFSA in the performance of administrative inquiries, disciplinary proceedings, preliminary activities related to cases of potential irregularities reported to OLAF, whistleblowing procedures, (formal and informal) procedures for cases of harassment, processing internal and external complaints, internal audits, the investigations carried out by the Data Protection Officer in line with Article 45(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725, (IT) security investigations handled internally or with external involvement (e.g. CERT-EU). |
| --- | --- |

(8)

The internal rules should apply to all processing operations carried out by EFSA in the performance of administrative inquiries, disciplinary proceedings, preliminary activities related to cases of potential irregularities reported to OLAF, whistleblowing procedures, (formal and informal) procedures for cases of harassment, processing internal and external complaints, internal audits, the investigations carried out by the Data Protection Officer in line with Article 45(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725, (IT) security investigations handled internally or with external involvement (e.g. CERT-EU).

| (9) | They should apply to processing operations carried out prior to the opening of the procedures referred to above, during these procedures and during the monitoring of the follow-up to the outcome of these procedures. It should also include assistance and cooperation provided by EFSA to national authorities and international organisations outside of its administrative investigations. |
| --- | --- |

(9)

They should apply to processing operations carried out prior to the opening of the procedures referred to above, during these procedures and during the monitoring of the follow-up to the outcome of these procedures. It should also include assistance and cooperation provided by EFSA to national authorities and international organisations outside of its administrative investigations.

| (10) | In the cases where these internal rules apply, EFSA has to give justifications explaining why the restrictions are strictly necessary and proportionate in a democratic society and respect the essence of the fundamental rights and freedoms. |
| --- | --- |

(10)

In the cases where these internal rules apply, EFSA has to give justifications explaining why the restrictions are strictly necessary and proportionate in a democratic society and respect the essence of the fundamental rights and freedoms.

| (11) | Within this framework EFSA is bound to respect, to the maximum extent possible, the fundamental rights of the data subjects during the above procedures, in particular, those relating to the right of provision of information, access and rectification, right to erasure, restriction of processing, right of communication of a personal data breach to the data subject or confidentiality of communication as enshrined in Regulation (EU) 2018/1725. |
| --- | --- |

(11)

Within this framework EFSA is bound to respect, to the maximum extent possible, the fundamental rights of the data subjects during the above procedures, in particular, those relating to the right of provision of information, access and rectification, right to erasure, restriction of processing, right of communication of a personal data breach to the data subject or confidentiality of communication as enshrined in Regulation (EU) 2018/1725.

| (12) | However, EFSA may be obliged to restrict the information to the data subject and other data subject’s rights to protect, in particular, its own investigations, the investigations and proceedings of other public authorities, as well as the rights of other persons related to its investigations or other procedures. |
| --- | --- |

(12)

However, EFSA may be obliged to restrict the information to the data subject and other data subject’s rights to protect, in particular, its own investigations, the investigations and proceedings of other public authorities, as well as the rights of other persons related to its investigations or other procedures.

| (13) | EFSA may thus restrict the information for the purpose of protecting the investigation and the fundamental rights and freedoms of other data subjects. |
| --- | --- |

(13)

EFSA may thus restrict the information for the purpose of protecting the investigation and the fundamental rights and freedoms of other data subjects.

| (14) | EFSA should periodically monitor that the conditions that justify the restriction apply and lift the restriction as far as they do no longer apply. |
| --- | --- |

(14)

EFSA should periodically monitor that the conditions that justify the restriction apply and lift the restriction as far as they do no longer apply.

| (15) | The Controller should inform the Data Protection Officer at the moment of deferral and during the revisions, |
| --- | --- |

(15)

The Controller should inform the Data Protection Officer at the moment of deferral and during the revisions,

HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Article 1

Subject matter and scope

1.   This Decision lays down rules relating to the conditions under which EFSA in the framework of its procedures set out in paragraph 2 may restrict the application of the rights enshrined in Articles 14 to 21, 35 and 36, as well as Article 4 thereof, following Article 25 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1725.

2.   Within the framework of the administrative functioning of EFSA, this Decision applies to the processing operations on personal data by EFSA for the purposes of conducting administrative inquiries, disciplinary proceedings, preliminary activities related to cases of potential irregularities reported to OLAF, processing whistleblowing cases, (formal and informal) procedures of harassment, processing internal and external complaints, conducting internal audits, investigations carried out by the Data Protection Officer in line with Article 45(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 and (IT) security investigations handled internally or with external involvement (e.g. CERT-EU).

3.   The categories of data concerned are hard data (‘objective’ data such as identification data, contact data, professional data, administrative details, data received from specific sources, electronic communications and traffic data) and/or soft data (‘subjective’ data related to the case such as reasoning, behavioural data, appraisals, performance and conduct data and data related to or brought forward in connection with the subject matter of the procedure or activity).

4.   Where EFSA performs its duties with respect to data subject’s rights under Regulation (EU) 2018/1725, it shall consider whether any of the exemptions laid down in that Regulation apply.

5.   Subject to the conditions set out in this Decision, the restrictions may apply to the following rights: provision of information to data subjects, right of access, rectification, erasure, restriction of processing, communication of a personal data breach to the data subject or confidentiality of electronic communications.

Article 2

Specification of the controller and safeguards

1.   The safeguards in place to avoid data breaches, leakages or unauthorised disclosure are the following:

| (a) | Paper documents shall be kept in secured cupboards and only accessible to authorized staff; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

Paper documents shall be kept in secured cupboards and only accessible to authorized staff;

| (b) | All electronic data shall be stored in a secure IT application according to the EFSA’s security standards, as well as in specific electronic folders accessible only to authorised staff. Appropriate levels of access shall be granted individually; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

All electronic data shall be stored in a secure IT application according to the EFSA’s security standards, as well as in specific electronic folders accessible only to authorised staff. Appropriate levels of access shall be granted individually;

| (c) | Databases shall be password-protected under EFSA’s single sign-on system, associated automatically with the user’s ID and password and supported by a secure information access management system. Electronic records shall be held securely ensuring confidentiality and compliance with data protection rules and principles; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

Databases shall be password-protected under EFSA’s single sign-on system, associated automatically with the user’s ID and password and supported by a secure information access management system. Electronic records shall be held securely ensuring confidentiality and compliance with data protection rules and principles;

| (d) | All persons having access to the data are bound by the obligation of confidentiality. |
| --- | --- |

(d)

All persons having access to the data are bound by the obligation of confidentiality.

2.   The controller of the processing operations is EFSA, represented by its Executive Director, who may delegate the function of the controller. Data subjects shall be informed of the delegated controller by way of the data protection notices or records published on EFSA’s website, intranet portal, and/or the Business Services Catalogue.

3.   The retention period of the personal data referred to in Article 1(3) shall be no longer than necessary and appropriate for the purposes for which the data are processed. It shall in any event not be longer than the retention period specified in the data protection notices, privacy statements or records referred to in Article 5(1).

4.   Where EFSA considers to apply a restriction, the risk to the rights and freedoms of the data subject shall be weighed, in particular, against the risk to the rights and freedoms of other data subjects and the risk of cancelling the effect of EFSA’s investigations or procedures for example by destroying evidence. The risks to the rights and freedoms of the data subject concern primarily, but are not limited to, reputational risks and risks to the right of defence and the right to be heard.

Article 3

Restrictions

1.   Any restriction shall only be applied by EFSA to safeguard:

| (a) | the prevention, investigation, detection and prosecution of criminal offences or the execution of criminal penalties, including the safeguarding against and the prevention of threats to public security; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

the prevention, investigation, detection and prosecution of criminal offences or the execution of criminal penalties, including the safeguarding against and the prevention of threats to public security;

| (b) | other important objectives of general public interest of the Union or of a Member State, in particular the objectives of the common foreign and security policy of the Union or an important economic or financial interest of the Union or of a Member State, including monetary, budgetary and taxation matters, public health and social security; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

other important objectives of general public interest of the Union or of a Member State, in particular the objectives of the common foreign and security policy of the Union or an important economic or financial interest of the Union or of a Member State, including monetary, budgetary and taxation matters, public health and social security;

| (c) | the internal security of Union institutions and bodies, including of their electronic communications networks; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

the internal security of Union institutions and bodies, including of their electronic communications networks;

| (d) | the prevention, investigation, detection and prosecution of breaches of ethics for regulated professions; |
| --- | --- |

(d)

the prevention, investigation, detection and prosecution of breaches of ethics for regulated professions;

| (e) | a monitoring, inspection or regulatory function connected, even occasionally, to the exercise of official authority in the cases referred to in points (a) and (b); |
| --- | --- |

(e)

a monitoring, inspection or regulatory function connected, even occasionally, to the exercise of official authority in the cases referred to in points (a) and (b);

| (f) | the protection of the data subject or the rights and freedoms of others; |
| --- | --- |

(f)

the protection of the data subject or the rights and freedoms of others;

2.   As a specific application of the purposes described in paragraph 1 above, EFSA may apply restrictions in relation to personal data exchanged with Commission services or other Union institutions, bodies, agencies and offices, competent authorities of Member States or third countries or international organisations, in the following circumstances:

| (a) | where the exercise of those rights and obligations could be restricted by Commission services or other Union institutions, bodies, agencies and offices on the basis of other acts provided for in Article 25 of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 or in accordance with Chapter IX of that Regulation or with the founding acts of other Union institutions, bodies, agencies and offices; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

where the exercise of those rights and obligations could be restricted by Commission services or other Union institutions, bodies, agencies and offices on the basis of other acts provided for in Article 25 of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 or in accordance with Chapter IX of that Regulation or with the founding acts of other Union institutions, bodies, agencies and offices;

| (b) | where the exercise of those rights and obligations could be restricted by competent authorities of Member States on the basis of acts referred to in Article 23 of Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council (4), or under national measures transposing Articles 13(3), 15(3) or 16(3) of Directive (EU) 2016/680 of the European Parliament and of the Council (5); |
| --- | --- |

(b)

where the exercise of those rights and obligations could be restricted by competent authorities of Member States on the basis of acts referred to in Article 23 of Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council (4), or under national measures transposing Articles 13(3), 15(3) or 16(3) of Directive (EU) 2016/680 of the European Parliament and of the Council (5);

| (c) | where the exercise of those rights and obligations could jeopardise EFSA’s cooperation with third countries or international organisations in the conduct of its tasks. |
| --- | --- |

(c)

where the exercise of those rights and obligations could jeopardise EFSA’s cooperation with third countries or international organisations in the conduct of its tasks.

Before applying restrictions in the circumstances referred to in points (a) and (b) above, EFSA shall consult the relevant Commission services, Union institutions, bodies, agencies, offices or the competent authorities of Member States unless it is clear to EFSA that the application of a restriction is provided for by one of the acts referred to in those points.

3.   Any restriction shall be necessary and proportionate taking into account the risks to the rights and freedoms of data subjects and respect the essence of the fundamental rights and freedoms in a democratic society.

4.   If the application of a restriction is considered, a necessity and proportionality test shall be carried out based on the present rules. It shall be documented through an internal assessment note for accountability purposes on a case by case basis.

5.   Restrictions shall be lifted as soon as the circumstances that justify them no longer apply, in particular, where it is considered that the exercise of the restricted right would no longer cancel the effect of the restriction imposed or adversely affect the rights or freedoms of other data subjects. In such case, the restrictions will be lifted as soon as possible and as a rule within five working days from the alteration in the legal or factual circumstances.

Article 4

Review by the Data Protection Officer

1.   EFSA shall, without undue delay, inform the Data Protection Officer of EFSA (‘the DPO’) whenever the controller restricts the application of data subjects’ rights, or extends the restriction, in accordance with this Decision. The controller shall provide the DPO access to the record containing the assessment of the necessity and proportionality of the restriction and document the date of informing the DPO in the record.

2.   The DPO may request the controller in writing to review the application of the restrictions. The controller shall inform the DPO in writing about the outcome of the requested review.

3.   The controller shall inform the DPO when the restriction has been lifted.

Article 5

Provision of information to data subject

1.   In duly justified cases and under the conditions stipulated in this decision, the right to information may be restricted by the controller in the context of the following processing operations:

| (a) | the performance of administrative inquiries and disciplinary proceedings; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

the performance of administrative inquiries and disciplinary proceedings;

| (b) | preliminary activities related to cases of potential irregularities reported to OLAF; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

preliminary activities related to cases of potential irregularities reported to OLAF;

| (c) | whistleblowing procedures; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

whistleblowing procedures;

| (d) | (formal and informal) procedures for cases of harassment; |
| --- | --- |

(d)

(formal and informal) procedures for cases of harassment;

| (e) | processing internal and external complaints; |
| --- | --- |

(e)

processing internal and external complaints;

| (f) | internal audits; |
| --- | --- |

(f)

internal audits;

| (g) | the investigations carried out by the Data Protection Officer in line with Article 45(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725; |
| --- | --- |

(g)

the investigations carried out by the Data Protection Officer in line with Article 45(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725;

| (h) | (IT) security investigations handled internally or with external involvement (e.g. CERT-EU). |
| --- | --- |

(h)

(IT) security investigations handled internally or with external involvement (e.g. CERT-EU).

EFSA shall include in the data protection notices, privacy statements or records in the sense of Article 31 of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725, published on its website and/or on the intranet informing data subjects of their rights in the framework of a given procedure, information relating to the potential restriction of these rights. The information shall cover which rights may be restricted, the reasons and the potential duration.

2.   Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph 3, EFSA, where proportionate, shall also inform individually all data subjects, which are considered persons concerned in the specific processing operation, of their rights concerning present or future restrictions without undue delay and in a written form.

3.   Where EFSA restricts, wholly or partly, the provision of information to the data subjects referred to in paragraph 2, it shall record the reasons for the restriction, the legal ground in accordance with Article 3 of this Decision, including an assessment of the necessity and proportionality of the restriction.

The record and, where applicable, the documents containing underlying factual and legal elements shall be registered. They shall be made available to the European Data Protection Supervisor on request.

4.   The restriction referred to in paragraph 3 shall continue to apply as long as the reasons justifying it remain applicable and shall be lifted as soon as possible and as a rule within five working days from the alteration in the legal or factual circumstances.

Where the reasons for the restriction no longer apply, EFSA shall provide information to the data subject on the principal reasons on which the application of a restriction is based. At the same time, EFSA shall inform the data subject of the right of lodging a complaint with the European Data Protection Supervisor at any time or of seeking a judicial remedy in the Court of Justice of the European Union.

EFSA shall review the application of the restriction every six months from its adoption and at the closure of the relevant inquiry, procedure or investigation.

Article 6

Right of access by data subject

1.   In duly justified cases and under the conditions stipulated in this decision, the right to access may be restricted by the controller in the context of the following processing operations, where necessary and proportionate:

| (a) | the performance of administrative inquiries and disciplinary proceedings; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

the performance of administrative inquiries and disciplinary proceedings;

| (b) | preliminary activities related to cases of potential irregularities reported to OLAF; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

preliminary activities related to cases of potential irregularities reported to OLAF;

| (c) | whistleblowing procedures; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

whistleblowing procedures;

| (d) | (formal and informal) procedures for cases of harassment; |
| --- | --- |

(d)

(formal and informal) procedures for cases of harassment;

| (e) | processing internal and external complaints; |
| --- | --- |

(e)

processing internal and external complaints;

| (f) | internal audits; |
| --- | --- |

(f)

internal audits;

| (g) | the investigations carried out by the Data Protection Officer in line with Article 45(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725; |
| --- | --- |

(g)

the investigations carried out by the Data Protection Officer in line with Article 45(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725;

| (h) | (IT) security investigations handled internally or with external involvement (e.g. CERT-EU). |
| --- | --- |

(h)

(IT) security investigations handled internally or with external involvement (e.g. CERT-EU).

Where data subjects request access to their personal data processed in the context of one or more specific cases or to a particular processing operation, in accordance with Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725, EFSA shall limit its assessment of the request to such personal data only.

2.   Where EFSA restricts, wholly or partly, the right of access, referred to in Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725, it shall take the following steps:

| (a) | it shall inform the data subject concerned, in its reply to the request, of the restriction applied and of the principal reasons thereof, and of the possibility of lodging a complaint with the European Data Protection Supervisor or of seeking a judicial remedy in the Court of Justice of the European Union; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

it shall inform the data subject concerned, in its reply to the request, of the restriction applied and of the principal reasons thereof, and of the possibility of lodging a complaint with the European Data Protection Supervisor or of seeking a judicial remedy in the Court of Justice of the European Union;

| (b) | it shall document in an internal assessment note the reasons for the restriction, including an assessment of the necessity, proportionality of the restriction and its duration. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

it shall document in an internal assessment note the reasons for the restriction, including an assessment of the necessity, proportionality of the restriction and its duration.

The provision of information referred to in point (a) may be deferred, omitted or denied if it would cancel the effect of the restriction in accordance with Article 25(8) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725.

EFSA shall review the application of the restriction every six months from its adoption and at the closure of the relevant investigation.

3.   The record and, where applicable, the documents containing underlying factual and legal elements shall be registered. They shall be made available to the European Data Protection Supervisor on request.

Article 7

Right of rectification, erasure and restriction of processing

1.   In duly justified cases and under the conditions stipulated in this decision, the right to rectification, erasure and restriction may be restricted by the controller in the context of the following processing operations, where necessary and proportionate:

| (a) | the performance of administrative inquiries and disciplinary proceedings; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

the performance of administrative inquiries and disciplinary proceedings;

| (b) | preliminary activities related to cases of potential irregularities reported to OLAF; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

preliminary activities related to cases of potential irregularities reported to OLAF;

| (c) | whistleblowing procedures; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

whistleblowing procedures;

| (d) | (formal and informal) procedures for cases of harassment; |
| --- | --- |

(d)

(formal and informal) procedures for cases of harassment;

| (e) | processing internal and external complaints; |
| --- | --- |

(e)

processing internal and external complaints;

| (f) | internal audits; |
| --- | --- |

(f)

internal audits;

| (g) | the investigations carried out by the Data Protection Officer in line with Article 45(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725; |
| --- | --- |

(g)

the investigations carried out by the Data Protection Officer in line with Article 45(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725;

| (h) | (IT) security investigations handled internally or with external involvement (e.g. CERT-EU). |
| --- | --- |

(h)

(IT) security investigations handled internally or with external involvement (e.g. CERT-EU).

2.   Where EFSA restricts, wholly or partly, the application of the right to rectification, erasure and restriction of processing referred to in Articles 18, 19(1) and 20(1) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725, it shall take the steps set out in Article 6(2) of this Decision and register the record in accordance with Article 6(3) thereof.

Article 8

Communication of a personal data breach to the data subject and confidentiality of electronic communications

1.   In duly justified cases and under the conditions stipulated in this decision, the right to the communication of a personal data breach may be restricted by the controller in the context of the following processing operations, where necessary and proportionate:

| (a) | the performance of administrative inquiries and disciplinary proceedings; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

the performance of administrative inquiries and disciplinary proceedings;

| (b) | preliminary activities related to cases of potential irregularities reported to OLAF; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

preliminary activities related to cases of potential irregularities reported to OLAF;

| (c) | whistleblowing procedures; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

whistleblowing procedures;

| (d) | (formal and informal) procedures for cases of harassment; |
| --- | --- |

(d)

(formal and informal) procedures for cases of harassment;

| (e) | processing internal and external complaints; |
| --- | --- |

(e)

processing internal and external complaints;

| (f) | internal audits; |
| --- | --- |

(f)

internal audits;

| (g) | the investigations carried out by the Data Protection Officer in line with Article 45(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725; |
| --- | --- |

(g)

the investigations carried out by the Data Protection Officer in line with Article 45(2) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725;

| (h) | (IT) security investigations handled internally or with external involvement (e.g. CERT-EU). |
| --- | --- |

(h)

(IT) security investigations handled internally or with external involvement (e.g. CERT-EU).

2.   In duly justified cases and under the conditions stipulated in this decision, the right to confidentiality of electronic communications may be restricted by the controller in the context of the following processing operations, where necessary and proportionate:

| (a) | the performance of administrative inquiries and disciplinary proceedings; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

the performance of administrative inquiries and disciplinary proceedings;

| (b) | preliminary activities related to cases of potential irregularities reported to OLAF; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

preliminary activities related to cases of potential irregularities reported to OLAF;

| (c) | whistleblowing procedures; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

whistleblowing procedures;

| (d) | formal procedures for cases of harassment; |
| --- | --- |

(d)

formal procedures for cases of harassment;

| (e) | processing internal and external complaints; |
| --- | --- |

(e)

processing internal and external complaints;

| (f) | (IT) security investigations handled internally or with external involvement (e.g. CERT-EU). |
| --- | --- |

(f)

(IT) security investigations handled internally or with external involvement (e.g. CERT-EU).

3.   Where EFSA restricts the communication of a personal data breach to the data subject or the confidentiality of electronic communications referred to in Articles 35 and 36 of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725, it shall record and register the reasons for the restriction in accordance with Article 5(3) of this decision. Article 5(4) of this Decision shall apply.

Article 9

Entry into force

This Decision shall enter into force on the day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

Official Journal of the European Union

Done at Parma, 19 June 2019.

For EFSA’s Management Board

Jaana HUSU-KALLIO

Chair of the Management Board

---

(1)  
  OJ L 295, 21.11.2018, p. 39.

1

(2)  
  OJ L 31, 1.2.2002, p. 1.

2

(3)  mb 27 06 13 – Revised Management Board Rules of Procedure – ADOPTED.

3

(4)  Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation) (OJ L 119, 4.5.2016, p. 1).

4

(5)  Directive (EU) 2016/680 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data by competent authorities for the purposes of the prevention, investigation, detection or prosecution of criminal offences or the execution of criminal penalties, and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Council Framework Decision 2008/977/JHA (OJ L 119, 4.5.2016, p. 89).

5

---